WO2024007255A1 - 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架 - Google Patents

一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024007255A1
WO2024007255A1 PCT/CN2022/104394 CN2022104394W WO2024007255A1 WO 2024007255 A1 WO2024007255 A1 WO 2024007255A1 CN 2022104394 W CN2022104394 W CN 2022104394W WO 2024007255 A1 WO2024007255 A1 WO 2024007255A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
button
switch according
housing
hole
wall
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/104394
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
周飞
谭佳成
晏明春
牛佳兴
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Wuhan Linptech Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Wuhan Linptech Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Wuhan Linptech Co Ltd filed Critical Wuhan Linptech Co Ltd
Priority to CN202280002415.5A priority Critical patent/CN115398583A/zh
Priority to CN202410393802.7A priority patent/CN118098857B/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2022/104394 priority patent/WO2024007255A1/zh
Priority to EP22949839.9A priority patent/EP4542608A4/en
Priority to CN202510913224.XA priority patent/CN120895416B/zh
Priority to US18/190,960 priority patent/US12562325B2/en
Publication of WO2024007255A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024007255A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/70—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard
    • H01H13/83—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard characterised by legends, e.g. Braille, liquid crystal displays, light emitting or optical elements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/12—Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
    • H01H13/14—Operating parts, e.g. push-button
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
    • G02B6/0001—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • G02B6/0011—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings specially adapted for lighting devices or systems the light guides being planar or of plate-like form
    • G02B6/0033—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide
    • G02B6/0058—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide varying in density, size, shape or depth along the light guide
    • G02B6/006—Means for improving the coupling-out of light from the light guide varying in density, size, shape or depth along the light guide to produce indicia, symbols, texts or the like
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/023—Light-emitting indicators
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/04—Cases; Covers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/10—Bases; Stationary contacts mounted thereon
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/12—Movable parts; Contacts mounted thereon
    • H01H13/20—Driving mechanisms
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/70—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard
    • H01H13/84—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard characterised by ergonomic functions, e.g. for miniature keyboards; characterised by operational sensory functions, e.g. sound feedback
    • H01H13/85—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard characterised by ergonomic functions, e.g. for miniature keyboards; characterised by operational sensory functions, e.g. sound feedback characterised by tactile feedback features
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/70—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard
    • H01H13/86—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch having a plurality of operating members associated with different sets of contacts, e.g. keyboard characterised by the casing, e.g. sealed casings or casings reducible in size
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H13/00—Switches having rectilinearly-movable operating part or parts adapted for pushing or pulling in one direction only, e.g. push-button switch
    • H01H13/02—Details
    • H01H13/26—Snap-action arrangements depending upon deformation of elastic members
    • H01H13/36—Snap-action arrangements depending upon deformation of elastic members using flexing of blade springs
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H2219/00—Legends
    • H01H2219/054—Optical elements
    • H01H2219/056—Diffuser; Uneven surface
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H2221/00—Actuators
    • H01H2221/036—Return force
    • H01H2221/044—Elastic part on actuator or casing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H2223/00—Casings
    • H01H2223/01—Mounting on appliance
    • H01H2223/016—Mounting on appliance magnetic
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01H—ELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H2229/00—Manufacturing
    • H01H2229/042—Snap coupling; Snap mounting

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of switches, and in particular to a wall smart switch, a wireless smart switch and a switch mounting frame.
  • Smart switches generally consist of buttons, detection parts and wireless communication modules.
  • the user gives the button a control force to cause the button to move.
  • the button triggers the detection part during the movement, thereby controlling the on and off of the switch.
  • the wireless communication module is used to receive and send wireless signal, the switch can also be controlled on and off based on wireless signals.
  • the buttons of existing smart switches have a significant jump in rebound force during the rebound process, and the displacement of the rebound jump is large, resulting in a strong sense of paragraphing when the user presses the button.
  • the present invention provides a wall smart switch, a wireless smart switch and a switch mounting bracket.
  • a wall smart switch including a housing, at least one button, a detection component, a reset part, and a wireless communication module.
  • the button is provided on the housing, and at least part of the button The part can produce a pressing movement in response to a control force, thereby generating a displacement, so that the button at least passes through the first pressing position and the second pressing position in sequence, and generates a reaction force;
  • the detection element can be triggered based on the displacement, and generate a first resilience force that resists the displacement;
  • the reset portion is configured to support the button to deform directly or indirectly in response to the pressing movement, and generate a reset force to overcome the deformation;
  • the wireless communication module is electrically connected to the detection component to receive the trigger signal of the detection component, and controls the on/off of the smart wall switch based on the trigger signal;
  • the detection piece and the reset part cooperate, so that when the button moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button moves from the first pressing position When reaching the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; the displacement S1 of the button at the first pressing position and the displacement of the second pressing position S2 satisfies the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • a wireless smart switch including a housing, at least one button, a detection component, a reset part, and a wireless communication module.
  • the button is provided on the housing, and the button is at least Some parts can produce a pressing movement in response to a control force, thereby generating a displacement, so that the button at least passes through the first pressing position and the second pressing position in sequence, and generates a reaction force; the detection element can be triggered based on the displacement.
  • the wireless communication module is communicatively connected with the detection component to receive the corresponding trigger signal and send wireless messages to the outside based on the trigger signal;
  • the detection piece and the reset part cooperate, so that when the button moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button moves from the first pressing position When reaching the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; the displacement S1 of the button at the first pressing position and the displacement of the second pressing position S2 satisfies the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • a switch mounting frame including a one-piece frame configured to be able to install the above-mentioned wall smart switch and/or the above-mentioned wireless smart switch; the one-piece frame is provided with There is at least one switch installation position, and the wall smart switch or the wireless smart switch is detachably connected to the switch installation position.
  • the wall smart switch and the wireless smart switch provided by the present invention are provided with a reset part and a detection part that cooperate with the key, so that the reaction force generated by the key during the pressing process is related to the reset force provided by the reset part and the first detection part provided.
  • Resilient force, and the reset force and the first resilient force are configured such that the reaction force when the key is pressed from the first pressing position to the second pressing position is less than or equal to 400g, and further, the reaction force of the key is
  • the pressing force required for the triggering process can be controlled within 400g, making it easier for users to press the buttons and optimizing the user experience.
  • the displacement amount of the button jumping during the pressing process is reduced to less than 2mm, so that the user presses the button
  • the stuck feeling is reduced, improving the smoothness of button pressing; at the same time, due to the reduced jumping displacement during button pressing, the feedback of the button trigger detection element is crisper, reducing the sticky feeling of button pressing, making the button smoother while improving the button pressing. While improving the degree of slipperiness, it can also give users clear feedback.
  • Figure 1 is an exploded view of an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of the upper housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a front view of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the installation of the upper housing and the lower housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a partial enlarged view of the upper housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of the installation of magnetic components according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the installation of magnetic components according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the lower housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a power board according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the wiring module installation according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a detection component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 19 is an exploded view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a PCB board according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a power board according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the reset part according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the upper housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 32 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 35 is a partial enlarged view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 37 is a schematic structural diagram of the upper housing according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 38 is an exploded view of the key structure according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic structural diagram of the reset part according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 43 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 45 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 46 is a schematic structural diagram of a level according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 47 is an exploded view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic structural diagram of a PCB board mounting shell according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 49 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 50 is a schematic structural diagram of an on-off switch according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 52 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 53 is a partial enlarged view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 54 is a schematic structural diagram of a button according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 55 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of a speaker according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 57 is an exploded view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 59 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 60 is a schematic structural diagram of a magnetic attraction component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 61 is a schematic structural diagram of a magnetic attraction component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 62 is a cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 63 is a schematic structural diagram of a magnetic attraction component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 64 is a schematic structural diagram of a magnetic attraction component according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch mounting bracket according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 66 is a schematic structural diagram of a conjoined frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 67 is a schematic structural diagram of a switch mounting bracket according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 68 is a schematic structural diagram of a conjoined frame according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 69 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 70 is a key pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 71 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 72 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 73 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 74 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 75 is a key pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 76 is a button pressing force-displacement curve diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 77 is a perspective view of an embodiment of the isolation cover in Figure 57;
  • Figure 78 is a schematic plan view of Figure 77;
  • Figure 79 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a partial structure of the wireless smart switch in Figure 77;
  • Figure 80 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 81 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring in Figure 80;
  • Figure 82 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 83 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 82;
  • Figure 84 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 85 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 84;
  • Figure 86 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 87 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 86;
  • Figure 88 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 89 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring in Figure 88;
  • Figure 90 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 91 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 90;
  • Figure 92 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 93 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 92;
  • Figure 94 is a partial structural perspective view of an embodiment of a wireless smart switch
  • Figure 95 is a schematic diagram of the assembly of the battery spring piece in Figure 94.
  • Power board 171. Terminal post; 172. Wiring module; 1721. Wiring sleeve; 1722. Wiring bolt; 17221. Nut; 17222. Screw; 17223. Stopper; 173.
  • Isolation cover 181. PCB board contact part; 182. Fastening eaves; 183. Evening mask; 1831. Evening mask buckle; 1832. Isolation cover through hole; 1833. Evening mask buckle; 1834 , touch through hole; 184, display screen mounting position; 1841, first side; 1842, second side; 1843, third side; 1844, fourth side; 185, third forward mark; 186 , Isolation cover buckle; 187. Sealing part; 1881. Diffusion piece; 1882. Difference piece installation slot; 1883. Translucent piece; 189. Sound generator; 1891. Speaker; 1892. Speaker installation position; 1893.
  • Speaker body 1894, speaker base; 1895, speaker wire; 1896, speaker connector; 1897, speaker plug-in interface; 1898, sound hole; 18a, second installation hole; 18b, compensation hole; 18c, battery removal slot; 18d, second placement Through hole; 18e, first escape hole;
  • Switch mounting frame 31. One-piece frame; 32. Switch mounting position; 321. Second positioning slot; 322. Third buckle; 323. Third buckle position; 324. Housing through hole; 325. Positioning Protrusion; 326, positioning hole.
  • the terms “inside”, “outer”, “longitudinal”, “transverse”, “upper”, “lower”, “top”, “bottom”, etc. indicate an orientation or positional relationship based on the drawings.
  • the illustrated orientation or positional relationship is only for convenience of describing the present invention and does not require that the present invention must be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore should not be understood as limiting the present invention.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of indicated technical features. Therefore, features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features.
  • connection and other terms should be understood in a broad sense.
  • it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integrated connection; it can be a mechanical connection. , it can also be electrically connected or can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected, or it can be indirectly connected through an intermediary, it can be the internal connection of two components or the interaction between two components.
  • connection can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integrated connection; it can be a mechanical connection. , it can also be electrically connected or can communicate with each other; it can be directly connected, or it can be indirectly connected through an intermediary, it can be the internal connection of two components or the interaction between two components.
  • the wall smart switch 101 proposed by the present invention is fixedly installed on a fixed place such as a wall or the ground during use. It is installed on the reference surface and connected to the household power circuit. It is electrically connected to the controlled equipment. It can control the power on and off of the controlled equipment. It also has wireless communication functions and can receive wireless messages and execute corresponding actions based on the content of the wireless messages. Control instructions to control the power on and off of the corresponding controlled equipment.
  • the wall smart switch 101 at least includes: a housing 14, at least one button 11, a detection component 12 and a wireless communication module 13; wherein:
  • the button 11 is provided on the housing 14. At least part of the button 11 can undergo a pressing movement in response to a control force, and thereby generate a displacement, so that the button 11 passes through at least the first pressing position and the second pressing position in sequence. , and generates a reaction force; the detection member 12 can be triggered based on the displacement, and generates a first resilience force against the displacement; the reset portion 15 is configured to support the button 11 to respond directly or indirectly Deformation occurs due to the pressing movement, and a reset force is generated to overcome the deformation; the wireless communication module 13 is electrically connected to the detection component 12 to receive the trigger signal of the detection component 12, and controls based on the trigger signal
  • the wall smart switch 101 is on and off.
  • the button 11 can produce a pressing movement in response to a manipulation force. It should be understood that part of the button 11 can produce a pressing movement in response to the manipulation force, or that the entire button 11 can respond to the manipulation force.
  • the pressing movement occurs due to the control force, and the pressing movement may be, for example, a pivoting movement, a linear movement, or a compound movement of displacement and rotation.
  • the reaction force should be understood as the reaction force opposite to the displacement direction generated by the portion of the key 11 that is pressed and displaced relative to the manipulation force.
  • the detection component 12 may be a push switch with a self-resetting function, and when triggered, it can generate the first resilience force to resist pressing the button 11 .
  • the wireless communication module 13 controls the on and off of the smart wall switch 101 based on the trigger signal. It can be understood that the wireless communication module 13 can trigger the switch on and off instructions, thereby controlling the power on and off of the controlled device.
  • the user The button 11 can be manipulated to trigger the detection component 12 , and the wireless communication module 13 controls the switch to be on and off according to the triggering of the detection component 12 . Furthermore, the user can also send a wireless message to the switch, and the wireless communication module 13 controls the switch to turn on and off according to the instructions of the wireless message.
  • the detection part 12 and the reset part 15 cooperate, so that when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1.
  • the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; the force of the button 11 at the first pressing position is
  • the displacement S1 and the displacement S2 of the second pressing position satisfy the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the above solution is provided with the reset part 15 and the detection part 12 that cooperate with the button 11, so that the reaction force generated by the button 11 during the pressing process is related to the reset force provided by the reset part 15 and the first rebound force provided by the detection part 12 , and the reset force and the first rebound force are configured such that the reaction force when the button 11 is pressed from the first pressing position to the second pressing position is less than or equal to 400g, and further, the reaction force of the button 11
  • the pressing force required for the triggering process can be controlled within 400g, making it easier for the user to press the button 11 to optimize the user experience.
  • 400g here represents the gravity generated by a 400-gram object.
  • the above solution also sets the difference between the displacement of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the second pressing position to be less than or equal to 2 mm, so that the displacement amount of the button 11 jumping during the pressing process is reduced to less than 2 mm, so that the user can
  • the sticky feeling enables the button 11 to improve the smoothness of pressing while also giving clear feedback to the user.
  • the applicant designed a variety of switch structures, configured different types of detection parts 12, and conducted a pressure test through a press.
  • the press The contacts press the button 11 to make a pressing motion, and the button 11 generates displacement and reaction force during the pressing process.
  • the contact of the press is equipped with a force sensor and a displacement sensor.
  • the press records the force-displacement curve during the pressing process of the button 11 and the rebound process.
  • the ordinate in the figure is the value of the pressing force
  • the abscissa is the displacement of the button 11.
  • the left side is the curve when pressing the main pressing area of button 11 (the middle position of button 11), and the right side is the curve when pressing the corner position of button 11.
  • reaction force of the switch structure key 11 designed by the applicant is less than or equal to 400g, and the difference in displacement of the key 11 between the first pressing position and the second pressing position is less than or equal to 2 mm. This makes it easier for the user to press the button 11, and improves the smoothness of pressing the button 11.
  • the reset part 15 is also configured to use the reset force to drive the button 11 to undergo a reset movement, so that the button 11 passes through at least the first rebound position, the second rebound position, and the second rebound position in sequence.
  • the rebound position and the third rebound position; the reset force of the reset member cooperates with the first rebound force of the detection member 12, so that when the button 11 is in the first rebound position,
  • the reaction force is F3, and when the button 11 rebounds from the first rebound position to the second rebound position, the reaction force jumps from F3 to F4, and the reaction force of the third rebound position is
  • the force is 0; among them, F4>F3 ⁇ 22g, F2 ⁇ F1, and F3/F1>0.3.
  • the button 11 When the button 11 triggers the detection part 12, the user withdraws the control force, and the button 11 rebounds. During the rebound process, the button 11 is subject to the reset force of the reset part 15 on the button 11, and the first force of the detection part 12 on the button 11. The rebound force and the elastic force generated by the deformation of the button 11 itself. At the same time, during the rebound process of the button 11, the user's finger does not leave the surface of the button 11. The button 11 is still subject to the user's control force and the support force of the housing 14. The button 11 is under these forces. Rebound motion occurs under the joint action. The rebound motion is affected by the interaction between various forces, and can be a uniform motion, an acceleration motion, a deceleration motion or a compound motion.
  • the reaction force of the button 11 is mainly caused by the reset.
  • the applicant controls the reset force and the first rebound force, and carries out structural design (for details, see the specific button structure embodiment below), and after multiple pressing tests, the button 11 is made from the first
  • the reaction force of the button 11 is greater than or equal to 22g, which ensures that the button 11 rebounds with sufficient rebound strength.
  • F1 is the reaction force of button 11 when the detection part 12 jumps from the non-triggering state to the triggering state
  • F3 is when the detection part 12 jumps from the triggering state to the non-triggering state.
  • the button 11 is movably connected to the housing 14; the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 toward the detection component 12 for pressing against and triggering the detection.
  • Component 12 The detection component 12 is provided with a force guide 121 at a corresponding position of the resistance portion 113.
  • the force guide 121 moves in response to the pressure of the resistance portion 113.
  • the contact force with the resisting portion 113 jumps.
  • the connection mode of the button 11 and the housing 14 and the positional relationship of the resisting portion 113 relative to the button 11 are suitable.
  • the force guide member 121 is configured so that when the button 11 is pressed, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2, and when the button 11 rebounds, the reaction force jumps from F3 to F4.
  • the movable connection includes a pivot connection, a slide rail connection, a movable buckle connection, an elastic arm connection or other connection methods that can be implemented by those skilled in the art.
  • the button 11 can be pressed to cause movement, including pivot movement, linear movement. Motion or compound motion of displacement and rotation.
  • the connection method between the button 11 and the housing 14 and the positional relationship of the resisting portion 113 relative to the button 11 are adapted to the force guide 121. It can be understood that the applicant designs various buttons 11 and The connection structure of the housing 14 can obtain various relative movement modes between the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • connection structure can be selected and structural optimization can be carried out to obtain a structure that conforms to the pressing rebound characteristics of the present invention.
  • the position of the resisting portion 113 on the button 11 has a direct impact on the pressing resilience and displacement of the button 11.
  • the applicant changed the position of the resisting portion 113 relative to the button 11 and conducted force analysis to obtain a pressing force that complies with the present invention.
  • the position of the rebound characteristic is such that when the button 11 is pressed, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2, and when the button 11 rebounds, the reaction force jumps from F3 to F4.
  • the detection member 12 further includes an elastic jumper 122 , and the force guide member 121 is in contact with the elastic jumper 122 and can move relative to the detection member 12 , the elastic jumper 122 is configured to be able to receive a resisting force to undergo elastic deformation and generate elastic force.
  • the resisting force reaches a preset value, the elastic force jumps; when the button 11 responds to
  • the force guide 121 presses the elastic jumper 122 to elastically deform in response to the displacement of the button 11.
  • the elastic jumper 122 When the control force increases to F1 , the resisting force of the force guide member 121 acting on the elastic jumper 122 reaches the preset value, and the elastic force of the elastic jumper 122 jumps, so that the reaction force of the button 11 is changed from the F1 Step jump to F2; when the button 11 rebounds, the control force gradually decreases to F3, and the resisting force of the force guide member 121 acting on the elastic jumper 122 reaches another predetermined value. Assuming a value, the elastic force of the elastic force jumper 122 jumps, so that the reaction force of the button 11 jumps from the F3 to the F4.
  • the elastic jumper 122 may be a spring or a spring.
  • the force guide member 121 is in contact with the elastic jumper 122 and can move relative to the detection member 12.
  • the elastic jumper 122 can receive an impact force.
  • the elastic deformation occurs due to the pressure, and elastic force is generated.
  • the resisting force reaches a critical pressure
  • the elastic force jumps, and the metal contact located at the right end of the elastic piece quickly moves from the upper limit position to the lower limit position, so that the detection element 12 switches On-off state (i.e. triggered).
  • the button 11 When the button 11 is displaced in response to the control force, the button 11 directly or indirectly presses the force guide member 121 , and the force guide member 121 moves and presses the elastic force jumper 122 to generate elastic force.
  • the detection part 12 can be a micro switch, a tactile switch, a membrane switch, a piezoelectric switch or other switches that can be implemented by those skilled in the art; the applicant selects the detection part 12 and adjusts its triggering force and triggering displacement.
  • the parameters are brought into the structure of the button 11 for stress analysis, and a model of the detection part 12 that conforms to the structure of the button 11 is obtained, so that the pressing rebound characteristics of the button 11 meet the expectations of the present invention.
  • the difference between the reaction force F1 when the button 11 is in the first pressing position and the reaction force F2 when the button 11 is in the second pressing position is The value is set to F3, and F3 ⁇ 0.5F1.
  • the reset part 15 cooperates with the use of the detection part 12, by reasonably matching the values of the reset force and the first resilience force, and optimizing the design of the structure of the button 11 and the selection of the detection part 12, so that the elastic force of the button 11 triggers the detection part 12.
  • the jump variable becomes smaller to buffer the impact of the button 11 on the user's fingers and improve the smoothness of pressing.
  • the maximum value of the displacement of the button 11 in response to the manipulation force is set to S4, when the button 11 is located at the first pressing position.
  • the displacement of the button 11 is set to S3, where the control displacement margin ratio (S4-S3)/S4 ⁇ 0.2.
  • the button 11 when designing the structure of the button 11, the button 11 is designed to have a maximum pressing amount, that is, the maximum value of the displacement. When the button 11 reaches the maximum pressing amount, the button 11 offsets the housing 14, and it is difficult to continue pressing the button 11.
  • the described control displacement margin ratio can reflect the amount by which the button 11 can continue to be pressed after triggering the detection element 12.
  • the size of the button 11 and the housing 14 are controlled to match so that the control displacement margin ratio is greater than or equal to 0.2. , so that there is still a pressing margin after the button 11 triggers the detection component 12, ensuring that the detection component 12 is successfully triggered.
  • the operating displacement margin ratio at the corner position of the button 11 is greater than 0.5 times the operating displacement margin ratio at the middle position of the button 11 .
  • the button 11 is movably connected to the housing 14, and the housing 14 can limit at least two degrees of freedom of displacement and at least one degree of freedom of rotation of the button 11, so that the button 11 can 11 is capable of displacement and/or rotational movement, and triggers the detection member 12 during the movement.
  • the movable connection includes a pivot connection, a slide rail connection, a movable buckle connection, an elastic arm connection, or other connection methods that can be implemented by those skilled in the art.
  • the casing 14 can limit the button 11 to at least two degrees of freedom of displacement and at least one degree of freedom of rotation. It can be understood that the button 11 has 3 degrees of freedom of displacement and 3 degrees of freedom of rotation, and the casing 14 limits the button 11 to at least two degrees of freedom.
  • the degree of freedom that the button 11 can move includes at most one degree of freedom of displacement and two degrees of freedom of rotation.
  • the button 11 produces movement under the constraints of the housing 14, including pivoting motion, linear motion, etc. Movement or compound movement of displacement and rotation, the specific movement mode is determined by the connection structure of the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • the reset part 15 is configured as at least one elastic limiter 151 , and the housing 14 is provided with the elastic limiter at the corresponding position of the button 11 .
  • Limiting member 151; the elastic limiting member 151 is a cantilever beam structure, including a fixed end 1511 and a free end 1512 away from the fixed end 1511.
  • the fixed end 1511 is fixedly connected or integrally formed on the housing 14,
  • the free end 1512 is in contact with the button 11 to provide a resetting force for the button 11 .
  • the free end 1512 of the elastic limiting member 151 is positionally connected to the button 11 to limit the two degrees of freedom of displacement in the horizontal direction and one degree of freedom of rotation of the button 11 in the horizontal direction, so that the The button 11 can undergo a superimposed movement of displacement and rotation in the vertical direction.
  • the elastic limiter 151 provided on the housing 14 at the corresponding position of the button 11 can be understood to mean that the elastic limiter 151 provided on the housing 14 can contact the bottom of the button 11 or the side of the button 11 , and is a button. 11 provides reset force.
  • the positioning connection can be understood as a connection method with a positioning function, including positioning pins and positioning posts respectively provided on the button 11 and the free end 1512.
  • the positioning pins are cooperatively connected with the positioning posts, so that the free end 1512 is connected with the button. 11; or the button 11 is provided with a positioning groove, and the shape of the positioning groove is adapted to the free end 1512, so that the free end 1512 is positioned by the positioning groove; or other features that can be implemented by those skilled in the art How the positioning function is connected.
  • the superimposed movement of displacement and rotation of the button 11 in the vertical direction can be understood as the button 11 has three degrees of freedom of displacement and three degrees of freedom of rotation, and the shell 14 limits the two degrees of freedom of the button 11's displacement and rotation in the horizontal direction.
  • One degree of freedom of rotation in the horizontal direction one degree of freedom of displacement in the vertical direction of the button 11 and two degrees of freedom of rotation in the vertical direction, so that the button 11 can tilt and move downward in response to the control force. Displacement occurs, thereby pressing against and triggering the detection component 12 .
  • the button 11 is supported and positioned by the elastic limiter 151.
  • the button 11 has a high degree of freedom. When the button 11 is pressed, a compound movement of displacement and rotation is generated.
  • the button 11 It can be tilted in multiple directions, so that the surface of the button 11 is more suitable for the user's fingers, and the difference in the pressing force required everywhere on the button 11 is small, and a relatively close pressing feel can be achieved by pressing the button 11 everywhere; at the same time, the elastic limiter
  • the free end 1512 of 151 can provide elastic positioning effect for the button 11. When the button 11 moves, the free end 1512 of the elastic limiter 151 will not slide relative to the button 11. Traditionally, rigid buckles or positioning plates are used.
  • the present invention adopts the elastic positioning scheme of the elastic limiter 151, so that the button 11 has higher flexibility, smaller motion friction, and clearer press feedback.
  • the detection part 12 can be a micro switch, a tact switch, a membrane switch, a piezoelectric switch or other switches that can be implemented by those skilled in the art; preferably, the detection part 12 is a micro switch, and the micro switch
  • the switch is also called a sensitive switch and is often used in mouse buttons. Compared with the tactile switch, the contact spacing of the micro switch is smaller and easier to trigger. Generally, the triggering force of the micro switch is only 60g, and the trigger feedback is lighter. When triggered, The amount of displacement where the jump occurs is small.
  • the structure of the micro switch combined with the elastic limiter 151 enables the slight trigger feedback of the micro switch to be transmitted, ensuring a smooth pressing feeling and providing clear trigger feedback.
  • the 60g can be understood as the gravity generated by a 60-gram object.
  • the length of the elastic limiter 151 is designed and calculated to make F4>F3 ⁇ 22g, ensuring that the button 11 has sufficient rebound. Rebound strength, where the reaction force at the third rebound position is 0.
  • the displacement of the button 11 when it is in the first rebound position is set to S1
  • the displacement of the button 11 when it is in the second rebound position is set to S2, and S1-S2 ⁇ 2mm , so that when the detection part 12 changes from the triggering state to the non-triggering state, the displacement jump generated by the button 11 is smaller, making the pressing feedback crisper and improving the pressing feel.
  • S1-S2 ⁇ 0.2mm As shown in Figure 5, S1-S2 ⁇ 0.2mm.
  • the detection part 12 of this embodiment adopts a micro switch, the trigger feedback is small, and the displacement amount of jumping when triggered is small.
  • the micro switch Cooperating with the structure of the elastic limiter 151, the slight trigger feedback of the micro switch can be transmitted, so that the button 11 can achieve a smooth and clear pressing feel. If other detection parts 12 are used, such as a touch switch, the trigger feedback will be larger, and the S1-S2 may even exceed 1 mm, the pressing vibration will be strong, and the feel will not be as good as a micro switch.
  • the free end 1512 is provided with a first positioning hole 1513
  • the button 11 is provided with a button positioning pin 111 at a corresponding position of the first positioning hole 1513.
  • the key positioning pin 111 is inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 to realize positioning connection between the key 11 and the free end 1512 .
  • the first positioning hole 1513 is a through hole
  • the key positioning pin 111 is a cylindrical or truncated cone-shaped protrusion, and its shaft diameter is adapted to the diameter of the first positioning hole 1513, so that the first positioning hole 1513 can limit the key positioning pin 111 Displacement in the horizontal direction to position the button 11.
  • the beneficial effect of positioning the button 11 is to ensure the relative position accuracy of the button 11 and the detection piece 12, and avoid the positional relationship between the button 11 and the detection piece 12 from deviating, resulting in the failure to trigger the detection piece 12; at the same time, the button 11
  • the positioning can keep the gaps between the buttons 11 consistent and improve the aesthetics.
  • the key positioning pin 111 includes a root integrally formed on the key 11 and an end far away from the root.
  • the key positioning pin 111 has a truncated cone shape with a root diameter larger than an end diameter.
  • the key positioning pin 111 is set into a truncated cone shape with a root diameter larger than the end diameter, so that the key positioning pin 111 can be inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 and the positioning accuracy of the key 11 can be improved; the reason is that since each key 11 corresponds to There are multiple elastic limiting members 151, and each elastic limiting member 151 has a first positioning hole 1513. When the number of the first positioning holes 1513 is 3 or more, each first positioning hole 1513 has a pair of The button 11 forms an over-positioned structure. If the button positioning pin 111 is cylindrical, it will cause that the button positioning pins 111 cannot be inserted into the first positioning hole 1513. The conventional solution is to add the button positioning pin 111 and the first positioning hole 1513.
  • the key positioning pin 111 of the present invention adopts a truncated cone-shaped structure, and the end of the truncated cone has a guiding function, so that the key positioning pin 111 can be smoothly inserted into the first positioning hole 1513. And as the button 11 approaches the housing 14 after insertion, the gap between the button positioning pin 111 and the first positioning hole 1513 gradually decreases to achieve precise positioning.
  • the first positioning hole 1513 is a truncated cone-shaped hole, and the diameter of the hole on the side facing the button 11 is smaller than the diameter of the hole on the side away from the button 11.
  • the pin 111 is inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 and then fixed by heat fusion.
  • the diameter of the first positioning hole 1513 on the side facing the button 11 is smaller than the diameter of the side away from the button 11, which can prevent the button positioning pin 111 from falling off easily after being inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 and fixed by hot melt.
  • the advantage of using hot melt fixation is that it can further reduce the shaking between the button 11 and the upper housing 141 , improve the stability of pressing the button 11 , and further improve the positioning accuracy of the elastic limiter 151 .
  • the elastic limiting member 151 corresponding to each button 11 extends from the middle position of the button 11 toward the edge of the button 11 , so
  • the first direction is a direction parallel to one side of the button 11 and parallel to the upper surface of the button 11 .
  • the elastic limiter 151 extends from the middle position of the button 11 toward the edge of the button 11 .
  • the elastic limiter 151 is integrally formed or fixedly connected to the shell 14 , and the shell 14 is connected to the button 11
  • the elastic limiter 151 extends from the middle position of the button 11 and extends toward the edge of the button 11 to contact the edge of the button 11 so that the reset force of each elastic limiter 151 acts on the position close to the edge of the button 11 to improve support.
  • the four elastic limiters 151 there are four elastic limiters 151 corresponding to each of the buttons 11.
  • the four elastic limiters 151 are symmetrically distributed in pairs.
  • the four elastic limiters 151 are arranged symmetrically.
  • the elastic limiting members 151 are arranged side by side in pairs; the second direction is arranged parallel to the upper surface of the button 11 , and the second direction is arranged perpendicularly to the first direction.
  • the first direction and the second direction are as shown by the arrows in Figure 8, and the elastic limiters 151 are symmetrically distributed in pairs and arranged side by side, so that the elastic limiters 151 are provided to the keys 11 in a symmetrical manner.
  • the reset force can be adapted to the compound movement of displacement and rotation of the button 11.
  • the button 11 can tilt in multiple directions, and the symmetrical reset force provided by the elastic limiter 151 can make the button 11 move in the direction of the control force. When tilted in either direction, the reset force received is similar.
  • the symmetrical reset force provided by the four elastic limiters 151 makes the reset force easy to control through structural design.
  • the applicant changed the angle, thickness, width and length of the elastic limiters 151 and through calculation and simulation, controlled
  • the reset force cooperates with the elastic force of the detection member 12, so that when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1.
  • the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; and the displacement S1 of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the displacement of the second pressing position S2 satisfies the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the extension direction of the elastic limiter 151 is parallel to one side of the button 11, so that the space occupied by the elastic limiter 151 in the second direction is reduced, leaving space for the housing 14 to arrange other components.
  • the length of the elastic limiting member 151 is greater than 1/4 of the length of the button 11 . Since the four elastic limiters 151 are symmetrically distributed in the first direction, and the elastic limiters 151 extend from the middle position of the button 11 toward the edge position of the button 11, the length of the elastic limiter 151 is controlled to be longer than the button. 1/4 of the length of 11, so that the elastic limiter 151 can be lengthened as much as possible. When the thickness of the elastic limiter 151 remains unchanged, the longer the length, the better the flexibility, and the less likely it is to break.
  • the root of the key positioning pin 111 is provided with a reinforcing seat 116.
  • the reinforcing seat 116 is in contact with the elastic limiting member 151 .
  • a reinforcing seat 116 is provided at the root of the key positioning pin 111 to prevent the root of the key positioning pin 111 from breaking.
  • the reinforcement base 116 is configured as four reinforcement units 1161, and the reinforcement units 1161 are evenly distributed circumferentially along the root of the key positioning pin 111;
  • the reinforcing unit 1161, the key positioning pin 111 and the key 11 are integrally formed.
  • the reinforcing unit 1161 is a square connecting block.
  • the reinforcing seat 116 can strengthen the strength of the root of the key positioning pin 111 to prevent breakage.
  • the four reinforcing units 1161 are evenly distributed along the circumference of the key positioning pin 111, so that the key positioning pin 111 is less likely to be skewed when the injection molding is cooling, which improves the The positioning accuracy of the key positioning pin 111.
  • the side of the elastic limiting member 151 facing the button 11 is parallel to the button 11 at the corresponding position of the first positioning hole 1513 . That is, the upper surface of the free end 1512 of the elastic limiter 151 is parallel to the lower surface of the button 11, so that the first positioning hole 1513 remains vertical during injection molding, and the button positioning pin 111 is conveniently inserted into the first positioning hole 1513.
  • a positioning hole 1513 can improve the positioning accuracy of the first positioning hole 1513; at the same time, when the button positioning pin 111 is inserted into the first positioning hole 1513, the upper surface of the elastic limiter 151 sticks to the corresponding position of the first positioning hole 1513.
  • the elastic limiter 151 and the button 11 are in surface contact, which improves the stability of the support of the button 11 by the elastic limiter 151 .
  • the elastic limiting member 151 extends from the housing 14 , and the fixed end 1511 is integrally formed with the housing 14 . Since the elastic limiter 151 is integrally formed in the housing 14, there is no need to provide an additional reset member, which simplifies the structure, reduces costs, reduces the number of parts, and reduces assembly steps.
  • the elastic limiting member 151 is a long sheet-like structure, and its thickness is smaller than the thickness of the housing 14. As shown in Figures 12 and 8, the width of its two ends is wider than that of the middle part. Width; The elastic limiting member 151 can elastically deform in response to the pressure of the button 11. When the pressure is removed, the elastic deformation of the elastic limiting member 151 recovers.
  • the housing 14 needs to have a certain degree of rigidity, and the elastic limiter 151 needs to have a certain degree of flexibility. Since the elastic limiter 151 extends from the housing 14, the thickness of the elastic limiter 151 should be made thin to ensure that While the housing 14 is rigid, the elastic limiting member 151 has a certain degree of flexibility. It can be understood that the width of the two ends is wider than the width of the middle part. In the second direction, the width of the connecting part 1197 of the elastic limiter 151 and the housing 14 and the width of the end part are widened. Due to the elastic limiter, The cantilever beam structure of the member 151 is prone to breakage at the part where it is connected to the housing 14.
  • the width of the two ends of the elastic limiter 151 is controlled to be wider than the width of the middle part, so that the connection part 1197 between the elastic limiter 151 and the housing 14 is in place.
  • the strength is enhanced to prevent breakage due to excessive stress.
  • the width of the middle part is narrowed to ensure the flexibility of the elastic limiter 151.
  • the end of the elastic limiting member 151 is widened to enlarge the first positioning hole 1513, thereby thickening the diameter of the key positioning pin 111 to prevent the key positioning pin 111 from breaking.
  • the elastic limiter 151 extends obliquely in the direction toward the button 11 , and the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is set as the first surface, so The angle between the extending direction of the elastic limiting member 151 and the first surface of the button 11 is less than or equal to 40°.
  • the first surface is the lower surface of the button 11 in Figure 7.
  • the elastic limiter 151 extends obliquely in the direction toward the button 11, and can lift the button 11 upward to a certain height, so that the button 11 has a certain downward movement ability.
  • the angle between the extension direction of the elastic limiter 151 and the first surface of the button 11 can be understood as the angle between the extension direction of the elastic limiter 151 and the upper surface of the housing 14 in FIG. 7 , and the included angle is less than Or equal to 40° to prevent the elastic limiter 151 from being difficult to bend and deform or break during the bending process due to excessive included angle. In a specific embodiment, the included angle is equal to 7.9°.
  • the middle part of the elastic limiting member 151 is curved in an arc (not shown in the figure), and the center of the arc is toward the side away from the button 11 .
  • the button 11 moves toward the housing 14 , and the button 11 presses the elastic limiting member 151 to bend and deform toward the housing 14 .
  • the middle part of the elastic limiter 151 is bent in a circular arc toward the side away from the button 11 , so that when the elastic limiter 151 undergoes the bending deformation, the middle part is not easily broken.
  • the connection between the elastic limiting member 151 and the housing 14 adopts a circular arc transition. Since the elastic limiter 151 is tilted toward the button 11, the part where the elastic limiter 151 is connected to the housing 14 is a bending point, which is prone to stress concentration. Using an arc transition here can reduce stress concentration and prevent elasticity. The limiting member 151 is broken.
  • the surface of the housing 14 facing the button 11 is set as a second surface, and the extending direction of the elastic limiting member 151 is parallel to the second surface (not shown in the figure). ), and the surface of the elastic limiting member 151 facing the button 11 is coplanar with the second surface.
  • the second surface is the upper surface of the housing 14.
  • the upper surface of the elastic limiting member 151 is parallel and coplanar with the upper surface of the housing 14, so that the elastic limiting member 151 Extending horizontally from the casing 14, when the elastic limiter 151 bends downward under pressure, tearing points are not likely to occur, and the connection between the elastic limiter 151 and the casing 14 is not bent in the vertical direction.
  • the stress concentration phenomenon at this connection is weakened, making the elastic limiting member 151 less likely to break.
  • the height of the reinforcement seat 116 of the key positioning pin 111 matches the triggering displacement of the detection member 12, so that the reinforcement seat 116 abuts the elastic limiter 151 and lifts the key 11 to a height, so that the key 11 has a certain Press the space to successfully trigger the detection piece 12.
  • the housing 14 has an escape portion 1411 on the side of the elastic limiter 151 away from the button 11 , and the escape portion 1411 is configured to have a shape adapted to the elastic limiter. Through holes or grooves of the positioning member 151 , the elastic limiting member 151 deforms in response to the pressure of the button 11 , and at least part of it is accommodated in the escape portion 1411 .
  • the casing 14 has an escape portion 1411 on the side of the elastic limiter 151 away from the button 11 . It can be understood that the upper surface of the casing 14 has the escape portion 1411 at the corresponding position of the elastic limiter 151 .
  • the avoidance part 1411 is configured to have a shape adapted to the through hole or groove of the elastic limiter 151. It can be understood that the size of the avoidance part 1411 is slightly larger than the size of the elastic limiter 151, so that The elastic limiting member 151 can be accommodated in the escape portion 1411 .
  • the elastic limiting member 151 includes a first side, a second side and a third side, and the housing 14 penetrates a first side at a corresponding position on the first side.
  • a strip-shaped through hole 1412 is formed, a second strip-shaped through hole 1413 is formed at a corresponding position on the second side, and a third strip-shaped through hole 1414 is formed at a corresponding position on the third side.
  • the first strip-shaped through hole is 1412 is arranged opposite to the second strip-shaped through hole 1413, and the third strip-shaped through hole 1414 is arranged opposite to the fixed end 1511 of the elastic limiting member 151; the first strip-shaped through hole 1412,
  • the second strip-shaped through hole 1413 and the third strip-shaped through hole 1414 are connected with each other to divide the housing 14 into the elastic limiting member 151.
  • the elastic limiting member 151 is The positioning member 151 is tilted toward the button 11 , so that the housing 14 forms the escape portion 1411 at the corresponding position of the elastic limiting member 151 .
  • the elastic limiting member 151 is integrally formed by injection molding of the housing 14 , and the first strip-shaped through hole 1412 , the second strip-shaped through hole 1413 and the third strip-shaped through hole 1414 are formed by the housing 14 It is formed by cutting during injection molding.
  • a space is reserved below the elastic limiter 151 , and the elastic limiter 151 is tilted upward.
  • the avoidance portion 1411 is formed below the elastic limiter 151 .
  • the button 11 opens a first positioning groove (not shown in the figure) toward the elastic limiter 151, and the width and length of the first positioning groove are adapted to the elastic limiter 151 respectively.
  • the width and length of the positioning member 151 when the button 11 is installed on the housing 14, the first positioning groove is sleeved on the free end 1512 of the elastic limiting member 151, so that the first positioning groove is The slot is positioned by the elastic limiting member 151 to realize the positioning connection between the button 11 and the free end 1512 .
  • the elastic limiter 151 is a rectangular strip structure, the button 11 has a certain thickness, and the first positioning groove is provided on the lower surface of the button 11.
  • the first positioning groove is a rectangular groove slightly larger than the elastic limiter 151. , so that the elastic limiter 151 has a clearance fit with the first positioning groove, so that the first positioning groove can be completely inserted into the elastic limiter 151 , and the elastic limiter 151 abuts against the top wall of the first positioning groove. Furthermore, when the first limiting groove is sleeved on the elastic limiting member 151, the gap between the side wall of the elastic limiting member 151 and the side wall of the first limiting groove is less than 0.1mm, so as to prevent excessive gap from causing poor positioning accuracy. .
  • the first positioning groove is in the shape of a trapezoid with a size at the lower end opening larger than that at the upper end, so that the first positioning groove can be inserted into the elastic limiter 151 , and the upper end of the first positioning groove and the elastic limiter 151 are in the shape of a trapezoid.
  • the button 11 is provided with a plurality of button buckles 112 toward the housing 14
  • the housing 14 is provided with a plurality of button buckles 112 at corresponding positions of the button buckles 112 .
  • the key buckle 112 buckles into the buckle position 1415 of the key buckle 112 , so that the limit position of the upward movement of the button 11 is restricted.
  • the button buckle 112 extends integrally from the button 11 , or the button buckle 112 is fixedly connected to the button 11 .
  • the housing 14 is provided with a buckling position 1415 adapted to the button buckle 112 at a corresponding position of the button buckle 112.
  • the buckle position 1415 is located directly below the button buckle 112, and
  • the shape of the buckle position 1415 matches the end of the button buckle 112 and is slightly larger than the end of the button buckle 112, so that the button buckle 112 cannot be detached after being buckled into the buckle position 1415; the plurality of buttons
  • the buckles 112 can be understood as that each button 11 is provided with three, four, six, eight or other numbers of button buckles 112 , and each button buckle 112 is evenly distributed along the circumferential direction of the button 11 .
  • the button 11 can be arranged in a triangle shape (not shown in the figure), and the key buckles 112 are arranged at the three corners of the triangular button 11 .
  • the button 11 can be configured in a quadrangular shape, and the button latches 112 are arranged at the four corners of the quadrangular button 11 .
  • the button 11 can be arranged in a quadrilateral shape, and the button latches 112 are symmetrically distributed on the four sides of the button 11 .
  • the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is rectangular, and there are four button buckles 112 distributed at the four corners of the rectangle. 14 extension settings.
  • the key buckles 112 are arranged at the four corners of the button 11, so that the button buckles 112 symmetrically restrict the button 11 at the four corners of the button 11, and can adapt to the compound movement of the displacement and rotation of the button 11, which is beneficial to the direction of the button 11 in multiple directions.
  • the button buckle 112 distributed diagonally to this part serves as a fulcrum to prevent the button 11 from tilting upward, making it easier to press the button 11 Trigger detector 12.
  • the symmetrical limiting provided by the button buckle 112 can make the button 11 receive similar reset force when it is tilted in various directions.
  • the button buckles 112 are located at the four corners of the button 11, making the distance between the button buckles 112 larger. Due to processing errors, there is an error in the height of each button buckle 112, and there is also an error in the height of the buckling position 1415, resulting in The upper surface of the button 11 is not horizontal, and increasing the distance between the button buckles 112 can reduce the impact of height error on the levelness of the upper surface of the button 11 .
  • the end of the button buckle 112 is provided with a hook portion 1121, and the button buckle 112 is hooked to the buckling position 1415 through the hook portion 1121.
  • the lower edge of the button 11 to limit the upward movement limit of the button 11;
  • the hook portion 1121 is oriented in a direction from the four corners of the button 11 to the center of the button 11.
  • the hook portion 1121 can be understood as a hook-shaped structure extending laterally from the end of the button buckle 112.
  • the hook-shaped structure of the hook portion 1121 hooks the buckle.
  • the lower edge of the closing position 1415 prevents the button buckle 112 from upwardly disengaging from the locking position 1415.
  • the button buckle 112 located at the opposite corner of the pressing part serves as the fulcrum and tilts toward the outside of the button 11.
  • the hook portion 1121 faces the inside of the button 11 to prevent the button buckle 112 from interfering with the housing 14. This affects the pressing feel. Furthermore, the direction of the hook portion 1121 is tilted relative to the side of the button 11, so that the four button latches 112 cooperate with each other to limit the horizontal displacement and rotation of the button 11, and have a positioning effect on the button 11.
  • the button 11 Since the positioning accuracy of the button buckle 112 is low, if the positioning function of the button buckle 112 is only relied on without using the elastic limiter 151 to limit the position, the button 11 will be able to move a small distance in the horizontal direction, resulting in a gap between the buttons 11 The clearances vary. It is necessary to improve the positioning accuracy of the key buckle 112 by reducing the matching gap between the key buckle 112 and the housing 14. This will cause the friction between the key buckle 112 and the housing 14 to increase. Pressure resistance increases.
  • the present invention uses the button buckle 112 to cooperate with the elastic limiter 151.
  • the button buckle 112 is pre-positioned so that the button positioning pin 111 is aligned with the first positioning hole 1513 of the elastic limiter 151, which facilitates the installation of the button positioning pin 111 into the first positioning hole 1513 of the elastic limiter 151.
  • a positioning hole 1513 is mainly positioned by the elastic limiter 151, which not only improves the positioning accuracy of the buttons 11 and makes the gaps between the buttons 11 consistent, but also avoids mutual friction between the button buckle 112 and the housing 14, causing The resistance of pressing button 11 increases and the pressing feels stuck.
  • the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is set as a first surface, and the projection of the button buckle 112 on the first surface is a first arc shape.
  • the center of the first arc shape points toward the center of the button 11 in the direction of the button buckle 112.
  • the projection of the hook portion 1121 on the first surface is a second arc shape.
  • the centers of the two arc-shaped circles are at the same position as the center of the first arc-shaped circle.
  • the use of arc buckles can further prevent the button 11 from being separated from the housing 14 and provide a symmetrical limit for the button 11 to adapt to the pressing of the button 11 in all directions.
  • the projection of the buckle position 1415 of the housing 14 on the upper surface of the housing 14 is a fan shape, and the arc edge of the fan shape matches the arc shape of the button buckle 112; as shown in Figure 3, the buckle position 1415 is a through hole, and a first guide slope 14151 is provided at the sector-shaped arc on the side facing the button 11 to facilitate the button buckle 112 to snap into the buckle position 1415 .
  • the housing 14 has a buckle movable space 1421 at the corresponding position of the buckle position 1415 , and the movable space is configured to be shaped to fit into the groove of the buckle position 1415 . , to prevent the key buckle 112 from interfering with the housing 14 during movement.
  • the housing 14 includes an upper housing 141 and a lower housing 142.
  • the button 11 is provided on the upper housing 141.
  • the upper housing 141 penetrates the buckling position 1415, and the lower housing 142 is located at the buckling position 1415.
  • a groove whose shape matches the button buckle 112 is opened below to form the buckle activity space 1421.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 at a corresponding position of the detection member 12, when the button 11 generates the displacement in response to the manipulation force , the resisting portion 113 directly or indirectly presses and triggers the detection member 12 .
  • the resistance part 113 directly or indirectly presses and triggers the detection part 12 can be understood as the resistance part 113 is placed above the detection part 12 and can directly press the detection part 12; or the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12 A waterproof silicone sleeve is provided between them, and the detection piece 12 is triggered indirectly by pressing the waterproof silicone sleeve; or a buffer piece is set between the resistance part 113 and the detection piece 12, and the resistance part 113 detects and triggers the detection piece 12 through the buffer piece, and the buffer piece is used to Prevent the button 11 from being damaged by excessive pressing force.
  • the detection piece 12 is disposed below the center of the button 11 , and the resisting portion 113 is integrally formed from the center of the button 11 and extends downward toward the housing 14 .
  • the length of the key buckle 112 is adapted to the length of the resistance portion 113, so that when the key 11 does not generate the displacement, the resistance portion 113 is in contact with the detection
  • the gap between the components 12 is less than or equal to 1.5 mm; the third direction is the direction in which the button 11 points to the housing 14 .
  • the gap between the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12 is less than or equal to 1.5 mm. , that is, the idle stroke of pressing the button 11 downward is less than or equal to 1.5 mm, which improves the pressing feel of the button 11; in this embodiment, the gap between the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12 is set to 0.1 mm.
  • the purpose of leaving a gap between the resisting part 113 and the detection part 12 is to prevent assembly errors from causing the detection part 12 to be pre-pressed, or even causing false triggering.
  • the limit value of the displacement of the button 11 is greater than or equal to 1.2 mm. When the displacement reaches the limit value, at least part of the button 11 abuts the housing 14 .
  • a button 11 surrounding portion extends from the edge of the button 11 toward the housing 14, and the button 11 surrounding portions surround each other to block part of the housing 14; wherein, in the In the third direction, the distance between the surrounding part of the button 11 and the housing 14 is greater than or equal to 1.2 mm, so that the limit value of the displacement of the button 11 is greater than or equal to 1.2 mm.
  • the surrounding part of the button 11 surrounds part of the housing 14, which can improve the aesthetics of the button 11.
  • the gap between the surrounding part of the button 11 and the housing 14 is controlled so that the limit stroke of pressing the button 11 is 1.6mm.
  • the detection part 12 uses a micro switch, and the theoretical trigger stroke is 0.3mm.
  • the detection part 12 can be triggered by pressing down the upper resistance portion 113 by 0.4mm.
  • the cumulative assembly tolerance and the deformation of the button 11 may increase the reserved 0.1mm gap. Therefore, in the theoretical design, the resistance portion 113 at the edge of the button 11 will be pressed.
  • the pressing stroke is designed to be 0.8mm, and there is an extra 0.4mm pressing stroke to ensure that the detection part 12 can still be successfully triggered when the edge position of the button 11 is pressed.
  • the resistance portion 113 is a cylinder extending from the button 11 toward the detection member 12 , and its cross section perpendicular to the extension direction is set as the first cross section, so
  • the shape of the first cross-section is set to consist of two mutually intersecting and perpendicular rectangles.
  • the first shape can be understood as a shape similar to a "cross", and its function is to prevent shrinkage caused by the local glue thickness of the resisting portion 113 during injection molding, causing the detection element 12 to fail to trigger.
  • the free end 1512 of the elastic limiting member 151 extends toward the detecting member 12 with a resisting portion 113 .
  • the button 11 responds When the displacement is caused by the control force, the button 11 presses the elastic limiter 151 to undergo the deformation, and the elastic limiter 151 drives the resistance portion 113 to trigger the detection member 12 .
  • the elastic limiter 151 is a cantilever beam structure and tilts toward the side of the button 11.
  • the end of the elastic limiter 151 extends as described above.
  • the resisting portion 113 is as shown in Figures 31 and 32.
  • the elastic limiter 151 has a receiving portion 1514 protruding toward the button 11 at the corresponding position of the resisting portion 113.
  • the receiving portion 1514 is configured as an arc.
  • a shaped protrusion for contacting the button 11 and driving the elastic limiting member 151 to produce the deformation.
  • the button 11 generates the displacement in response to the control force
  • the lower surface of the button 11 presses And drive the resistance part 113 to trigger the detection part 12 .
  • the beneficial effect of this embodiment is that the resistance part 113, the elastic limiter 151 and the housing 14 are integrally formed, ensuring the relative position accuracy between the resistance part 113 and the housing 14.
  • the detection part 12 Since the detection part 12 is installed on the housing 14 , so the positioning accuracy between the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12 is guaranteed; compared with the resistance part 113 being provided on the button 11, in this embodiment the resistance part 113 is provided on the elastic limiter 151, shortening the distance between the resistance part 113 and The error size chain between the detection parts 12 makes it easier to ensure the positioning accuracy between the conflicting part 113 and the detection parts 12, thereby reducing manufacturing accuracy requirements. Moreover, there is no need for a positioning relationship between the button 11 and the detection part 12, the positioning accuracy requirement of the button 11 is reduced, and there is no need for a positioning structure between the button 11 and the elastic limiter 151, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost of the button 11 and the elastic limiter 151. .
  • the reset force is easy to control and can be calculated.
  • the elastic limiting member 151 is a cantilever beam structure, its reset force is calculated with high reliability. The applicant changed the tilting angle, thickness, width and length of the elastic limiter 151, and through calculation and simulation, controlled the reset force to match the elastic force of the detection part 12, so that the button 11 moves to the first pressing position.
  • reaction force is F1
  • button 11 moves from the first pressing position to the second pressing position
  • the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g ;
  • the displacement S1 of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the displacement S2 at the second pressing position satisfy the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the upper housing 141 has a light-diffusing cover light-transmitting through hole 1419 at a corresponding position of the detecting component 12 , and the resisting portion 113 can pass through the uniform-diffusing cover light-transmitting through hole 1419 and then contact the detecting component 12 .
  • the light-transmitting through hole 1419 of the uniform light mask is also used for the uniform light mask 183 to pass through. The technical details of the uniform light mask 183 and the light uniformity mask light-transmitting through hole 1419 will be described in detail below.
  • the button 11 there is no positioning structure between the button 11 and the elastic limiter 151, and the button 11 is positioned by the housing 14.
  • the button 11 faces the housing 14
  • Four key buckles 112 are provided.
  • the end of the key buckle 112 is provided with a hook portion 1121.
  • the housing 14 is provided with a hook portion adapted to the key buckle 112 at the corresponding position of the key buckle 112. Locking position 1415.
  • the button buckle 112 hooks the edge of the buckling position 1415 through the hook portion 1121 to limit the button.
  • the hook portions 1121 of any two adjacent key buckles 112 are arranged in directions perpendicular to each other.
  • the setting directions of the hook portions 1121 of any two adjacent key buckles 112 are perpendicular to each other. It can be understood that the hook portions 1121 of the four key buckles 112 are arranged in opposite directions.
  • the hook portions 1121 of adjacent key buckles 112 are oriented perpendicularly to each other.
  • the upper surface of the button 11 is square, and there are four button buckles 112 distributed at the four corners of the button 11 .
  • the hook portions 1121 corresponding to the four button buckles 112 are arranged from the four corners of the button 11 toward the center of the button 11 . Therefore, the four button buckles 112 restrict each other in the horizontal direction and cooperate with each other to limit the displacement and rotation of the button 11 in the horizontal direction, so that the housing 14 positions the button 11 .
  • the reset part 15 is configured as at least one elastic reset member 152 , and the elastic reset member 152 is disposed between the button 11 and the housing 14 During this time, elastic deformation can occur in response to the displacement of the button 11, and the restoring force that overcomes the elastic deformation can be generated.
  • the elastic return member 152 can be understood as an elastic component, including but not limited to springs, torsion springs, elastic sheets, elastic foam, silicone, etc.
  • the elastic return member 152 is disposed between the button 11 and the housing 14. It can be understood that the elastic return member 152 is installed on the button 11 or the housing 14, and is clamped between the button 11 and the shell.
  • the elastic return member 152 is in contact with the lower surface of the button 11 and the upper surface of the housing 14 at the same time.
  • the button 11 presses the elastic return member 152 to produce the elastic deformation, and the elastic return member 152 generates a reset that overcomes the elastic deformation.
  • the force is used to support the button 11 to return to its initial position.
  • the elastic return member 152 is a spring 1521; the button 11 extends a spring limiting portion 118 toward the housing 14 at a position relative to the spring 1521.
  • the spring 1521 is sleeved on the spring limiting part 118 so that the spring 1521 is limited in the horizontal direction.
  • the spring limiting part 118 can be understood as a downwardly extending cylinder of the button 11, and its size is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the spring 1521, so that the spring 1521 is sleeved on the spring limiting part 118 and is limited.
  • the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is rectangular, and there are four spring limiting portions 118, which are distributed at the four corners of the rectangle.
  • the springs There are also four 1521, which are respectively sleeved on the four spring limiting parts 118.
  • the spring limiters 118 are distributed at the four corners of the rectangle, can support the button 11 in a balanced manner, and are adapted to the compound movement of displacement and rotation of the button 11.
  • the button 11 can be tilted in multiple directions, and the elasticity
  • the symmetrical reset force provided by the reset member 152 can make the button 11 receive a similar reset force when it is tilted in any direction by the manipulation force.
  • the elastic coefficient controls the elastic force of the spring 1521.
  • the reset force is controlled to match the elastic force of the detection part 12, so that when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, And when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position to the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; and the button 11 is in the The displacement S1 of the first pressing position and the displacement S2 of the second pressing position satisfy the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the housing 14 is provided with an avoidance position 143 at a corresponding position of the spring limiter 118, when the button 11 generates the displacement in response to the manipulation force. , the button 11 drives the spring limiter 118 to move, and the avoidance position 143 is provided with an avoidance space at the corresponding position of the spring limiter 118 to prevent the spring limiter 118 from interfering with the housing 14 .
  • the avoidance position 143 can be understood as a through hole opened in the housing 14 with a shape matching the spring limiter 118.
  • the spring limiter 118 is inserted into the avoidance position 143 and can be in the avoidance position. 143 activities.
  • the spring limiter 118 is a cylinder
  • the avoidance position 143 is a cylindrical through hole
  • a certain gap is provided between the inner wall of the avoidance position 143 and the side wall of the spring limiter 118 to prevent the key from being pressed. 11
  • the avoidance position 143 interferes with the spring limiter 118; however, the gap between the avoidance position 143 and the spring limiter 118 should not be too large, because the avoidance position 143 has a positioning effect on the spring limiter 118.
  • the gaps 143 position the buttons 11 so that the gaps between the buttons 11 are even.
  • the gap between the inner wall of the avoidance position 143 and the side wall of the spring limiting portion 118 is set to 0.2 mm.
  • the end of the spring limiter 118 facing the button 11 is interference-fitted with the spring 1521 , and the end of the spring limiter 118 away from the button 11 is in interference fit with the spring 1521 .
  • the spring 1521 has a clearance fit.
  • the end of the spring limiter 118 facing the button 11 is interference-fitted with the spring 1521 so that the spring 1521 is sleeved behind the spring limiter 118 and the end of the spring 1521 facing the button 11 is clamped on the spring limiter. 118 to prevent the spring 1521 from falling during assembly, so that the button 11 can be installed on the housing 14.
  • the end of the spring limiter 118 away from the button 11 has a clearance fit with the spring 1521 so that the spring 1521 does not interfere with the spring limiter 118 when compressed, ensuring the smoothness of compression and recovery of the spring 1521.
  • the spring limiting part 118 is cylindrical, and the spring 1521 is a truncated cone with an upper end diameter smaller than a lower end diameter, and its upper end is set toward one end of the button 11 , its lower end is set as an end away from the button 11; the diameter of the upper end of the spring 1521 is smaller than the shaft diameter of the spring limiter 118, so that the upper end of the spring 1521 interferes with the spring limiter 118 Fit; the diameter of the lower end of the spring 1521 is larger than the shaft diameter of the spring limiting part 118, so that the lower end of the spring 1521 and the spring limiting part 118 have a clearance fit.
  • the spring 1521 is cylindrical (not shown in the figure), the spring limiting portion 118 is a truncated cone with an upper end diameter larger than a lower end diameter, and its upper end is disposed toward the button 11 one end, the lower end of which is set away from the end of the button 11; the diameter of the upper end of the spring limiter 118 is larger than the shaft diameter of the spring limiter 118, so that the upper end of the spring limiter 118 is in contact with the end of the button 11.
  • the spring 1521 has an interference fit; the diameter of the lower end of the spring limiting part 118 is smaller than the shaft diameter of the spring 1521, so that the lower end of the spring limiting part 118 and the spring 1521 have a clearance fit.
  • the button 11 is provided with four button buckles 112 toward the housing 14, and the end of the button buckle 112 is provided with a hook portion 1121.
  • a buckle position 1415 adapted to the button buckle 112 is provided at the corresponding position of the button buckle 112.
  • the button buckle 112 The hook portion 1121 hooks the edge of the buckle position 1415 to limit the limit position of the upward movement of the button 11; wherein, the hook portions 1121 of any two adjacent button buckles 112 are arranged
  • the directions are perpendicular to each other.
  • the setting directions of the hook portions 1121 of any two adjacent key buckles 112 are perpendicular to each other.
  • the hook portions 1121 of the four key buckles 112 are arranged in opposite directions.
  • the hook portions 1121 of adjacent key buckles 112 are oriented perpendicularly to each other.
  • the upper surface of the button 11 is square, and there are four button buckles 112 distributed at the four corners of the button 11 .
  • the hook portions 1121 corresponding to the four button buckles 112 are arranged from the four corners of the button 11 toward the center of the button 11 . Therefore, the four key buckles 112 restrict each other in the horizontal direction and cooperate with each other to limit the displacement and rotation of the key 11 in the horizontal direction, so that the key 11 is positioned by the key buckle 112 .
  • the avoidance position 143 on the housing 14 has a positioning effect on the button 11, due to the large gap between the avoidance position 143 and the side wall of the spring limiter 118, the positioning accuracy is not high, so the button buckle 112 For the positioning effect of the button 11, the two positions are superimposed to improve the positioning accuracy of the housing 14 for the button 11.
  • the length of the spring 1521 matches the length of the key buckle 112 , so that when the key 11 does not generate the displacement, the spring 1521 is in a compressed state.
  • the length of the spring 1521 matches the length of the key buckle 112. It can be understood that the spring 1521 is clamped between the key 11 and the housing 14, and the length of the key buckle 112 determines the relationship between the key 11 and the housing. 14, control the length of the key buckle 112, so that the distance between the key 11 and the housing 14 is smaller than the length of the spring 1521 in the natural state, so that the spring 1521 is installed between the key 11 and the housing 14 in compression state.
  • the beneficial effect is that the spring 1521 has a preload force on the button 11, so that the button 11 is still supported by the spring 1521 when it is not pressed, ensuring that the button 11 is in the upper limit position when it is not pressed, and improving the strength of the upper surface of each button 11.
  • the flatness is improved, and the tightness of the button 11 is improved, so that there will be no looseness.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 at a corresponding position of the detection member 12 .
  • the resistance portion 113 Press and trigger the detection member 12 directly or indirectly.
  • the length of the key buckle 112 is adapted to the length of the resistance portion 113, so that when the key 11 does not generate the displacement, the resistance portion 113 is in contact with the detection
  • the gap between the components 12 is less than or equal to 1.5 mm; the third direction is the direction in which the button 11 points to the housing 14, that is, the direction pointed by the arrow in Figure 35.
  • the button 11 includes a function cover 1191 and a surface cover 1192.
  • the surface cover 1192 at least partially covers the function cover 1191 and is connected with the function cover. 1191 is fixedly connected; the functional cover 1191 is movably connected to the housing 14 and can directly or indirectly press against and trigger the detection member 12 .
  • the surface cover 1192 can be understood as the outer cover of the button 11, covering the outer surface of the function cover 1191, and is used to contact the user's fingers to improve the touch and aesthetics of the button 11.
  • the function cover 1191 can be understood as The inner cover of the button 11 is movably connected to the housing 14 and is used to realize functions such as movement of the button 11 and triggering the detection component 12 .
  • the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191 are made of different materials.
  • the surface cover 1192 is made of materials that can improve the touch or aesthetics, such as metal, glass, AG frosted panels, etc.
  • the functional cover 1191 is made of injection-molded hard plastic.
  • the fixed connection between the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191 includes using adhesive or double-sided tape, snapping, snapping with slides, or other connection methods that can be implemented by those skilled in the art.
  • the reset portion 15 is configured as a spring leaf 153
  • the spring leaf 153 includes a clamping portion 1531 located in the middle and two clamping portions 1531 .
  • the deformation part 1532 at the end, the clamping part 1531 is clamped between the function cover 1191 and the surface cover 1192, the deformation part 1532 bends toward the housing 14; when the button 11 generates the During displacement, the deformation portion 1532 is pressed by the housing 14 to undergo elastic deformation, and generates the restoring force that overcomes the elastic deformation.
  • the clamping portion 1531 is clamped between the functional cover 1191 and the surface cover 1192.
  • the surface cover 1192 is attached to the upper surface of the functional cover 1191, and the clamping portion 1531 is provided on the surface cover 1192.
  • the deformation portion 1532 bending toward the housing 14 can be understood as the deformation portions 1532 located at both ends of the reed 153 obliquely bending toward the housing 14 , and the functional cover 1191 is between the deformation portion 1532 and the functional cover 1191 .
  • Through holes are opened at corresponding positions, so that the deformation portion 1532 can pass through the through holes of the functional cover 1191 and then contact the surface of the housing 14 .
  • the deformation part 1532 is pressed by the housing 14 and undergoes elastic deformation.
  • the reed 153 is made of elastic material.
  • the reed 153 is made of spring 1521 steel and can be Elastic deformation occurs due to pressure and a restoring force is generated.
  • the deformed portion 1532 of the reed 153 provides a reset force through compression deformation.
  • the reset force has fewer influencing factors, making the reset force easy to control through structural design.
  • the applicant can change the reed 153 The tilting angle, thickness, width and length of , and when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position to the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; and the button 11 is at the position where The displacement S1 of the first pressing position and the displacement S2 of the second pressing position satisfy the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the functional cover 1191 is recessed with a clamping portion placing groove 1193 toward the clamping portion 1531 , and the shape of the clamping portion placing groove 1193 can accommodate
  • the depth of the clamping part 1531 and the clamping part placement groove 1193 is greater than or equal to the thickness of the clamping part 1531, so that when the surface cover 1192 is covered with the functional cover 1191, the surface cover 1192 fits the functional cover 1191.
  • the fit between the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191 can be understood as: when the surface cover 1192 is placed on the functional cover 1191, the surface cover 1192 is not lifted up by the clamping portion 1531, and the lower surface of the surface cover 1192 can Fitted to the upper surface of the functional cover 1191.
  • the clamping portion 1531 of the reed 153 is provided with at least one positioning through hole 1533 , and the functional cover 1191 is protrudingly provided with a positioning hole 1533 at a corresponding position.
  • the size of the positioning boss 1194 is adapted to the positioning through hole 1533, so that the positioning boss 1194 is inserted into the positioning through hole 1533 to position the spring 153.
  • the positioning boss 1194 can be understood as a cylindrical boss protruding from the functional cover 1191 toward the surface cover 1192.
  • the aperture of the positioning through hole 1533 is adapted to the outer diameter of the positioning boss 1194, so that the positioning The through hole 1533 is sleeved on the positioning boss 1194, so that the reed 153 is positioned by the button 11 in the horizontal direction, and the positioning through hole 1533 and the positioning boss 1194 adopt a transition fit or a small gap fit to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the cooperation between the positioning through hole 1533 and the positioning boss 1194 can only limit the horizontal displacement freedom of the reed 153, but cannot limit the horizontal rotation freedom of the reed 153.
  • the clamping part needs to be placed
  • the width of the slot 1193 is adapted to the width of the clamping portion 1531, and the horizontal rotational freedom of the spring 153 is limited by the clamping portion placing the slot 1193. Since the reed 153 is clamped between the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191, its freedom of displacement and rotation in the vertical direction are limited.
  • the horizontal displacement and horizontal rotational freedom of the reed 153 can be limited by the cooperation of the two positioning through holes 1533 and the corresponding two positioning bosses 1194; because the reed 153 is clamped Being held between the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191 , its freedom of displacement and rotation in the vertical direction are restricted, and all the degrees of freedom of the reed 153 are restricted by the surface cover 1192 and the functional cover 1191 .
  • the end of the deformation part 1532 is attached to the upper surface of the housing 14 , and the upper surface of the housing 14 faces the button 11 side.
  • the end of the deformation part 1532 being in contact with the upper surface of the housing 14 can be understood as the end of the deformation part 1532 being bent in the horizontal direction, so that the end of the deformation part 1532 is parallel to the upper surface of the housing 14, which is beneficial.
  • the effect is that since the resetting force provided by the reed 153 is generated by deforming the reed 153, when the reed 153 deforms, the end of the deformation portion 1532 will slide outward relative to the housing 14.
  • the end of the deformation portion 1532 is parallel to the upper surface of the housing 14, so that the end of the deformation part 1532 fits the upper surface of the housing 14, changing from line contact to surface contact, reducing the contact stress and reducing the The resistance of the sliding end of the deformation portion 1532 makes pressing the button 11 smoother and reduces wear on the upper surface of the housing 14 .
  • a wear-resistant part (not shown in the figure) is provided at the part of the housing 14 that is in contact with the reed 153.
  • the button 11 moves, the end of the reed 153 presses against the reed 153.
  • Wear-resistant parts and relative movement with the wear-resistant parts are provided with a wear-resistant part.
  • the wear-resistant part is fixedly attached to the upper surface of the housing 14, including bonding or snapping to the housing 14.
  • the wear-resistant parts are made of metal sheets, glass sheets, wear-resistant plastics and other materials. The surface of the wear-resistant parts has high wear resistance.
  • the button 11 compresses the reed 153, so that the deformation part 1532 undergoes elastic deformation, and the end of the deformed portion 1532 slips on the upper surface of the housing 14. Since the reed 153 is generally made of hard metal, it will cause wear to the upper surface of the housing 14, so there is a gap between the reed 153 and the housing. Wear-resistant parts are provided at the contact parts of the housing 14, and the reeds 153 are in contact with the surfaces of the wear-resistant parts to prevent the upper surface of the housing 14 from being worn. At the same time, the surface of the wear-resistant parts is smoother, which can further improve the smoothness of pressing the button 11.
  • the button 11 is provided with a plurality of button buckles 112 toward the housing 14
  • the housing 14 is provided with a plurality of button buckles 112 at corresponding positions of the button buckles 112 .
  • the key buckle 112 buckles into the buckle position 1415 of the button buckle 112 , so that the limit position of the upward movement of the button 11 is restricted.
  • the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is rectangular, and there are four button buckles 112 distributed at the four corners of the rectangle, extending from the button 11 toward the housing 14 ;
  • Each key buckle 112 cooperates with each other to limit two degrees of freedom of displacement and one degree of freedom of rotation of the key 11 in the horizontal direction.
  • the structural features and technical details of the key buckle 112 have been described previously and will not be described again here.
  • the length of the button buckle 112 is adapted to the height at which the deformation portion 1532 bends toward the housing 14 , so that when the button 11 does not undergo the displacement, the The end of the deformation portion 1532 is pressed against the housing 14 .
  • the length of the key buckle 112 is adapted to the bending height of the deformation portion 1532. It can be understood that the deformation portion 1532 of the reed 153 is bent toward the housing 14, and the clamping portion 1531 of the reed 153 is fixed to the key 11. The end of the deformation portion 1532 is in contact with the upper surface of the housing 14. The deformation portion 1532 is clamped between the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • the length of the button buckle 112 determines the distance between the button 11 and the housing 14. Control The length of the key buckle 112 is such that the distance between the key 11 and the housing 14 is less than the bending height of the deformation portion 1532 of the reed 153 in the natural state, so that when the key 11 is installed on the housing 14, the deformation portion of the reed 153 1532 is in a state of being compressed and deformed.
  • the beneficial effect is that the reed 153 has a pre-tightening force on the button 11, so that the button 11 is still supported by the reed 153 when it is not pressed, ensuring that the button 11 is at the upper limit position when it is not pressed, and improving the upper limit of each button 11.
  • the flatness of the surface is improved, and the tightness of the button 11 is improved, so that there will be no looseness.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 at a corresponding position of the detection member 12 .
  • the resistance portion 113 Press and trigger the detection member 12 directly or indirectly.
  • the length of the key buckle 112 is adapted to the length of the resistance portion 113, so that when the key 11 does not generate the displacement, the resistance portion 113 is in contact with the detection
  • the gap between the components 12 is less than or equal to 1.5 mm; the third direction is the direction in which the button 11 points to the housing 14, that is, the direction pointed by the arrow in Figure 40.
  • the button 11 is pivotally connected to the housing 14 to limit the button 11 to three degrees of freedom of displacement and two degrees of freedom of rotation; the button 11 responds to the The housing 14 pivots based on the control force, and triggers the detection member 12 during the movement.
  • the pivotal connection between the button 11 and the housing 14 can be understood as the button 11 can rotate around a rotation axis of the housing 14, and its specific structure includes: a shaft hole type pivot connection, a snap-on type pivot connection, and an abutment type pivot connection. Joint pivot connection, etc., the specific structure is described below.
  • the button 11 is pivotally connected to the housing 14.
  • the button 11 is equivalent to a lever, and its force relationship is relatively simple. You only need to calculate the reset force to obtain the corresponding reaction force, and the elasticity
  • the reset force provided by the arm is easy to control through structural design. The applicant can control the reaction force by controlling the reset force of the elastic arm.
  • the control reset force cooperates with the elastic force of the detection piece 12, so that the reaction force is F1, and when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position to the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 Change to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; and the displacement S1 of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the displacement S2 at the second pressing position satisfy the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the middle position of the button 11 is pivotally connected to the housing 14, and both ends of the button 11 can receive the manipulation force to generate the pivot movement.
  • the housing 14 is provided with detection parts 12 at both ends of the button 11. Both ends of the button 11 can be pressed to trigger the corresponding detection parts 12.
  • one end of the button 11 is pivotally connected to the housing 14 (not shown in the figure), and the other end can receive the manipulation force to generate the pivot movement.
  • the pivot axis is set at one end of the button 11, and the other end of the button 11 is pressed to make the button 11 pivot based on the pivot axis.
  • the advantage of this design is that the pressed area of the button 11 is increased, making it less likely to be accidentally touched.
  • the button 11 is equivalent to a labor-saving lever, and the pivot axis is set at the end of the button 11 to lengthen the power arm and improve the pressing feel.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 toward the detection component 12.
  • the button 11 pivots based on the housing 14 in response to the manipulation force, driving the The resisting portion 113 directly or indirectly presses and triggers the detection member 12 .
  • the structural features and technical details of the conflicting portion 113 have been described previously and will not be described again here.
  • a pivot shaft and a shaft hole (not shown in the figure) with clearance fit are provided between the button 11 and the housing 14, and the pivot shaft and One of the rotation shaft holes is provided in the button 11 and the other is provided in the housing 14.
  • the pivot shaft is inserted into the rotation shaft hole so that the button 11 can pivot based on the pivot shaft.
  • the two sides of the button 11 are respectively provided with convex pivot shafts, the central axes of the two pivot shafts are collinear, and the inner side of the casing 14 is provided with recessed pivot shafts at corresponding positions of the two pivot shafts.
  • the pivot hole has a clearance fit with the pivot shaft.
  • the pivot shaft can rotate in the pivot hole.
  • the lower end of the pivot shaft is provided with a guide slope so that the pivot shaft can be inserted into the pivot hole from top to bottom.
  • a first claw 1195 and a first rotating shaft 144 are provided between the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • the first claw 1195 and the first rotating shaft One of the 144 is provided on the button 11 and the other is provided on the housing 14; the first claw 1195 is engaged with the first rotating shaft 144 and is in clearance fit with the first rotating shaft 144, so that the The first claw 1195 and the first rotating shaft 144 can rotate relative to each other, so that the button 11 can pivot based on the first rotating shaft 144 .
  • two first claws 1195 are arranged side by side in the middle position of the button 11 toward the housing 14.
  • the housing 14 is integrally formed with a first rotating shaft 144 at the corresponding position of the first claws 1195.
  • the first claw 1195 includes two first claw arms 11951 that are oppositely arranged and not in contact with each other.
  • the first claw arms 11951 are integrally formed on the button 11 .
  • the two first claw arms 11951 embrace each other to lock the button 11 .
  • a circular first clamping hole 11952 is formed between the two first claw arms 11951.
  • the diameter of the first clamping hole 11952 is larger than the diameter of the first rotating shaft 144, so that the first clamping hole 11952 is connected with the first rotating shaft 144.
  • the two first claw arms 11951 have snap-in openings toward the first rotating shaft 144. When installing the button 11, press the snap-in opening against the first rotating shaft 144 from top to bottom.
  • the first claw arms 11951 are on their own They are separated from each other under the action of elastic force, so that the first rotating shaft 144 snaps into the first clamping hole 11952, and the first rotating shaft 144 can rotate in the first clamping hole 11952 to realize the pivotal connection between the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • the reset portion 15 is provided as at least one first elastic arm 154 extending from the housing 14, and the first elastic arm 154 is in contact with the At least part of the button 11 provides the reset force for the button 11 .
  • the first elastic arm 154 abutting the lower surface of the button 11 can be understood as the first elastic arm 154 extending from the housing 14 toward the button 11 , that is, the first elastic arm 154 is tilted upward to a certain extent. height, the upper surface of the end of the first elastic arm 154 is against the lower surface of the button 11 .
  • the middle part of the button 11 is pivotally connected to the housing 14.
  • Both ends of the button 11 can be pressed to produce a pivoting movement and trigger the corresponding detection part 12.
  • the housing 14 is at both ends of the button 11.
  • Two first elastic arms 154 are respectively provided, and the two first elastic arms 154 located at the same end extend toward both sides of the button 11 respectively, and are respectively in contact with the lower surface of the button 11; wherein, the four corresponding first elastic arms 154 of the button 11
  • Each elastic arm 154 is in contact with the lower surface of the button 11 and tilts upward to the same height, so that the button 11 is supported to reach a horizontal state, and the reset force on both ends of the button 11 is the same.
  • a cylindrical pressing boss 1199 protrudes from the end of the first elastic arm 154 on the lower surface of the button 11.
  • the button 11 presses the first elastic arm 154 through the cylindrical pressing boss 1199 to prevent the first The bending height of the elastic arm 154 is too high and the strength is reduced.
  • a cylindrical pressing boss 1199 is used to compensate part of the height so that the tilting height of the first elastic arm 154 is not too high.
  • a first hook (not shown in the figure) is provided on the edge of the button 11 for hooking with the housing 14 to limit the limit position of the upward movement of the button 11 .
  • the first hook is provided on the edge of the button 11, which can be understood as the two ends of the button 11 that undergo pivoting movement are respectively provided with the first hook protruding toward the side wall of the housing 14, and the side wall of the housing 14 is at the third
  • a limit step is provided at a corresponding position of a hook.
  • the first hook hooking with the housing 14 can be understood as, when the button 11 is in an unpressed state, the first hook hooks the edge of the limit step. , to limit the limit position of button 11 to bounce upward.
  • the first elastic arm 154 is tilted toward the button 11 by a preset height, and the length of the first hook matches the preset height, so that when the button 11 does not undergo the displacement, , the first elastic arm 154 is in a state of being pressed by the button 11 .
  • the length of the first hook matches the preset height. It can be understood that the first elastic arm 154 is disposed between the button 11 and the housing 14, and the length of the button buckle 112 determines the distance between the button 11 and the housing 14.
  • the distance between the shells 14 controls the length of the button buckle 112 so that the distance between the button 11 and the shell 14 is smaller than the preset height of the first elastic arm 154 so that when the button 11 is not pressed, the first The elastic arm 154 is also in a pressed and deformed state.
  • the button 11 is provided with a contact protrusion at the tilted portion toward the end of the first elastic arm 154, which is used to lift the button 11 to a height so that the button 11 has sufficient pressing margin while further pressing against the second elastic arm 154.
  • An elastic arm 154 deforms, so that when the button 11 is not pressed, the first elastic arm 154 is also in a pressed and deformed state.
  • the beneficial effect is that the first elastic arm 154 has a pre-tightening force on the button 11, so that the button 11 is still supported by the first elastic arm 154 when it is not pressed, ensuring that the button 11 is in the upper limit position when it is not pressed, improving the The flatness of the upper surface of each button 11 is improved, and the tightness of the buttons 11 is improved, so that there will be no looseness.
  • the first elastic arm 154 is at least partially disposed between the button 11 and the detection member 12 (not shown in the figure), and the button 11 passes through the first elastic arm 154 Press and trigger the detection piece 12 .
  • the first elastic arm 154 is at least partially disposed between the button 11 and the detection piece 12. It can be understood that the first elastic arm 154 extends from the housing 14, and its end is placed on the detection piece 12. Above, the upper surface of the end of the first elastic arm 154 is in contact with the lower surface of the button 11. The button 11 indirectly triggers the detection component 12 by pressing the end of the first elastic arm 154. At the same time, the first elastic arm 154 provides a reset function for the button 11. force.
  • an arc-shaped protrusion is provided at the end of the first elastic arm 154 toward the button 11 for contacting the lower surface of the button 11 .
  • the advantage of using the arc-shaped protrusion is that the arc-shaped protrusion is in contact with the button 11 The contact is point contact, and the contact point is close to the center of the arc-shaped protrusion. Compared with surface contact, the contact position of point contact is easy to control.
  • the position where the arc-shaped protrusion contacts the button 11 is relatively constant. , there will not be much change during the pressing process, so that the button 11 can vertically press the detection member 12 through the first elastic arm 154 .
  • the advantage of using the first elastic arm 154 to press and trigger the detection component 12 in this embodiment is that the first elastic arm 154 and the housing 14 are integrally formed, ensuring the relative position between the first elastic arm 154 and the housing 14 Accuracy, and since the detection part 12 is installed on the housing 14, the positioning accuracy between the first elastic arm 154 and the detection part 12 is guaranteed; compared with the resistance part 113 being provided on the button 11, this embodiment uses the first elastic arm 154 and the detection part 12.
  • the arm 154 directly triggers the detection part 12, which avoids the accumulation of error dimension chains between the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12, and makes it easier to ensure the positioning accuracy between the first elastic arm 154 and the detection part 12, thereby reducing manufacturing accuracy requirements.
  • the button 11 includes a button body 1196 and a connecting portion 1197.
  • the button 11 is fixed to the housing 14 through the connecting portion 1197.
  • the button body 1196 can elastically deform in response to the control force, and generate the reset force to overcome the deformation, and then the button body 1196 forms the reset part 15; the button body 1196 faces the detection piece 12 A resistance portion 113 is provided.
  • the button body 1196 undergoes elastic deformation, driving the resistance portion 113 to directly or indirectly press against and trigger the detection member 12; when the control force acts on the button 11, the button body 1196 elastically deforms.
  • the key body 1196 forming the reset part 15 can be understood as the key 11 is configured as an elastic sheet-like structure, capable of elastic deformation and generating the reset force, one end of which is fixedly connected to the housing 14 , the other end can be pressed to cause the button body 1196 to elastically deform; or, the middle part of the button 11 is fixedly connected to the housing 14, and both ends of the button 11 can be pressed to cause the button body 1196 to elastically deform; the button body 1196 is the Reset part 15.
  • the key body 1196 is provided with a resistance portion 113 toward the detection component 12 .
  • the key body 1196 is elastically deformed when pressed, and its end is displaced downward.
  • the key body 1196 integrally extends toward the housing 14 .
  • the resisting part 113 is placed above the detecting part 12; when the end of the button 11 moves downward, the resisting part 113 is driven to press downward and trigger the detecting part 12.
  • the button body 1196 elastically deforms to provide a reset force.
  • the reset force has a single influencing factor, which makes the reset force easy to control through structural design.
  • the applicant changed the thickness and material of the button body 1196 after calculation. Simulation, control the reset force to cooperate with the elastic force of the detection part 12, so that when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position When moving to the second pressing position, the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; and the displacement S1 of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the second pressing position
  • the positional displacement S2 satisfies the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • connection portion 1197 is fixedly connected to the housing 14 by bolting, riveting or snapping.
  • the bolt connection can be understood to mean that the housing 14 is provided with bolt holes, and the connecting portion 1197 is tightened and fixed to the bolt holes of the housing 14 by bolts.
  • the riveting can be understood to mean that the connecting portion 1197 is fixed to the housing 14 through rivets.
  • the connecting portion 1197 is provided at the middle position of the button 11
  • the housing 14 is provided with the resisting portions 113 at both ends of the button 11 .
  • the ends can respectively generate displacements in response to the control force, thereby driving the resistance portion 113 to trigger the detection member 12 .
  • detection parts 12 are respectively provided below the resistance parts 113 at both ends of the button 11.
  • the middle position of the button 11 is fixedly connected to the housing 14 through the connecting part 1197, and the two ends of the button 11 respectively extend downwardly from the resistance parts 113. Detector 12 below the trigger.
  • the control force can act on both ends of the button 11 respectively to cause the button 11 to elastically deform.
  • the two ends of the button 11 produce the displacement under the action of the control force, driving the resistance portion 113 to trigger the detection member 12 .
  • the connecting portion 1197 is provided at one end of the button 11 (not shown in the figure), and the housing 14 is provided with the resistance at the other end of the button 11 away from the one end.
  • the other end of the button 11 can be displaced in response to the manipulation force, thereby driving the resistance portion 113 to trigger the detection member 12 .
  • the one end of the button 11 is fixedly connected to the housing 14 through the connecting portion 1197 , and the other end of the button 11 extends downwardly from the resisting portion 113 for triggering the detecting member 12 below.
  • the control force acts on the other end of the button 11 to cause the button 11 to elastically deform.
  • the other end of the button 11 is displaced under the action of the control force, driving the resistance portion 113 to trigger the detection member 12 .
  • the connecting portion 1197 is clamped to the housing 14; the connecting portion 1197 is provided with a first snapping portion 11971 toward the housing 14,
  • the housing 14 is provided with a second engaging portion 145 at a position corresponding to the first engaging portion 11971.
  • the second engaging portion 145 matches the shape and size of the first engaging portion 11971, so that The first engaging portion 11971 is engaged with the second engaging portion 145 to achieve a fixed connection between the connecting portion 1197 and the housing 14 .
  • the first clamping part 11971 includes at least one second claw 11972
  • the second clamping part 145 includes at least one clamping shaft 1451
  • the second claw 11972 is clamped in the clamping shaft 1451.
  • the shaft 1451 is an interference fit with the clamping shaft 1451.
  • the interference fit can cause the preset deformation of the button 11 between the second claw 11972 and the clamping shaft 1451. Relative rotation cannot occur within the range to achieve a fixed connection between the second claw 11972 and the clamping shaft 1451; wherein, the preset deformation range of the button 11 refers to the deformation range of the button 11 within the pressing stroke.
  • the second claws 11972 include two oppositely arranged and non-contacting claws.
  • the second claw arm 11973 is integrally formed on the button 11.
  • the two second claw arms 11973 embrace each other to form a circular second claw arm 11973 between the two second claw arms 11973.
  • the diameter of the clamping hole 11974 and the second clamping hole 11974 is smaller than the shaft diameter of the clamping shaft 1451, so that there is an interference fit between the second clamping hole 11974 and the clamping shaft 1451.
  • the two second claw arms 11973 are provided with guide openings toward the clamping shaft 1451. When installing the button 11, press the guide openings against the clamping shaft 1451 from top to bottom.
  • the second claw arms 11973 act under their own elastic force.
  • the lower parts are separated from each other, so that the clamping shaft 1451 is clamped into the second clamping hole 11974 to achieve a fixed connection between the connecting part 1197 and the housing 14 .
  • the housing 14 is provided with a second elastic arm 155 , the second elastic arm 155 is in contact with the button 11 and is used to assist the reset of the button 11 .
  • the second elastic arm 155 abutting the lower surface of the button 11 can be understood as the second elastic arm 155 bending and extending from the housing 14 toward the button 11 , that is, the second elastic arm 155 tilts upward to a certain extent. height, the upper surface of the end of the second elastic arm 155 is against the lower surface of the button 11 .
  • the second elastic arm 155 is used to assist the reset of the button 11.
  • the button 11 since the button 11 is fixedly connected to the housing 14, the button 11 is pressed to elastically deform and generate a reset force.
  • the second elastic arm 155 is 155 also generates a reset force on the button 11.
  • the purpose of the reset force of the second elastic arm 155 is to prevent the button 11 from losing its original elasticity after long-term use and thus being unable to return to its original state, causing the frequently used button 11 to collapse downward. , cannot bounce up, so that the detection piece 12 cannot return to the non-triggered state, affecting normal use; and the button 11 that is not commonly used rebounds normally, resulting in uneven heights on the upper surface of the button 11 that is used for a long time. Therefore, the second elastic arm 155 is provided to assist the button 11 in returning to the initial position.
  • the button 11 is provided with at least one second hook 1198 toward the housing 14.
  • the second hook 1198 can be hooked with the housing 14, so that each of the The height of the upper surface of the button 11 remains consistent; the upper surface of the button 11 is set as the surface of the button 11 facing away from the housing 14 .
  • the second hook 1198 can be hooked with the housing 14. It can be understood that the housing 14 has a hook through hole 146 at the corresponding position of the second hook 1198. When the button 11 is in an unpressed state, the second hook 1198 is not pressed. The hook 1198 extends into the hook through hole 146 and hooks the lower edge of the hook through hole 146 to limit the limit position of the button 11 to bounce upward.
  • each button 11 there are four second hooks 1198 corresponding to each button 11, which are located at the four corners of the button 11 to symmetrically provide limiting force for the button 11. Its function is that due to manufacturing errors in the second elastic arms 155, there are differences in the elastic force and upward tilting height of the plurality of second elastic arms 155 corresponding to the same button 11, resulting in the upper surface of the button 11 being tilted, and the upper surface of each button 11 not being in the same position. The same plane affects the appearance; therefore, the upward tilting height of the buttons 11 is limited through the second hook 1198, so that the upper surface of each button 11 is level.
  • the second hook 1198 is provided at the end of the button 11 (not shown in the figure) to limit the limit position of the end of the button 11 to bounce upward, which can more accurately ensure that each button 11The upper surface is level.
  • the housing 14 includes an upper housing 141 and a lower housing 142 .
  • the upper housing 141 is covered with the lower housing 142 and can be connected with the lower housing 142 .
  • Detachably connected; the upper housing 141 covering the lower housing 142 can be understood as the upper housing 141 has a concave accommodation groove toward the lower housing 142, which can accommodate at least part of the lower housing 142.
  • the upper housing When the upper housing When the body 141 is fastened to the lower housing 142, at least part of the lower housing 142 is accommodated in the receiving groove.
  • four receiving groove side walls extend from the side of the upper housing 141 toward the lower housing 142, and the four receiving groove side walls surround each other to form the receiving groove.
  • the above-mentioned detachable connection with the lower housing 142 includes magnetic attraction, bolts or buckles.
  • the button 11 is movably connected to the upper housing 141, so that the button 11 can move relative to the upper housing 141, and during the movement
  • the detection element 12 is triggered.
  • the key 11 is movably connected to the upper housing 141. It can be understood that the key 11 is movably connected to the housing 14, and the specific connection structure is described in detail. Here, the key 11 and the housing 14 are specifically limited.
  • the upper shell 141 is movably connected, and its connection structure is the same as the connection structure recorded above, which will not be described again here.
  • the smart switch also includes a power board 17, which is provided on the lower housing 142 and is used to connect an external power cord; at least one PCB board 16 is electrically connected to the power board 17, through which the power board 17 is used.
  • the PCB board 16 provides electrical energy; wherein, the detection component 12 is disposed on the PCB board 16 and is electrically connected to the PCB board 16 .
  • the fact that the power board 17 is disposed on the lower housing 142 can be understood to mean that the power board 17 is fixedly connected to the lower housing 142 through bolting, clamping, clamping or other feasible connection methods.
  • the power board 17 is used to connect an external power cord.
  • the power board 17 is connected to the external 220V AC power, and the power board 17 is also provided with electronic components that can convert the 220V AC power into DC power to provide other DC electronic components. powered by.
  • the PCB board 16 is electrically connected to the power board 17 in that the PCB board 16 can be conductively connected to the power board 17 through metal contact connection, wire connection, pin header 161 and female header 173 connection, etc.
  • the detection component 12 is disposed on the PCB board 16 and is electrically connected to the PCB board 16. It can be understood that the detection component 12 is welded to the PCB board 16, or is snap-connected to the PCB board 16 and is in metal contact with the PCB board 16. Point contact or contact through conductive shrapnel, etc.
  • the PCB board 16 is fixedly installed on the lower housing 142 .
  • the switch may not only represent a single light, but also represent many scene modes, such as leaving home mode, all-in-one mode, etc. If the switch is on, the function represented by the switch will be more complex and it will be more difficult for the user to remember.
  • the existing technology provides certain customer-customized laser engraving technology, and you can choose to laser engrave the text or icons required by the customer on the switch. However, this solution has difficulties in subsequent modification of the display content of the button 11.
  • the present invention detachably connects the upper shell 141 and the lower shell 142.
  • the button 11 When the button 11 is damaged or you want to change the display content of the button 11, it is not necessary to replace the entire button 11.
  • the switch only needs to replace the upper housing 141 and the button 11.
  • the button 11 and the upper housing 141 can be combined into a button 11 module and replaced as a whole.
  • the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 are arranged on the lower housing 142.
  • the electronic components of the switch connected to the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 are also arranged on the lower housing 142, while the upper housing 141 is only provided with With the buttons 11 , the circuit part will not be involved when the upper housing 141 is replaced, which can reduce the cost of replacing the upper housing 141 .
  • the upper housing 141 and the lower housing 142 are connected by magnetic attraction; the upper housing 141 is provided with at least one magnet 1416, and the lower housing 141 is provided with at least one magnet 1416.
  • 142 is provided with at least one magnetic piece 1422, which can be attracted by the magnet 1416; the upper housing 141 is attracted to the magnetic piece 1422 through the magnet 1416, so as to realize the above
  • the housing 141 is detachably connected to the lower housing 142 .
  • the fact that the upper housing 141 is provided with at least one magnet 1416 can be understood to mean that the upper housing 141 is fixedly connected to a magnet 1416, and the fixed connection method includes bonding, snapping, bolting or clamping.
  • the fact that the lower housing 142 is provided with at least one magnetic component 1422 can be understood to mean that the lower housing 142 is fixedly connected to the at least one magnetic component 1422, and the connection method includes snapping, bonding, bolting, etc.
  • the magnetic attraction part 1422 is made of iron material, so that the magnetic attraction part 1422 and the magnet 1416 can attract each other; further, the magnetic attraction part 1422 is a sheet metal part 14221, which can be fixedly installed on a mounting surface.
  • the lower housing 142 is fixedly connected to the mounting surface.
  • the installation surface can be understood as a wall surface.
  • the sheet metal part 14221 is provided with at least one screw hole 14222, and the aperture of the screw hole 14222 is adapted to a screw, so that the screw can pass through the screw hole 14222 and attach the screw hole 14222 to the screw hole 14222.
  • the sheet metal part 14221 is fixed on the mounting surface.
  • the screw fixing the sheet metal part 14221 to the mounting surface can be understood as the diameter of the screw nut 17221 is larger than the aperture of the screw hole 14222, and the screw rod 17222 of the screw passes through the screw hole 14222 and is then tightened and fixed on the mounting surface. , and press and fix the sheet metal part 14221 to the installation surface.
  • the beneficial effect of using the sheet metal part 14221 for the magnetic attraction part 1422 is that the sheet metal part 14221 is common to wall switches.
  • the wall switch needs to be installed on the wall through the sheet metal part 14221, and the sheet metal part 14221 of the present invention also serves as a
  • the use of the magnetic suction piece 1422 eliminates the need for an additional magnetic suction piece 1422 to be provided on the lower housing 142 to complete the magnetic connection with the upper housing 141 , thus simplifying the structure and saving costs.
  • the upper housing 141 and the lower housing 142 are connected by magnetic attraction.
  • the advantage is that the upper housing 141 is easy to disassemble and replace. When the surface of the button 11 is worn or damaged or the pattern or text on the surface of the button 11 needs to be replaced, the upper housing 141 and the button 11 can be quickly replaced as a whole to obtain a brand new switch panel with changed display content.
  • the sheet metal part 14221 is snapped into the lower housing 142.
  • the center of the sheet metal part 14221 is adapted to the shape of the lower housing 142.
  • the sheet metal part 14221 is inserted from the bottom of the lower housing 142 and is clamped on the outer surface of the lower housing 142 .
  • the through hole opened in the center of the sheet metal part 14221 that matches the shape of the lower housing 142 can be understood as the through hole opened in the center of the sheet metal part 14221 fits the outer wall of the lower housing 142 so that the sheet metal part
  • the through hole of 14221 is engaged with the outer side wall of the lower housing 142 .
  • the outer surface of the lower housing 142 at least includes a first outer wall 14231, a second outer wall 14232, a third outer wall 14233 and a fourth outer wall 14234 that surround each other, wherein the The first outer wall 14231 is opposite to the second outer wall 14232, and the third outer wall 14233 is opposite to the fourth outer wall 14234.
  • the first outer wall 14231 and the second outer wall 14232 are respectively provided with two sheet metal buckles 14235.
  • the first outer wall 14231 is provided with a first resistor between the two sheet metal buckles 14235.
  • the second outer wall 14232 is provided with a second resisting portion 14237 between two sheet metal buckles.
  • the third outer wall 14233 is provided with two third resisting portions 14238.
  • the four outer walls 14234 are provided with two fourth resisting portions 14239; the first resisting portion 14236, the second resisting portion 14237, the third resisting portion 14238 and the fourth resisting portion 14239 at the same level.
  • the upper surface of the sheet metal part 14221 abuts the first resisting part 14236, the second resisting part 14237, and the The third resisting part 14238 and the fourth resisting part 14239 are used to limit the upward displacement of the sheet metal part 14221.
  • the lower surface of the sheet metal part 14221 is respectively engaged with the sheet metal buckle.
  • the 14235 to limit the downward displacement of the sheet metal part 14221; the first resisting portion 14236, the second resisting portion 14237, the third resisting portion 14238 and the fourth resisting portion 14239 It cooperates with the horizontal height of the sheet metal part buckle 14235 so that the sheet metal part 14221 is clamped on the lower housing 142 .
  • the above-mentioned horizontal cooperation can be understood as, in the vertical direction, the first abutment portion 14236, the second abutment portion 14237, the third abutment portion 14238 and the fourth abutment portion 14239 are in contact with the sheet metal parts.
  • the distance between the buckles 14235 is equal to the thickness of the sheet metal part 14221, so that the sheet metal part 14221 can be clamped and fixed.
  • the upper housing 141 is provided with at least one magnet mounting slot 14161 on the side facing the button 11, and the shape of the magnet mounting slot 14161 is adapted to the Magnet 1416, the side wall of the magnet installation groove 14161 is protruding with magnet limiting ribs, the lower surface of the magnet 1416 is at least partially attached to the bottom wall of the magnet installation groove 14161, and the magnet limiting ribs clamp The side surface of the magnet 1416 is used to limit the magnet 1416.
  • the shape of the magnet mounting slot 14161 is adapted to the magnet 1416.
  • the shape of the magnet mounting slot 14161 is slightly larger than the magnet 1416, and the magnet mounting slot 14161 is open toward the button 11 side, and the magnet mounting slot 14161 is deep. Greater than or equal to the height of the magnet 1416, so that after the magnet 1416 is placed from the magnet installation groove 14161 toward the button 11 side, the upper surface of the magnet 1416 is flush with the upper surface of the upper housing 141, or lower than the upper surface of the upper housing 141.
  • the lower surface of the magnet 1416 is at least partially attached to the bottom wall of the magnet installation slot 14161 (as shown in Figure 21), and the surface of the bottom of the magnet installation slot 14161 facing the magnetic attraction piece 1422 is at least partially attached to the magnetic attraction piece.
  • the magnet limiting ribs clamp the side surface of the magnet 1416 to limit the magnet 1416. It can be understood that the distance between the magnet limiting ribs matches the width of the magnet 1416, so that the magnet 1416 is placed in the magnet installation slot 14161. When the magnet limiting ribs are in interference or transitional fit with the magnet 1416, the magnet mounting slot 14161 clamps the magnet 1416 in the middle to prevent the magnet 1416 from shaking in the magnet mounting slot 14161.
  • the functions of the magnet limiting ribs are: first, if there is no magnet limiting rib, only the side walls of the magnet mounting slot 14161 are used to clamp the magnet 1416. Due to manufacturing errors, the size of the magnet mounting slot 14161 will be too small and the magnet 1416 will be damaged. It cannot be installed, or the size of the magnet installation slot 14161 is too large to clamp the magnet 1416, and the magnet 1416 is shaking in the magnet installation slot 14161. In this embodiment, magnet limiting ribs are used to clamp the magnet 1416, which can well avoid the influence of manufacturing errors. During the size design, the magnet limiting ribs are interference-fitted with the magnet 1416, and the magnet 1416 is clamped through the deformation of the magnet limiting ribs.
  • the magnet limiting ribs are provided with guide slopes at the entrance of the magnet installation slot 14161 to help the magnet 1416 be installed to prevent the interference of the magnet limiting ribs from being too large and the magnet 1416 Unable to load.
  • the second function of the magnet limiting ribs is to ensure that the lower surface of the magnet 1416 is close to the bottom wall of the magnet mounting slot 14161. The reason is that if there is no magnet limiting rib, the magnet 1416 is clamped through the side walls of the magnet mounting slot 14161. There is a rounded corner between the side wall and the bottom wall of the magnet mounting slot 14161.
  • magnet limiting ribs are used to push the magnet 1416 away from the side wall of the magnet installation slot 14161, so that the rounded corners of the magnet installation slot 14161 have no impact on the magnet 1416, and the lower surface of the magnet 1416 can fit against the bottom of the magnet installation slot 14161. wall.
  • the magnet 1416 is in the shape of a rectangular parallelepiped, and there are four magnets 1416 , and they are located in groups of two at both ends of the upper housing 141 , and the two magnets 1416 located at the same end are The magnets 1416 are connected head to tail and arranged at intervals in a shape similar to a "one".
  • the magnet 1416 is a rectangular parallelepiped, and accordingly, the magnet mounting slot 14161 is a rectangular parallelepiped slot; in other embodiments, the magnet 1416 can be a cube or other shapes.
  • the magnets 1416 are located at both ends of the upper housing 141, due to the lever principle, during the pressing process of the button 11, the magnetic attraction force of the magnets 1416 attracts the upper housing 141 at both ends of the upper housing 141, and the button 11 moves upward during the pressing process.
  • the casing 141 is not easily tilted, so that the upper casing 141 is not easily separated from the upper casing 141 .
  • the two magnets 1416 located at the same end are connected head to tail and arranged at intervals similar to a "one" shape, the two magnets 1416 can cover the length of the upper housing 141 in the distribution direction of the magnets 1416 as much as possible, thereby improving the magnetic attraction between the magnets 1416 and the magnets 1416. Magnetic attraction between pieces 1422.
  • the outer side wall of the lower housing 142 is provided with a first positioning portion 1424
  • the inner side wall of the upper housing 141 is provided with a second positioning portion 1418.
  • the second positioning part 1418 is sleeved on the first positioning part 1424, and the inner surface of the second positioning part 1418 is at least partially in contact with the first positioning part. 1424, so that the upper housing 141 is positioned by the lower housing 142 in the horizontal direction.
  • the inner side wall of the upper housing 141 includes two first inner side walls provided with the magnet mounting slots 14161, and two first inner side walls. There are two adjacent second inner side walls.
  • the two second inner side walls are respectively provided with square protrusions 14181.
  • the square protrusions 14181 and the magnet mounting groove 14161 together form the second positioning portion 1418.
  • the lower housing 142 has positioning ribs 14241 protruding outward from the first outer wall 14231 and the second outer wall 14232 respectively.
  • the positioning ribs 14241 are common with the third abutment portion 14238 and the fourth abutment portion 14239
  • the first positioning portion 1424 is formed.
  • the first positioning part 1424 is provided with a guide part 14242 toward the second positioning part 1418 , and the guide part 14242 is provided as an inclined surface to facilitate the second positioning part 1418 The first positioning part 1424 is inserted into the first positioning part 1424 .
  • the magnetic member 1422 is at least partially contained in the upper housing 141 , and the lower surface of the magnetic member 1422 is flush with the lower end surface of the upper housing 141 or protruding from the lower end surface of the upper housing 141 .
  • the distance between the surface of the magnet installation groove 14161 facing the magnetic attraction part 1422 and the lower end surface of the upper housing 141 is less than or equal to the thickness of the magnetic attraction part 1422 , so that the lower surface of the magnetic member 1422 is flush with the lower end surface of the upper housing 141 or protrudes from the lower end surface of the upper housing 141 .
  • the beneficial effect is that the magnetic attraction part 1422 is a sheet metal part 14221.
  • the upper housing 141 When the sheet metal part 14221 is tightened to the wall, the upper housing 141 will not contact the wall surface, causing the magnet installation groove 14161 to face the surface of the sheet metal part 14221. If it does not fit well with the sheet metal part 14221, the magnetic attraction force will be reduced.
  • the specific connection structure of the power board 17 provided on the lower housing 142 is: the inner wall of the lower housing 142 is provided with power board limiting ribs 1425 for contacting the side of the power board 17 , pre-position the power board 17.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a power board positioning post 1429 from bottom to top.
  • the power board 17 is provided with a power board positioning hole 174 at a corresponding position of the power board positioning post 1429.
  • the power board positioning post 1429 is inserted into
  • the power board positioning hole 174 is provided on the power board 17 to position the power board 17 in the horizontal direction.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a power board mounting portion.
  • the power board mounting portion is provided with a power board bolt hole 14291.
  • the power board 17 is placed on The power board mounting part is supported by the power board mounting part and is fastened to the power board bolt hole 14291 through the power board 17 bolts.
  • the power board 17 is provided with at least three terminals 171 toward the bottom of the lower housing 142 for connecting the external power cord and the controlled device.
  • the terminal 171 is electrically connected to the power board 17.
  • the terminal 171 is welded to the power board 17.
  • the terminal 171 is a metal conductive post extending from the power board 17 toward the bottom of the lower housing 142 and is used to connect live wires and zeros. lines and controlled electrical appliances.
  • the power board 17 is welded with 6 terminals 171, of which 2 terminals 171 are connected to the neutral line and the live wire, and the other 4 terminals 171 are electrically connected to the live wire interfaces of the four controlled devices.
  • the four terminals 171 connected to the controlled electrical appliances are electrically connected to the power board 17 through the relay 175.
  • the power board 17 can control the power on and off of the four controlled devices through the relay 175, wherein the relay 175 is welded to the power board 17. .
  • a plurality of strip-shaped heat dissipation holes 1427 are opened in the vertical direction on the side surface of the lower housing 142 , and each of the heat dissipation holes 1427 is arranged side by side in the horizontal direction, wherein the The heat dissipation hole 1427 extends upward from the bottom of the lower housing 142, and its extension height is less than 13 mm.
  • the power board 17 is provided with an AC-DC conversion module 176 (as shown in Figure 29), a relay 175 and other electronic components, the functions of the power board 17 at least include converting 220V AC power into DC power through the AC-DC conversion module 176 and through The relay 175 controls the power on and off of each controlled device.
  • the power of the controlled device comes from the power board 17, so the power board 17 will generate more heat.
  • a side surface of the lower housing 142 is Heat dissipation holes 1427 are provided from bottom to top. The positions of the heat dissipation holes 1427 correspond to the electronic components on the power supply board 17 and are used to help the power supply board 17 dissipate heat.
  • the upward extension height of the heat dissipation hole 1427 is less than 13 mm, which can prevent the user from seeing the internal electronic components through the heat dissipation hole 1427 and affect the appearance.
  • the lower housing 142 has a wiring module 172 placed at a corresponding position at the end of the terminal 171.
  • the wiring module 172 includes a wiring sleeve 1721 and a wiring bolt 1722, wherein the wiring The sleeve 1721 is sleeved on the terminal post 171.
  • the side wall of the terminal sleeve 1721 is provided with a threaded hole adapted to the terminal bolt 1722.
  • the terminal bolt 1722 can be screwed into the threaded hole, and the terminal bolt 1722 can be screwed into the threaded hole.
  • the terminal post 171 is pressed against the inner wall of the terminal sleeve 1721 .
  • connection bolt 1722 pressing the connection post 171 against the inner wall of the connection sleeve 1721 can be understood as the wire penetrating the connection sleeve 1721 and being placed between the connection post 171 and the inner wall of the connection sleeve 1721.
  • the terminal 171 is pressed against the inner wall of the terminal sleeve 1721 through the terminal bolt 1722, so that the terminal 171 and the terminal sleeve 1721 clamp and fix the wire, and the terminal 171 contacts and conducts electricity with the wire.
  • the width of the wiring sleeve 1721 in the axis direction of the wiring bolt 1722 is at least three times greater than the width of the terminal post 171, so that there is a gap between the wiring sleeve 1721 and the terminal post 171 to allow the wire to pass through.
  • the terminal 171 has an arc-shaped sheet structure, and the side where the terminal sleeve 1721 contacts the terminal 171 is an arc adapted to the shape of the terminal 171, so that the terminal 171 and the terminal sleeve 1721 clamp the wire more tightly.
  • the side where the terminal post 171 contacts the terminal sleeve 1721 is processed with horizontal stripes, so that the terminal post 171 presses against the wire more firmly and prevents the wire from falling off.
  • the wiring bolt 1722 includes an integrally formed nut 17221 and a screw 17222.
  • the side surface of the lower housing 142 is provided with a plurality of first holes at corresponding positions of the wiring module 172.
  • Wiring through hole 14261, the diameter of the first wiring through hole 14261 is larger than the diameter of the nut 17221, so that the nut 17221 is inserted into the first wiring through hole 14261 from the inside of the lower housing 142, and at least Some parts are exposed to the outside of the lower housing 142 .
  • the at least part of the part exposed to the outside of the lower housing 142 can be understood as the end of the nut 17221 of the wiring bolt 1722 away from the screw rod 17222 is exposed to the outside of the lower housing 142, and the end of the nut 17221 is provided with a "ten" Shape or "1" shaped screw opening to facilitate screwdriver screwing.
  • the bottom surface of the lower housing 142 is provided with a plurality of second wiring through holes 14262 at corresponding positions of the terminal posts 171. The wires are inserted from the second wiring through holes 14262 and pass at least between the terminal posts 171 and the wiring sleeve 1721.
  • a stopper 17223 is provided between the nut 17221 and the screw 17222, and the stopper 17223 is an annular shape provided along the circumference of the nut 17221.
  • the outer diameter of the stopper 17223 is larger than the diameter of the nut 17221 and the aperture of the first wiring through hole 14261, so that the stopper 17223 cannot pass through the first wiring through hole 14261;
  • the lower shell The inner wall of the body 142 provided with the first wiring through hole 14261 is set as the first inner wall, the wiring bolt 1722 is inserted downward from the top of the lower housing 142, and the nut 17221 is inserted into the third A wiring through hole 14261, the first wiring through hole 14261 limits the vertical displacement of the wiring bolt 1722; the end of the screw 17222 away from the nut 17221 is abutted by the wiring post 171, and the wiring The post 171 and the first inner wall sandwich the stopper 17223 and the screw rod 17222 to limit
  • the wiring bolt 1722 is put downward from the top of the lower housing 142, is pressed by the wiring post 171 and pushed into the first wiring through hole 14261, and the vertical displacement of the wiring bolt 1722 is limited by the first wiring through hole 14261. , at the same time, the terminal bolt 1722 is sandwiched between the terminal post 171 and the inner wall of the lower housing 142 to limit the horizontal displacement of the terminal bolt 1722.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a wiring module placement slot 14264, the shape of which is adapted to the wiring module 172 to limit the horizontal displacement of the wiring module 172 perpendicular to the axial direction of the wiring bolt 1722 ;
  • the wiring module placement slot 14264 is provided with a bolt limiting rib 14265 from the upper part of the lower housing 142 toward the bottom of the lower housing 142, limiting the nut 17221 of the wiring bolt 1722 between the bolt limiting rib 14265 and the inner wall of the lower housing 142.
  • the distance between the bolt limiting rib 14265 and the first inner wall of the lower housing 142 is greater than the height of the nut 17221 of the terminal 171 bolt, so that the terminal 171 bolt can be placed downwardly into the wiring from the upper part of the wiring module placement slot 14264.
  • the wiring bolt 1722 is inserted downward from the top of the lower housing 142, and the nut 17221 is pushed into the first wiring through hole 14261.
  • the first wiring through hole 14261 limits the vertical displacement of the wiring bolt 1722; when the power board 17 is installed When reaching the lower housing 142, the end of the screw rod 17222 away from the nut 17221 is pressed by the terminal 171, so that the terminal 171 and the first inner wall sandwich the stopper 17223 of the terminal bolt 1722 and the screw rod 17222 to limit the terminal bolt. 1722Displacement in the horizontal direction.
  • the distance between the portion of the terminal 171 that abuts the threaded rod 17222 and the first inner wall is less than the total length of the terminal bolt 1722 . Therefore, after the wiring module 172 is put into the wiring module placement slot 14264 from above the lower housing 142, when the power board 17 is put into the lower housing 142, the terminal post 171 resists the tail end of the screw 17222 of the wiring bolt 1722, and the wiring bolt is 1722 is pushed to the first side wall, and the nut 17221 is pushed into the first wiring through hole 14261, so that the wiring module 172 is limited in the vertical direction, preventing the wiring module 172 from moving up and down or tilting during transportation.
  • the distance between the bolt limiting rib 14265 and the first side wall is greater than the sum of the thicknesses of the nut 17221 and the stopper 17223 of the wiring bolt 1722, so that the wiring bolt 1722 can be placed in the wiring module without interference.
  • the first inner wall protrudes with a stop limiter 14266 at a corresponding position of the stopper 17223.
  • the stopper limiter 14266 can limit the leftward displacement of the stopper 17223, so that the wiring bolt 1722 is limited to the wiring in the axial direction.
  • the displacement of the connection bolt 1722 is further restricted to prevent the connection bolt 1722 from shaking; wherein, the height of the stopper limiter 14266 protruding from the first inner wall is less than the height of the nut 17221 of the connection bolt 1722. , so that the nut 17221 can partially extend into the first wiring through hole 14261; the distance between the terminal 171 and the stopper is greater than the sum of the length of the screw 17222 of the wiring bolt 1722 and the thickness of the stopper 17223, so that the wiring There is no interference between the post 171 and the terminal bolt 1722, and the terminal bolt 1722 will not bend the terminal post 171.
  • the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 are provided with pin headers 161 and female headers 173 that can cooperate with each other.
  • One of the pin headers 161 and the female header 173 is One is provided on the PCB board 16 and the other is provided on the power board 17 .
  • the pin header 161 is inserted into the header header 173 to achieve electrical connection between the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 .
  • the PCB board 16 is disposed above the power board 17 .
  • the PCB board 16 is welded with pin headers 161 toward the power board 17 .
  • the power board 17 is welded with header pins 161 that can cooperate with the pin headers 161 at corresponding positions.
  • the female pin 173 and the pin header 161 are inserted into the female header 173 to realize the electrical connection between the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 .
  • the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 can also be connected through metal contacts.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with a plurality of metal contacts (not shown in the figure) toward the power board 17.
  • a contact post with electrical conductivity is provided at the corresponding position of the metal contact.
  • the contact post is electrically connected to the power board 17.
  • the metal contact is in contact with the contact post to realize PCB The electrical connection between the board 16 and the power board 17; wherein, an elastic connector is provided between the contact post and the power board 17, and the contact post compresses the contact post in response to the resisting force of the metal contact.
  • An elastic connector that generates elastic deformation and a reaction force that overcomes the elastic deformation, causing the abutment column to generate a compressive displacement and a rebound force that is opposite to the compressive displacement.
  • the function of the elastic connector is that due to processing errors and different lengths of the plurality of contact columns, the elastic connector provides elastic force for the contact columns, so that the plurality of contact columns can abut against the metal contacts to ensure good electrical conductivity.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided on the lower housing 142; the two opposite side walls of the lower housing 142 are recessed inward to form two opposite side walls. U-shaped recess 1428.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with a U-shaped notch 162 at a position opposite to the U-shaped recess 1428. The position and shape of the U-shaped notch 162 match the U-shaped recess 1428 to connect the U-shaped recess 1428.
  • the PCB board 16 is positioned in the horizontal direction.
  • the position and shape of the U-shaped notch 162 matching the U-shaped recess 1428 can be understood as the width of the U-shaped notch 162 matching the width of the U-shaped recess 1428, and the gap between the two U-shaped notches 162 The distance matches the distance between the two U-shaped recesses 1428, so that the outer wall of the U-shaped notch 162 contacts the inner wall of the U-shaped recess 1428, and the PCB board 16 is limited by the lower housing 142 in the horizontal direction.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a PCB board 16 support portion for contacting the lower surface of the PCB board 16 to support the PCB board 16; the upper end of the lower housing 142 is provided with an isolation cover 18, so The isolation cover 18 extends downwardly to have a PCB board contact portion 181 for contacting the upper surface of the PCB board 16 to position the PCB board 16 in the vertical direction.
  • the PCB board 16 support portion can be understood as a support rib extending from the inner side wall of the lower housing 142
  • the PCB board contact portion 181 is a resisting rib extending from the edge of the isolation cover 18 toward the lower housing 142 .
  • the screw holes 14222 are opened in the sheet metal part 14221 at opposite positions of the two U-shaped recesses 1428 of the lower housing 142 to save the space occupied by the screw holes 14222.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a level 147 on the side facing the button 11 to indicate the level of the smart switch when it is installed on a mounting surface; the level 147 is configured as a cylindrical bubble level 147 .
  • the isolating cover 18 is provided with a level 147 buckle, and the bubble level 147 is snap-fastened to the isolating cover 18.
  • the bubble level 147 can be used. Check whether the switch installation is skewed to facilitate positioning and drilling holes in the wall.
  • the upper housing 141 is provided with a PCB board mounting shell 148 toward the lower housing 142, and the upper housing 141 is covered on the PCB board.
  • the mounting shell 148 forms a cavity with the PCB board mounting shell 148 .
  • the PCB board 16 is disposed inside the cavity and is fixedly connected to the PCB board mounting shell 148 .
  • the upper casing 141 is covered with the PCB board mounting shell 148.
  • the PCB board mounting shell 148 is a trough-shaped structure with an open top, which is fixedly installed below the upper casing 141.
  • the upper casing 141 covers It is located at the top opening of the PCB board mounting shell 148 .
  • the fact that the PCB board 16 is disposed inside the cavity can be understood as that the PCB board 16 is fixedly installed inside the groove structure of the PCB board mounting shell 148 and is covered below the upper housing 141 .
  • the advantage of arranging the PCB board 16 on the upper housing 141 is that the error size chain between the detection part 12 and the resistance part 113 is shortened, so that the positioning accuracy between the resistance part 113 and the detection part 12 is easy to control; specifically, due to the button 11 is connected to the upper shell 141, and the PCB board 16 is fixedly connected to the upper shell 141 through the PCB board mounting shell 148.
  • the positioning reference of the button 11 and the PCB board 16 is both the upper shell 141, and the positioning accuracy between the two is high.
  • the detection part 12 is welded to the PCB board 16, and the resistance part 113 is protruding from the button 11, so the positioning error between the detection part 12 and the resistance part 113 is very small, and the requirement for processing accuracy is reduced, thereby reducing the manufacturing cost.
  • the PCB board 16 is fixedly installed on the lower housing 142, the button 11 is provided on the upper housing 141, and the lower housing 142 is detachably connected to the upper housing 141. Therefore, the detection part 12 and the collision part
  • the positioning datum between 113 and 113 has been converted many times, resulting in the accumulation of dimension chains.
  • the accumulation of errors in each dimension forms a larger error.
  • the processing accuracy of the parts needs to be controlled to reduce the error, which will increase the manufacturing cost.
  • the PCB board 16 is installed on the upper case 141, this problem will not occur, so that the dimensional tolerance design can also be simplified.
  • the internal shape of the PCB board mounting shell 148 matches the shape of the PCB board 16 , and the PCB board mounting shell 148 is sleeved on the PCB board 16 and secures the PCB board 16 .
  • the board 16 is positioned in the horizontal direction, and the PCB board 16 is fixedly mounted on the PCB board mounting shell 148 by screws.
  • the internal shape of the PCB board mounting shell 148 matches the shape of the PCB board 16. It can be understood that the inner wall of the PCB board mounting shell 148 is at least partially in contact with the side wall of the PCB board 16, so that the PCB board mounting shell 148 Position the PCB board 16 in the horizontal direction.
  • the shape of the PCB board mounting shell 148 is consistent with the inner wall shape of the bottom shell 19. Since there are reserved holes on both sides of the bottom shell 19 The bolt mounting holes are located, so both sides of the bottom shell 19 are recessed inward, and the two side walls of the PCB board mounting shell 148 are recessed inward. Furthermore, both sides of the PCB board 16 are also recessed inward.
  • the PCB board 16 is fixedly installed on the PCB board mounting shell 148 by screws.
  • the PCB board mounting shell 148 is protruding toward the PCB board 16 with at least two threaded connecting posts, which are supported on the lower surface of the PCB board 16.
  • the threads The connecting column is processed with threads, and the PCB board 16 is fastened to the threaded connecting column through screws.
  • the PCB board 16 is fixed to the threaded connecting column through three screws.
  • the detection part 12 is welded to the PCB board 16.
  • the LED light 163 (not shown in the figure) is welded to the PCB board 16 around the detection part 12.
  • the connection between the detection part 12 and the upper housing 141 is A uniform light sheet 1881 is provided between them, and the light emitted by the LED light 163 is uniformly distributed by the uniform light sheet 1881 and then projected to the lower surface of the button 11 .
  • the upper casing 141 is recessed toward the light-diffusion plate 1881 with a light-diffusion plate installation groove 1882 that matches the shape of the light-diffusion plate 1881.
  • the light-diffusion plate 1881 It is limited by the installation groove 1882 of the light distribution plate, and the lower surface of the light distribution plate 1881 is in contact with the detection component 12 and is supported by the detection component 12 .
  • the upper housing 141 is provided with a PCB housing positioning portion 1481 and a PCB housing buckle 1482 toward the PCB board mounting housing 148.
  • the PCB board mounting housing 148 is in the
  • the PCB shell buckle 1482 is provided with a second buckling position 1483 adapted to the PCB shell buckle 1482 at a corresponding position.
  • an isolation plate 149 is provided between the power board 17 and the PCB board mounting shell 148, and the isolation plate 149 is fixedly connected to the lower housing 142; the isolation plate 149
  • a pin header passage hole 1491 is provided at a corresponding position of the pin header 161.
  • the size of the pin header passage hole 1491 is adapted to the size of the pin header 161 and the header header 173, so that the pin header 161 passes through the pin header. Through the hole 1491, it is inserted into the female row 173.
  • the insulating plate 149 is fastened to the lower case 142 by screws, and the insulating plate 149 protrudes downwardly with a contact portion of the power board 17 for pressing and fixing the power board 17 to the lower case 142 .
  • the function of the isolation plate 149 is to isolate the power board 17; since the PCB is connected to the upper case 141, the PCB board 16 and the power board 17 are electrically connected through the pin headers 161 and the header headers 173. When the upper case 141 is uncovered, The PCB board 16 is separated from the power supply board 17. In order to prevent the power supply board 17 from being exposed and causing the risk of electric shock to the user, an isolation board 149 is provided between the PCB board 16 and the power supply, which also meets safety regulations.
  • the outer side wall of the lower housing 142 is provided with a first positioning portion 1424
  • the inner side wall of the upper housing 141 is provided with a second positioning portion 1418.
  • the power board 17 is provided with an on-off switch 177 , which can control the AC power on and off of the power board 17 .
  • the on-off switch 177 is set as a mechanical switch, welded to the power board 17, and can cut off the AC power supply. It can play the role of power-off protection when the switch is installed, can also limit the use of the smart switch, and can also realize the smart switch. Power off and restart the system.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with a first escape hole 1771 at the corresponding position of the on-off switch 177 , and the surface of the lower housing 142 facing the button 11 is located at the corresponding position.
  • the on-off switch 177 is provided with a second escape hole 1772 at a corresponding position.
  • the shapes of the first escape hole 1771 and the second escape hole 1772 are adapted to the on-off switch 177 so that the The on-off switch 177 passes through the first escape hole 1771 and the second escape hole 1772 and at least partially protrudes from the lower housing 142 .
  • the surface of the lower housing 142 facing the button 11 can be understood as the upper surface of the lower housing 142 , that is, the upper surface of the isolation cover 18 .
  • the power-on switch is arranged on the power board 17 and passes through the upper PCB board 16 and the isolation cover 18 to expose the isolation cover 18. It is convenient to open the upper housing 141 and then press the on-off switch 177 to control the power board 17 and The PCB board 16 is powered on and off.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with at least one LED light 163 at the corresponding position of each button 11 , and the light emitted by the LED lamp 163 is projected to the third part of the button 11 .
  • a surface; the first surface is provided as the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 . Wherein, the first surface is the lower surface of the button 11 .
  • the PCB board 16 is symmetrically welded with 4 or more LED lights 163 on both sides of each detection part 12. 6 LED lights 163.
  • the button 11 is provided with a light guide portion 114 , and the light emitted by the LED lamp 163 is guided by the light guide portion 114 to the third surface of the button 11 .
  • the surface is set as the side of the button 11 away from the housing 14; wherein, the shape of the light guide portion 114 is set to a predetermined shape, so that the light guide portion 114 is on the third side of the button 11.
  • the surface displays a predetermined pattern 1141 corresponding to the predetermined shape.
  • the light guide part 114 is integrally formed or fixedly connected to the button 11, and can guide the light from the inside of the button 11 to the outside of the button 11.
  • the button 11 is injection molded from a light-transmitting material, and the outer surface of the button 11 is coated with an opaque material.
  • the light coating 117 is laser-engraved with the predetermined pattern 1141 on the outer surface of the button 11, so that the opaque coating 117 is removed by laser engraving to form the light guide portion 114, and the light of the LED is engraved on the button 11.
  • the laser-engraved parts are revealed, and the predetermined pattern 1141 is displayed on the outer surface of the button 11 .
  • the predetermined pattern 1141 includes graphics or text.
  • the PCB board 16 is provided on the lower case 142; the lower case 142 includes a bottom case 19 and an isolation cover 18, and the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom case. 19, and forms a receiving cavity with the bottom case 19, and the PCB board 16 is received inside the receiving cavity.
  • the isolation cover 18 is clamped to the bottom case 19 through an isolation cover buckle 186.
  • the edge of the isolation cover 18 is provided with at least one isolation cover buckle 186 toward the bottom case 19.
  • the isolation cover 18 is secured to the bottom case 19 through the isolation cover buckle 186.
  • the isolating cover buckle 186 is connected to the bottom shell 19; the bottom shell 19 is a groove-shaped shell 14 with an upper end opening, and the shape of the isolating cover 18 is adapted to the shape of the upper end opening of the bottom shell 19, and
  • the isolating cover 18 has a buckling eaves 182 extending outwards from the edge.
  • the isolating cover 18 covers the upper opening of the bottom shell 19 .
  • the buckling eaves 182 are attached to the upper end of the bottom shell 19 . End face.
  • the isolation cover 18 has the function of electrical isolation. Since the power board 17 carries strong electricity, the power board 17 and the PCB board 16 cannot be exposed to prevent the user from getting an electric shock after opening the upper casing 141 .
  • a first forward mark 14171 is provided on the side of the upper housing 141 facing the button 11 to indicate the forward direction of the upper housing 141;
  • a second positive mark 14172 is provided on the side of the upper housing 141 facing the isolation cover 18 , and
  • a third positive mark 185 is provided on a side of the isolation cover 18 facing the upper housing 141 .
  • the forward mark 14172 corresponds to the indicated direction of the third forward mark 185 and is used to prevent fooling when the upper housing 141 is covered with the lower housing 142 .
  • the first forward mark 14171 may be an arrow, a text or a shape mark, and is used to prevent fooling when the button 11 is installed.
  • the isolation cover 18 is provided between the button 11 and the PCB board 16.
  • the isolation cover 18 is provided with a uniform light mask 183 at the corresponding position of each button 11.
  • the light uniformity cover 183 covers the LED light 163 corresponding to each button 11 .
  • the light emitted by the LED light 163 is uniformized by the light uniformity cover 183 and then projected to the button 11 .
  • the isolation cover 18 is provided with a uniform light cover 183 at the corresponding position of each button 11. It can be understood that the uniform light cover 183 is provided below the center position of the button 11, and the uniform light cover 183 is located above the LED light 163.
  • the uniform light mask 183 extends four uniform light mask buckles 1831 toward the isolation plate.
  • the isolation plate is provided with an isolation cover through hole 1832 whose shape matches the uniform light mask 183.
  • the side wall of the isolation cover through hole 1832 is provided with an even light uniformity cover.
  • the four uniform light mask buckles 1831 are fastened to the light uniform mask fastening positions 1833, so that the uniform light mask 183 is fastened to the isolation plate.
  • the uniform light mask 183 is made of a transparent material that has been atomized, or is made of an opaque material, such as white translucent plastic, etc., which has light transmittance and light uniformity.
  • the uniform light mask 183 is made of PC plastic injection molding.
  • the projection of the uniform light mask 183 on the third surface of the button 11 covers the predetermined pattern 1141 .
  • the third surface is the upper surface of the button 11.
  • the function of the light uniformity cover 183 is to uniformly diffuse the light emitted by the LED and then project it to the light guide part 114, and then the light guide part 114 transmits the light.
  • the surface of the uniform light mask 183 facing the button 11 needs to cover the predetermined pattern 1141 of the light guide part 114 to make the brightness of the predetermined pattern 1141 uniform.
  • the surface of the light uniformity mask 183 facing the button 11 is rectangular, and the light uniformity mask 183 is a rectangular parallelepiped cover with an open bottom.
  • the surface of the uniform light mask 183 facing the button 11 is the upper surface of the uniform light mask 183.
  • the surface of the uniform light mask 183 facing the button 11 is rectangular, square, circular or other shapes.
  • the surface of the uniform light mask 183 facing the button 11 is rectangular, and the uniform light mask 183 is a rectangular parallelepiped cover with an open bottom.
  • the beneficial effect is that the predetermined pattern 1141 of the button 11 is generally text, including Chinese or English.
  • the text is generally arranged horizontally, and the use of a rectangular light-diffusing mask 183 is beneficial to cover all the text, so that the text is evenly transmitted; and in some preferred embodiments, the smart switch has four buttons 11, and the corresponding light-diffusing mask 183 There are also four, and the rectangular uniform light mask 183 is used to prevent fooling.
  • the detection part 12 is covered by the uniform light cover 183, and the uniform light cover 183 opens a touch through hole 1834 at the corresponding position of the detection part 12.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resistance portion 113 at a corresponding position of the detection member 12.
  • the resistance portion 113 passes through the touch through hole 1834 and is placed above the detection member 12.
  • the resisting portion 113 presses and triggers the detecting member 12 .
  • the above-mentioned uniform light mask 183 is provided with a contact pressure through hole 1834 at a corresponding position of the detection component 12.
  • the uniform light uniformity mask 183 is disposed above the detection component 12, and a contact pressure through hole 1834 is opened directly above the detection component 12, so as to The resistance portion 113 is placed directly above the detection component 12 to improve the reliability of triggering the detection component 12 .
  • the resisting portion 113 is a cylinder extending from the button 11 toward the detecting member 12 , and its cross section perpendicular to the extension direction is set as the first cross section.
  • the size of the through hole 1834 is larger than the size of the first cross section, and there is a certain gap between the resisting portion 113 and the contact pressure through hole 1834 .
  • the first shape is composed of two mutually intersecting and perpendicular rectangles.
  • the first shape is a shape similar to a "cross", which serves to prevent shrinkage caused by local glue thickness of the resisting portion 113 during injection molding. Detection of triggering of component 12. Since the movement generated when the button 11 is pressed is a compound movement of displacement and rotation, and the button 11 can be tilted in multiple directions, a certain gap is provided between the resistance portion 113 and the contact through hole 1834 to prevent the button 11 from moving. , the resistance portion 113 interferes with the contact pressure through hole 1834 .
  • the uniform light mask 183 protrudes from the isolation cover 18
  • the height of the uniform light mask 183 protrudes from the isolation cover 18 and is adapted to the isolation cover 18 .
  • the distance between 18 and the PCB board 16 is such that the distance between the surface of the uniform light mask 183 facing the key 11 and the PCB board 16 is greater than 3 mm. Since the light uniformity mask 183 is provided with a touch through hole 1834, in order to prevent the user from getting an electric shock when touching the touch pressure through hole 1834, it is necessary to ensure that there is sufficient electrical clearance and creepage distance between the light uniformity mask 183 and the PCB board 16, so the light uniformity mask is designed. 183 protrudes from the height of the isolation cover 18 so that the distance between the upper surface of the uniform light mask 183 and the PCB board 16 is greater than 3 mm, ensuring the safety of the user.
  • the upper housing 141 is provided with a light-diffusion mask light-transmitting through hole 1419 whose shape matches the light-diffusion mask 183 at the corresponding position of the light-diffusion mask 183 .
  • the light uniformity mask 183 is received in the light transmission through hole 1419 of the uniformity mask.
  • the uniform light mask 183 is rectangular, and correspondingly, the light-transmitting through hole 1419 of the uniform light mask is also a rectangular through hole.
  • the function of the light-diffusion mask light-transmitting through hole 1419 is, firstly, to transmit light so that the light of the light-diffusion mask 183 can be projected to the lower surface of the button 11, and secondly, the light-diffusion mask 183 passes through the light-diffusing mask light-transmitting through hole. 1419 is placed behind the button 11, further shortening the distance between the uniform light mask 183 and the button 11, and reducing the attenuation of light.
  • the number of the light uniformity masks 183 is one more than the number of the buttons 11 .
  • the number of light-transmitting through holes 1419 in the light uniformity masks is greater than the number of the buttons 11 .
  • One more quantity there are four buttons 11 , five light uniformity masks 183 , and five corresponding light uniformity mask light-transmitting through holes 1419 , which are arranged corresponding to the uniformity light mask 183 .
  • the use of five uniform light masks 183 is beneficial for the button 11 to switch between single keys and multi-keys, as described below for details.
  • the number of the uniform light masks 183 is set to five, which has the function of preventing fooling, and can quickly find the corresponding relationship between the light transmission through hole 1419 of the uniform light mask and the uniform light mask 183, and then quickly install the housing. 141.
  • the number of uniform light masks 183 is the same as the number of buttons 11. As shown in FIG. 11, the uniform light masks 183 correspond to the buttons 11 one-to-one, which can reduce the use of the uniform light masks 183 and save costs.
  • a waterproof light-transmitting member 41 is provided between the isolation cover 18 and the bottom case 19 , and the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 and the bottom case 19 Sealing connection, and then forming a sealed cavity with the bottom case 19, the sealed cavity accommodates the detection component 12, the wireless communication module 13, the PCB board 16 and the LED light 163.
  • the waterproof light-transmitting component 41 can be understood as a housing 14 with a waterproof function, which is made of soft materials such as silicone, rubber, or plastic, and is used to sealingly connect with the bottom shell 19 to form a waterproof
  • the sealed cavity protects the electronic components from water and moisture, and also serves as electrical isolation.
  • a sealing portion 187 extends around the edge of the isolation cover 18 toward the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 , and the sealing portion 187 resists the edge of the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 .
  • the sealing portion 187 can be understood as a resisting rib surrounding the isolation cover 18 .
  • the sealing portion 187 pressing the edge of the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 against the bottom case 19 can be understood as the sealing portion 187 and The bottom case 19 clamps the edge of the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 in the middle to achieve a sealed connection between the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 and the bottom case 19 .
  • the gap between the sealing portion 187 and the bottom case 19 is smaller than the thickness of the edge of the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 .
  • the sealing portion 187 and the bottom case 19 sandwich the edge of the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 in an interference manner. in the middle to improve sealing performance.
  • the fifth direction is the direction pointed by the arrow in Figure 52. In this embodiment, the fifth direction is the same as the third direction.
  • the waterproof light-transmitting component 41 is provided with a light-transmitting part 411 at a corresponding position of the LED lamp 163.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is integrally formed or sealed with the waterproof light-transmitting component 41. ;
  • the light-transmitting portion 411 is configured to transmit light from one side to the other side.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is disposed between the button 11 and the LED light 163.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is made of light-transmitting material and is used to transmit the light emitted by the LED light 163 to the lower surface of the button 11.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is made of light-transmitting material.
  • the sealed connection can be understood as a connection method that can be sealed, including the use of sealant pasting or separate injection molding or other implementable connection methods.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 and the waterproof light-transmitting component 41 are integrally injection-molded with white silicone, so that they have light transmittance and light uniformity.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is disposed between the light guide part 114 and the LED lamp 163 , and the projection of the light-transmitting part 411 on the third surface of the key 11 covers the predetermined pattern. 1141.
  • the third surface is the upper surface of the button 11, and the function of the light-transmitting portion 411 is to uniformly project the light emitted by the LED lamp 163 to the light guide portion 114 of the button 11, so that all the light on the upper surface of the button 11 is
  • the predetermined pattern 1141 emits light, so the light-transmitting part 411 needs to cover the predetermined pattern 1141 so that all parts of the predetermined pattern 1141 can emit light and the light emit is uniform.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is provided between the button 11 and the detection member 12 , and the button 11 is in contact with the light-transmitting part 411 , and passes through the light-transmitting part 411 .
  • the light-transmitting part 411 triggers the detection component 12 .
  • the key 11 triggers the detection component 12 through the light-transmitting part 411. It can be understood that the key 11 is in contact with the upper surface of the light-transmitting part 411, because the light-transmitting part 411 is provided between the key 11 and the detection component 12.
  • the button 11 when the button 11 is displaced in response to the control force, it presses against and drives part of the light-transmitting part 411 to be displaced, and the light-transmitting part 411 presses against and triggers the detection element 12 .
  • the advantage of the button 11 indirectly pressing the detection element 12 through the light-transmitting part 411 is that since the light-transmitting part 411 is made of soft material, it has a buffering effect on the pressing of the button 11 and prevents the detection element 12 from being damaged when the button 11 is pressed with a large pressure. .
  • the isolation cover 18 has an isolation cover through hole 1832 at a corresponding position of the light-transmitting part 411 , and the light-transmitting part 411 passes through the isolation cover through hole 1832 and is at least partially exposed to the The upper surface of the isolation cover 18. Since the isolation cover 18 presses and fixes the waterproof light-transmitting member 41 to the bottom case 19, and the light-transmitting part 411 needs to pass through the isolation cover 18 to project the light of the LED light 163 to the lower surface of the button 11, so the isolation cover 18 is provided with an isolation cover.
  • the through hole 1832 allows the light-transmitting part 411 to pass through the isolation cover 18 .
  • the light-transmitting part 411 is at least partially exposed to the upper surface of the isolation cover 18.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 may protrude from the upper surface of the isolation cover 18, or may be flush with or lower than the upper surface of the isolation cover 18.
  • the resisting part 113 of the button 11 can contact the light-transmitting part 411. Since the button 11 presses and triggers the detecting part 12 below through the light-transmitting part 411, in a preferred embodiment, the light-transmitting part 411 is protruding from the isolation cover 18. , it is convenient for the button 11 to press the light-transmitting part 411, and at the same time, the light-transmitting part 411 reserves space for the detection piece 12 below.
  • the button 11 when the button 11 generates the displacement in response to the manipulation force, the button 11 presses the light-transmitting part 411 to produce elastic deformation.
  • the light-transmitting part 411 411 returns to the initial state under the action of its own elastic force, and drives the button 11 to return to the initial position.
  • the fact that the light-transmitting part 411 drives the button 11 to return to the initial position can be understood as the light-transmitting part 411 has elasticity, can undergo elastic deformation, and generates a reset force to act on the button 11 to overcome the elastic deformation.
  • the button 11 is provided with a resisting portion 113 protruding toward the light-transmitting portion 411 .
  • the resisting portion 113 is made up of four square contact pressing units, so that the resisting portion 113 occupies a large area of the light-transmitting portion 411 . On part of the upper surface, the resisting portion 113 evenly presses the upper surface of the light-transmitting portion 411 to prevent the light-transmitting portion 411 from slipping due to a single touch and causing the light-transmitting portion 411 to fail to be triggered.
  • the waterproof and light-transmitting member 41 of this embodiment has at least four functions: 1. Sealing and waterproofing to protect internal electronic components; 2. Even light and light transmission, uniform and projecting the light emitted by the LED to the button 11; 3.
  • the waterproof light-transmitting part 41 of this embodiment has multiple uses, simplifies the internal structure of the switch, reduces the number of parts, simplifies assembly steps, and reduces manufacturing costs.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with at least one sounder 189.
  • the sounder 189 is electrically connected to the PCB board 16 for responding to the The detection element 12 is triggered to emit a sound.
  • the sound generator 189 emitting a sound in response to the triggering of the detection element 12 can be understood as using the sound generator 189 as feedback on the button 11 to remind the user that the detection element 12 has been triggered by emitting a sound.
  • switches use the step-by-step feeling of pressing the detection element 12 itself as trigger feedback. During the pressing process, the elastic force of the detection element 12 jumps, and the user can judge whether it is easy to trigger the detection element 12 based on the touch of the hand.
  • this design has at least two flaws: 1. When the detection part 12 is insensitive or damaged, pressing the detection part 12 has tactile feedback, but the switch cannot detect the signal of the detection part 12 and cannot control the power on and off of the controlled device. , at this time, the feedback of button 11 does not correspond to the work of the controlled device, which will cause the user to misjudge and mistakenly think that the controlled device is on and off. When the controlled device is an electrical appliance with delayed effect, the user's misjudgement will be more obvious. ; 2. When the feedback from the detection piece 12 is not obvious, or the user's touch is not sensitive, the user may not feel the triggering of the detection piece 12, which brings inconvenience to use. This embodiment uses the sounder 189 as trigger feedback.
  • the sounder 189 is welded to the PCB board 16, and its feedback is synchronized with the control of the controlled device.
  • pressing the detection part 12 will not trigger feedback, and the user will not generate misjudgment, and the sound size of the sounder 189 is adjustable, users with insensitive senses can still feel the feedback of the button 11, making it easy to use.
  • the sound generator 189 is configured as a speaker 1891
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a speaker installation position 1892
  • the speaker 1891 is fixedly connected to the speaker installation position 1892 .
  • the sounder 189 may also be a device that can produce sound, such as a buzzer.
  • the speaker installation position 1892 can be understood as a groove recessed in the surface of the lower housing 142, and its shape matches the shape of the speaker 1891, so that when the speaker 1891 is installed in the speaker installation position 1892, the upper surface of the speaker 1891 will not protrude from the bottom.
  • the surface of the casing 142 is too large, and the upper casing 141 will not be lifted up by the speaker 1891 when it is covered with the lower casing 142 .
  • the speaker installation position 1892 is provided inside the lower housing 142 , and the sound-emitting surface of the speaker 1891 is placed in the speaker installation position 1892 toward the outside of the lower housing 142 .
  • the speaker 1891 can be disposed on the upper surface of the lower shell 142 or on the side of the lower shell 142. When the speaker 1891 is disposed on the upper surface of the lower shell 142, the upper shell 141 is covered with the lower shell 142.
  • the speaker 1891 is hidden under the upper housing 141 to improve the aesthetics of the switch.
  • the fixed connection between the speaker 1891 and the speaker installation position 1892 includes snapping, screw connection, adhesive or other implementable connection methods.
  • the speaker installation position 1892 is a cylindrical structure extending downward from the isolation cover 18.
  • the inner diameter of the speaker installation position 1892 is in clearance fit with the speaker 1891.
  • the speaker 1891 includes The speaker body 1893 and the speaker base 1894 provided at the bottom of the speaker body 1893.
  • the speaker base 1894 protrudes from the outer wall of the speaker body 1893.
  • the speaker 1891 is installed from below the speaker installation position 1892.
  • the upper surface of the speaker base 1894 is in contact with the speaker installation.
  • Adhesive is pasted on the lower surface of the position 1892, the upper surface of the speaker base 1894, or adhesive is pasted on the side surface of the speaker body 1893, so that the speaker 1891 is fixedly connected to the speaker installation position 1892 through the adhesive.
  • the speaker base 1894 is electrically connected to a speaker wire 1895, and a speaker connector 1896 is provided at the end of the speaker wire 1895.
  • the PCB board 16 is welded with a speaker plug-in interface 1897 that matches the speaker connector 1896, and the speaker connector 1896 is plugged in.
  • the speaker plug-in interface 1897 is used to realize the electrical connection between the speaker 1891 and the PCB board 16 .
  • the isolation cover 18 When installing the isolation cover 18 , the speaker 1891 is fixed to the speaker installation position 1892 , the speaker connector 1896 is inserted into the speaker socket 1897 , and finally the isolation cover 18 is snapped onto the bottom case 19 . Furthermore, the isolation cover 18 has at least one sound-emitting hole 1898 at a corresponding position of the speaker 1891.
  • the sound-emission hole 1898 is a through hole that penetrates the isolation cover 18 for the sound emitted by the speaker 1891 to pass through the isolation cover 18.
  • the button 11 can switch the number of configurations between single keys and multiple keys, and at the same time, the corresponding configuration size changes according to the number of configurations, thereby realizing a single or multiple switch. Multi-channel control function switching.
  • FIG 24 it is a schematic diagram of the switch structure of the single button 11.
  • the size of the button 11 is increased to cover the entire upper surface of the upper housing 141.
  • the button buckles 112 are provided at the four corners of the button 11.
  • the positions of the buckles 112 correspond to the buckling positions 1415 at the four corners of the upper housing 141 .
  • Key positioning pins 111 are respectively provided at the four corners of the button 11, corresponding to the position of the first positioning hole 1513.
  • the button positioning pins 111 are inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 for positioning; wherein, the button positioning pins 111 are provided at the four corners of the button 11
  • the beneficial effect is that the distance between the key positioning pins 111 can be enlarged as much as possible, making the positioning more accurate.
  • the detection component 12 and the uniform light mask 183 are both one, but the uniform light mask has five light-transmitting through holes 1419, which are arranged side by side at both ends of the upper housing 141, one of which is arranged at one end.
  • the isolation cover 18 is not provided with an even light mask fastening position 1833 and an isolation cover through hole 1832 at corresponding positions of other light uniformity mask light-transmitting through holes 1419, further saving costs.
  • the button 11 has at least one supporting portion 1122 protruding toward the housing 14 at an end away from the resistance portion 113 for contacting the housing 14 , thereby supporting the end of the button 11 away from the resistance portion 113 and preventing the button 11 from being moved.
  • One end is pressed.
  • the function of the supporting part 1122 is to support the button 11 and provide a support point for the button 11, so that when the button 11 is pressed as a whole, the button 11 pivots based on the supporting part 1122, and the end close to the resisting part 113 moves downward, thereby The resisting part 113 triggers the detecting part 12 .
  • the detection element 12 cannot be triggered, and the user still feels that the button 11 is pressed, making the user mistakenly think that the detection element 12 has been triggered.
  • FIG. 25 it is a structural schematic diagram of the double button 11 switch.
  • the button 11 is rectangular, and the two buttons 11 are arranged side by side.
  • the four corners of the button 11 are provided with the button buckles 112, which are fastened to the middle cover.
  • button positioning pins 111 are respectively provided at the four corners of the button 11, corresponding to the position of the first positioning hole 1513.
  • the button positioning pins 111 are inserted into the first positioning hole 1513 for positioning.
  • there are two detection parts 12 and two uniform light masks 183 but there are five light-transmitting through holes 1419 in the uniform light mask.
  • a resisting portion 113 extends from each end of the button 11 toward the lower housing 142 .
  • the position of the portion 113 corresponds to the position of the contact pressure through hole 1834 of the uniform light mask 183 .
  • the contact portion 113 passes through the contact pressure through hole 1834 and is placed above the detection component 12 .
  • FIG 26 it is a schematic structural diagram of a three-button 11 switch.
  • the buttons 11 include one rectangular button 11 and two square buttons 11.
  • the three buttons 11 are spliced and arranged on the upper housing 141.
  • Each button 11 has four corners.
  • the button buckles 112 are respectively provided to fasten to the buckling positions 1415 of the middle cover.
  • Each of the rectangular buttons 11 has an interference portion 113 extending from both ends of one side of the lower housing 142 .
  • An interference portion 113 extends from the middle of the two square buttons 11 .
  • the position of each resistance portion 113 is Corresponding to the position of the contact pressure through hole 1834 of the uniform light mask 183 , the resisting portion 113 passes through the contact pressure through hole 1834 and is placed above the detection component 12 .
  • the isolation cover 18 is not provided with an even light mask fastening position 1833 and an isolation cover through hole 1832 at corresponding positions of other light uniformity mask light-transmitting through holes 1419, further saving costs.
  • the button 11 when the button 11 is elongated and the button 11 covers the two light-diffusing cover light-transmitting through holes 1419 , the button 11 has an end protruding toward the housing 14 away from the resistance portion 113 . At least one supporting portion 1122 is used to contact the housing 14 to support an end of the button 11 away from the resisting portion 113 and prevent this end of the button 11 from being pressed.
  • the function of the supporting part 1122 is to support the button 11 and provide a support point for the button 11, so that when the button 11 is pressed as a whole, the button 11 pivots based on the supporting part 1122, and the end close to the resisting part 113 moves downward, thereby The resisting part 113 triggers the detecting part 12 .
  • an intelligent switch system including: a cloud, a gateway, an intelligent terminal and at least one intelligent switch; the intelligent switch may be any switch device configured with a wireless communication module 13, and the wireless communication module 13 may be, for example, At least one of the Bluetooth wireless communication module 13, the wifi wireless communication module 13 and the radio frequency wireless communication module 13.
  • the smart switch is a wall switch.
  • the smart terminals may be, for example, mobile phones, tablets, computers, smart cars, smart home appliances, etc.
  • the smart terminal can interact with the cloud through a WIFI network (router) or through a Bluetooth gateway.
  • the gateway can be any device that can communicate with the cloud and the smart switch respectively.
  • the gateway can be a wall switch equipped with a WIFI wireless communication module 13 and a radio frequency wireless communication module 13, or it can be a network device dedicated to data interaction and processing.
  • the gateway is configured with a separate voice module, which is a voice gateway.
  • the cloud can be any device or combination of devices that has data storage and processing capabilities and can interact with the gateway. It can be, for example, a server, and the required programs can be deployed in the server.
  • the wall smart switch 101 also includes a display screen 164, the display screen 164 is electrically connected to the wireless communication module 13; the button 11 is connected to the The position of the display screen 164 matches;
  • the wireless communication module 13 is used for:
  • the display screen 164 is controlled to display the function identifier of the button 11; the function identifier is used to characterize the current function of the button 11;
  • the wireless communication module 13 is also used for:
  • the function of the button 11 changes, directly or indirectly receive and store an identification update instruction sent by a smart terminal, and update the function corresponding to the button 11 displayed on the display screen 164 based on the identification update instruction.
  • mark so that the function mark can represent the current function of the button 11; the mark update instruction carries the current function information of the button 11.
  • the smart switch provided by the technical solution of the present invention carries a display screen 164 that can display the functions of the physical buttons 11 of the switch, and the functional representation of each button 11 displayed on the display screen 164 can be dynamically configured. For those with more buttons 11 With the smart switch, the user can conveniently change the function representation of the corresponding area on the display screen 164 based on the current function of each button 11, so that the functions of the buttons 11 of the smart switch can be changed and marked sporadically.
  • the button 11 function mapping table defines a trigger relationship between at least one key value information and at least one trigger result, which is directly or indirectly issued by the user after free determination by the smart terminal. stored in the local memory of the wireless communication module 13.
  • the smart switch can control the execution of the trigger result corresponding to the trigger signal based on a locally stored function mapping table, without requiring cloud or gateway control, achieving the purpose of control even when the network is disconnected.
  • the key 11 function mapping table defines a triggering relationship between at least one key value information and at least one triggering result.
  • the above triggering result can be understood as at least one executable function of at least one controlled device.
  • the functions involved in the trigger result may include turning on or off the device, and may also include switching of specific functions of the device, such as a controlled entertainment device playing specific music or video, or a curtain control device closing the curtains;
  • the smart switch is a wall switch with multiple relay 175 control channels, and the triggering result includes opening or closing of the relay 175 of at least one control channel of the smart switch.
  • the smart switch uploads the trigger signal to the cloud, and then the cloud judges and issues corresponding control instructions, which can realize more diverse control requirements.
  • the current control instruction may also be a voice control instruction uploaded by the user through the gateway; furthermore, the wireless communication module 13 is also used to:
  • control instruction issued by the cloud directly or indirectly received, and control the trigger result indicated by the control instruction to be executed; wherein the control instruction is a function of the cloud parsing a voice control information and storing it based on the analysis result.
  • the mapping table is generated based on the target function after matching the target function; the voice control information is generated by a gateway in response to external voice control information; the parsing result at least contains the corresponding key value information; the function mapping table It is defined by the user through the smart terminal and stored in the cloud in advance; the trigger relationship between at least one key value information and at least one trigger result is defined in the button 11 function mapping table.
  • voice control is introduced. Users can upload voice control information based on the voice gateway, and then the cloud issues control instructions based on analysis of the voice control information, freeing the user's hands and achieving more intelligent linkage control.
  • buttons 11 when the function of the button 11 changes, directly or indirectly receive and store an identification update instruction sent by a smart terminal, and update the information displayed on the display screen 164 corresponding to the button 11 based on the identification update instruction.
  • Corresponding function identifiers include:
  • the identification update instruction is also used to trigger
  • the smart terminal uploads the identification update instruction to the cloud, so that the cloud updates the stored function mapping table according to the correspondence information between the key value information carried in the identification update instruction and the function identification.
  • the user when the function of a smart switch or a certain button 11 changes, the user will update the function mapping table stored in the cloud and the smart switch in real time through a smart terminal (such as a mobile phone), so that each smart switch in the function mapping table
  • a smart terminal such as a mobile phone
  • the above triggering result can be understood as at least one executable function of at least one controlled device.
  • the functions involved in the trigger result may include turning on or off the device, and may also include switching of specific functions of the device, such as a controlled entertainment device playing specific music or video, or a curtain control device closing the curtains;
  • the smart switch is a wall switch with multiple relay 175 control channels, and the triggering result includes opening or closing of the relay 175 of at least one control channel of the smart switch.
  • the smart switch is a wall switch. If the wall switch has multiple buttons 11, the above key value information can represent different buttons 11 in the smart switch, and the different buttons 11 can be related to the wall switch. The different relays in the 175 channels correspond to each other. If the wall switch has only one button 11, the key value information may also represent the switch information of the smart switch.
  • the switch information may be, for example, the ID of the smart switch; the function identifier may be corresponding to the switch information. , or may be corresponding to the information of a certain button 11.
  • the display screen 164 includes a row of wires 165, and the display screen 164 is electrically connected to the PCB board 16 through the row of wires 165;
  • the position of the button 11 is adapted to the display screen 164 , and the display screen 164 is configured to display the corresponding function of the button 11 .
  • the display screen 164 transmits data through the flex cable 165.
  • the flex cable 165 is provided with a flex cable connector 1651 at the end far away from the display screen 164.
  • a flex cable connector 166 is welded on the PCB board 16.
  • the flex cable connection The head 1651 is snap-connected to the cable connector 166 to realize the electrical connection between the display screen 164 and the PCB board 16; in another embodiment, the PCB board 16 is provided with data transmission contacts (not shown in the figure). out), the flex cable 165 is pasted to the data transmission contacts through adhesive to achieve electrical connection between the display screen 164 and the PCB board 16; or the flex cable 165 is welded to the PCB board 16 (not shown in the figure) , to realize the electrical connection between the display screen 164 and the PCB board 16 .
  • the adaptation of the positions of the buttons 11 and the display screen 164 can be understood as the position of the display screen 164 can correspond to the buttons 11, so that the position displayed on the display screen 164 can correspond to the corresponding button 11, for example, the button 11
  • the screens are arranged side by side on the upper surface of the casing 14.
  • the screens are arranged in a long strip shape and are arranged laterally at the ends of the buttons 11.
  • the long side direction of the screen is the same as the direction in which the buttons 11 are arranged.
  • the screen can be positioned between each button 11.
  • the corresponding position of the end shows the function corresponding to button 11.
  • the four buttons 11 are located at the four corners of the upper surface of the housing 14.
  • the display screen 164 is rectangular and arranged At the intersection of four buttons 11, the screen is divided into four areas, and the four areas correspond to the corresponding positions of the four buttons 11. Each area of the screen can respectively display the functions of the corresponding buttons 11.
  • the wireless communication module 13 is welded to the PCB board 16 to achieve electrical connection between the display screen 164 and the wireless communication module 13 .
  • the wireless communication module 13 controls the display content of the display screen 164 according to the function of the button 11 .
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 and forms a receiving cavity with the bottom housing 19.
  • the PCB board 16 is accommodated inside the accommodating cavity; a display screen mounting position 184 is protruding toward the button 11 at the center of the isolation cover 18, and the display screen mounting position 184 is a channel-shaped structure penetrating up and down.
  • the display screen 164 is fixedly installed on the upper end surface of the display screen installation position 184 , and the cable 165 passes through the display screen installation position 184 and is electrically connected to the PCB board 16 .
  • the display screen 164 is fixedly installed on the display screen installation position 184.
  • the middle portion of the isolation cover 18 extends upward to enclose a first side portion 1841, a second side portion 1842, a third side portion 1843 and a third side portion.
  • the four sides 1844 form the display screen installation position 184.
  • the upper end of the display screen installation position 184 is open.
  • the display screen 164 is covered and pasted on the upper surface of the display screen installation position 184.
  • the cable 165 of the display screen 164 passes through the display screen.
  • the screen mounting position 184 is connected to the PCB board 16 .
  • the button 11 is provided with a display screen space 115 at the corresponding position of the display screen 164, and the display screen 164 is surrounded by the display screen space 115, and the display screen 164 The upper surface is flush with the upper surface of the button 11 .
  • the button 11 is provided with a display screen space 115 at the corresponding position of the display screen 164. It can be understood that the screen screen space 115 is a through hole, and each button 11 is spliced and arranged on the upper housing 141. Each button 11 is located on the display screen.
  • Through holes are provided at corresponding positions of 164 for the display screen 164 to pass through, and there is a gap between the display screen avoidance position 115 and the display screen 164 to prevent the button 11 from interfering with the display screen 164 during movement.
  • the upper surface of the display screen 164 is flush with the upper surface of the button 11. It can be understood that the height of the display screen installation position 184 and the height of the button 11 cooperate with each other so that the upper surface of the display screen 164 and the upper surface of the button 11 are on the same plane. , improve the aesthetics.
  • the upper housing 141 has a display screen 164 passage hole at a corresponding position of the display screen 164 , and the shape of the display screen 164 passage hole is adapted to the display screen 164 .
  • the display screen 164 passes through the display screen 164 passage hole and is placed in the display screen avoidance position 115 . Since the display screen installation position 184 protrudes upward from the isolation cover 18 , the upper housing 141 located above the isolation cover 18 needs to have a passage hole for the display screen 164 to allow the display screen installation position 184 to pass through.
  • the button 112 extends from the corresponding positions of the first side portion 1841 and the third side portion 1843 of the display screen mounting position 184 toward the upper housing 141 .
  • the first side part 1841 and the third side part 1843 are arranged oppositely.
  • each button 11 is provided with four button buckles 112, wherein the three corners of each button 11 away from the display screen 164 are each provided with the button buckles 112.
  • the key 11 has a rectangular gap due to the display space 115 provided in a corner near the display screen 164.
  • the key buckles 112 are provided near the rectangular gap so that the four key buckles 112 are located as close as possible to the key.
  • the corner position of 11 provides a stable limit for button 11.
  • a wireless smart switch 102 is also provided. Different from the wall smart switch 101 described above, the wireless smart switch 102 is powered by a battery and is communicatively connected with a receiver. The controller indirectly controls the operation of the controlled equipment.
  • the receiver is the wall smart switch 101 described above.
  • the wireless smart switch 102 triggers the detection component 12 in response to the user's manipulation, and then sends a wireless message to the receiver.
  • the receiver controls the operation of the controlled device according to the content of the wireless message, thereby This enables the wireless smart switch 102 to indirectly control the controlled device.
  • the controlled equipment can be traditional electrical appliances such as lights and fans, which can be turned on and off by controlling the power on and off; they can also be intelligent equipment such as air conditioners, televisions, sweeping robots, or smart curtain motors, which can be turned on and off through the receiver. Apply control instructions to the controlled equipment to control the operation of the equipment.
  • the wireless smart switch 102 provided by the present invention includes: a housing 14, at least one button 11, a detection part 12, a reset part 15 and a wireless communication module 13.
  • the button 11 is provided on The housing 14 and at least part of the button 11 can produce a pressing movement in response to a control force, thereby generating a displacement, so that the button 11 at least passes through the first pressing position and the second pressing position in sequence, and generates a reaction force;
  • the detection member 12 can be triggered based on the displacement and generate a first resilience force against the displacement;
  • the reset portion 15 is configured to support the key 11 to directly or indirectly respond to the pressing movement. Deformation occurs, and a reset force is generated to overcome the deformation;
  • the wireless communication module 13 is communicatively connected with the detection component 12 to receive the corresponding trigger signal, and send wireless messages to the outside based on the trigger signal;
  • the detection part 12 and the reset part 15 cooperate, so that when the button 11 moves to the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1, and when the button 11 moves from the first pressing position, the reaction force is F1.
  • the reaction force jumps from F1 to F2; where, F2 ⁇ F1 ⁇ 400g; the displacement S1 of the button 11 at the first pressing position and the displacement of the third pressing position.
  • the displacement S2 of the second pressing position satisfies the relationship: S2-S1 ⁇ 2mm.
  • the wireless communication module 13 sends a wireless message to the outside based on the trigger signal. It can be understood that the wireless communication module 13 is electrically connected to the detection component 12. When the detection component 12 is triggered, a corresponding trigger signal is generated. When the wireless communication module 13 is triggered, a corresponding trigger signal is generated. When the module 13 detects the trigger signal, it sends a corresponding wireless message to the outside. Other technical details and principles are explained in detail above and will not be repeated here.
  • the structure of the wireless smart switch 102 provided by the present invention has many similarities with the wall smart switch 101 described above, such as the structure of the button 11, the reset part 15, and the upper shell 141
  • the structure of the uniform light mask 183 is the same as that of the wall smart switch 101. Its technical details and principles are described in detail above and will not be repeated here. The differences are: 1.
  • the wireless smart switch 102 does not have a power board 17 and electronic components related to the power board 17, and the PCB board 16 is powered by a battery; 2.
  • the structure of the bottom shell 19 of the wireless smart switch 102 is different from that of the wall smart switch 101.
  • connection structure between the PCB board 16 and the bottom case 19 is different, the structure of the magnetic piece 1422 is different, the connection structure between the magnetic piece 1422 and the bottom case 19 is different, and the bottom case 19 has no heat dissipation holes 1427, etc.; 3.
  • the isolation cover 18 is opened There are through holes for battery disassembly and assembly, and the structures are different. The technical differences between the wireless smart switch 102 and the wall smart switch 101 will be described in detail below.
  • the structure of the magnetic attraction of the wireless smart switch 102 is different from that of the wall smart switch 101.
  • the lower housing 142 is The magnet mounting groove 14161 is provided with a magnetic piece fixing part 42 at a corresponding position, and the magnetic piece fixing part 42 is fixedly connected to the magnetic piece 1422 .
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 can be understood as a structure that can fix the magnetic piece 1422, which is fixedly connected or integrally formed on the lower housing 142.
  • the magnetic piece 1422 and the magnetic piece fixing part 42 can be clamped together. Connecting, bonding, clamping, screw fastening and other feasible ways to fix the connection.
  • the magnet 1416 is fixedly installed in the magnet installation groove 14161 of the upper housing 141. Its structural details are described in detail above and will not be repeated here.
  • the upper housing 141 is attracted to the magnetic attraction piece 1422 of the lower housing 142 through the magnet 1416. , to realize magnetic detachable connection between the upper housing 141 and the lower housing 142 .
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a first positioning portion 1424 that cooperates with the second positioning portion 1418 of the upper housing 141 so that the upper housing 141 is positioned by the lower housing 142.
  • the fixed part of the magnet 1416 corresponds to the position of the magnet 1416 described above.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom shell 19 and an isolation cover 18 (the technical details of this are described in detail above). There are two suction piece fixing parts 42 located at the left and right ends of the bottom case 19 to increase the stability of the magnetic connection.
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 has a magnetic piece through hole 421, and the shape of the magnetic piece through hole 421 is adapted to the magnet mounting groove 14161, so that the The lower surface of the magnet installation groove 14161 passes through the through hole 421 of the magnetic attraction component and then fits on the upper surface of the magnetic attraction component 1422.
  • the shape of the magnetic through hole 421 is adapted to the magnet installation groove 14161, which can be understood as the magnetic through hole 421 is slightly larger than the lower surface of the magnet installation groove 14161, so that the magnet installation groove 14161 can pass through the magnet. Suction piece through hole 421.
  • the advantage of this design is that it reduces the distance between the magnet 1416 and the magnetic suction piece 1422; furthermore, the wireless smart switch 102 of the present invention can be attached to the iron surface, increasing the distance between the magnet 1416 and the magnetic suction piece 1422.
  • the magnetic attraction between the switches allows the magnet 1416 to attract the iron mounting surface through the magnetic attraction piece 1422 to prevent the switch from falling due to too small magnetic attraction.
  • an anti-slip sticker 43 is pasted on the lower surface of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 at the corresponding position of the magnetic piece 1422.
  • the anti-slip upper surface is sticky and the lower surface has anti-slip properties, which can prevent The magnetic piece 1422 falls downwards out of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 and can also play an anti-slip role.
  • the anti-slip sticker 43 can prevent the switch from sliding.
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 has a magnetic piece through hole 421 , and at least part of the upper surface of the magnetic piece 1422 passes through the magnetic piece through hole 421 After that, it is flush with the upper surface of the magnetic piece fixing part 42.
  • the upper shell 141 is covered with the lower shell 142, at least part of the upper surface of the magnetic piece 1422 is attached to the magnet.
  • the lower surface of groove 14161 wherein, at least part of the upper surface of the magnetic member 1422 is flush with the upper surface of the magnetic member fixing part 42. It can be understood that, as shown in FIG. 60, the direction in which the bottom shell 19 points to the button 11 is the upward direction.
  • the shape of the through hole 421 is consistent with the shape of the upper part of the magnetic part 1422. After the upper part of the magnetic part 1422 passes through the through hole 421 of the magnetic part, the upper surface is on the same plane as the upper surface of the magnetic part fixing part 42, so that the magnet installation slot is
  • the lower surface of 14161 can be attached to the magnetic piece 1422 and the magnetic piece fixing part 42 at the same time, which can not only shorten the distance between the magnet 1416 and the magnetic piece 1422 to enhance the magnetic attraction, but also enable the magnet installation groove 14161 to obtain the magnetic piece. Due to the support of the fixing part 42, the upper housing 141 will not tilt when the button 11 is pressed. In other embodiments, the upper surface of the magnetic piece 1422 can sink slightly to the upper surface of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 to ensure that the magnet installation slot 14161 is supported by the bottom case 19 .
  • the magnetic piece 1422 includes a fitting portion 14223 and a base portion 14224 integrally formed with the fitting portion 14223.
  • the fitting portion 14223 passes through the through hole of the magnetic piece. 421 and fit with the lower surface of the magnet mounting groove 14161.
  • the size of the base part 14224 is larger than the size of the fitting part 14223, so that a gap is formed between the fitting part 14223 and the base part 14224.
  • the first step; the magnetic through hole 421 includes a first through hole that matches the fitting part 14223 and a second through hole that matches the base part 14224.
  • the size of the second through hole The size is larger than the first through hole, so that a second step is formed between the first through hole and the second through hole, and the second step abuts the first step.
  • the second step limits the vertical upward displacement of the magnetic member 1422.
  • the fitting portion 14223 is interference-fitted with the first through hole, so that the fitting portion 14223 passes through the first through hole and is clamped in the first through hole.
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 is configured as a groove with a downward opening, and the magnetic piece fixing part 42 interferes with the magnetic piece 1422 so that the magnetic piece 1422 is formed by the
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 is placed below the magnetic piece fixing part 42 and is clamped by the magnetic piece fixing part 42 .
  • an anti-slip sticker 43 (not shown in the figure) is pasted on the lower surface of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 at the corresponding position of the magnetic piece 1422.
  • the anti-slip upper surface is sticky and the lower surface has anti-slip properties, which can prevent magnetic attraction.
  • the piece 1422 falls downwards out of the magnetic piece fixing part 42, and has an anti-slip effect.
  • the fitting portion 14223 and the base portion 14224 of the magnetic piece 1422 are both in the shape of a track shape, which has the advantage that it is convenient for the magnetic piece 1422 to be installed into the magnetic piece fixing portion 42 .
  • the projection pattern of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 on the bottom surface of the lower housing 142 is set as a first projection pattern, and the magnetic piece fixing part 42 faces
  • the magnet installation groove 14161 is provided with a magnetic protrusion 44
  • the projection pattern of the magnetic protrusion 44 on the bottom surface of the lower housing 142 is set as a second projection pattern, and the second projection pattern covers the The first projection pattern;
  • the bottom of the magnet mounting groove 14161 opens a hollow through hole 14162 toward the magnetic protrusion 44
  • the projection pattern of the hollow through hole 14162 at the bottom of the lower housing 142 is set to the third projection pattern, the third projection pattern covers the second projection pattern
  • the height of the magnetic attraction protrusion 44 is greater than or equal to the thickness of the bottom of the magnet installation groove 14161
  • the magnetic attraction protrusion 44 passes through
  • the hollow through hole 14162 is then attached to the lower surface of the magnet 1416 .
  • the magnetic piece protrusion 44 can be understood as, because the thickness of the bottom shell 19 is thin and is similar to the thickness of the magnetic piece 1422, a groove is opened on the lower surface of the magnetic piece fixing part 42. It is used to install and accommodate the magnetic piece 1422.
  • the magnetic piece fixing part 42 is provided with a magnetic piece protrusion 44 above the magnetic piece 1422 to enhance the wall thickness of the magnetic piece fixing part 42 above the magnetic piece 1422.
  • the magnetic piece protrusion 44 can pass through the hollow through hole 14162, and the magnetic piece
  • the thickness of the protrusion 44 is consistent with the thickness of the bottom wall of the magnet installation groove 14161, so that the lower surface of the magnet 1416 can fit against the upper surface of the protrusion 44 of the magnetic attraction piece.
  • the magnetic member fixing part 42 is provided with at least one magnetic member fixing through hole 422 , and some parts of the magnetic member 1422 are recessed downward at least A recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic component.
  • the size of the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic component matches the size of the fixing through hole 422 of the magnetic component, so that the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic component is placed on the magnetic component.
  • the fixing part 42 of the magnetic part is adhered and fixed; wherein, the size of the recessed part 14225 of the magnetic part matches the size of the fixing through hole 422 of the magnetic part. It can be understood that the size of the fixing through hole 422 of the magnetic part is larger than the size of the fixing through hole 422 of the magnetic part.
  • the size of the magnetic piece recess 14225 enables the magnetic piece recess 14225 to sink into the magnetic piece fixing through hole 422.
  • two magnetic piece fixing through holes are provided at both ends of the bottom shell 19.
  • a magnetic piece 1422 is respectively provided at both ends of the bottom shell 19.
  • Each magnetic piece 1422 includes two magnetic piece recesses 14225, which are respectively placed in the magnetic piece fixing through holes 422, and the magnetic pieces 1422 Parts other than the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic piece overlap the upper surface of the magnetic piece fixing portion 42 , that is, part of the lower surface of the magnetic piece 1422 is attached to part of the upper surface of the bottom case 19 , and is fixed by adhesive. .
  • the depth of the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic attraction component is adapted to the thickness of the magnetic attraction component 1422, so that the upper surface of the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic attraction component is flush with the magnetic attraction component.
  • the position of the magnetic piece recessed portion 14225 corresponds to the position of the magnet mounting groove 14161, and the length of the magnetic piece recessed portion 14225 is greater than the length of the lower surface of the magnet mounting groove 14161, so that The lower surface of the magnet installation groove 14161 is in contact with the upper surface of the recessed portion 14225 of the magnetic attraction member.
  • the above-mentioned magnetic parts 1422 are all stamped parts, which saves manufacturing costs.
  • a uniform light sheet 1881 (not shown in the figure) is laid on the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14, and the uniform light sheet 1881 is disposed between the LED light 163 and the guide. Between the light parts 114 , the light emitted by the LED lamp 163 is uniformized by the light-diffusing sheet 1881 and then projected to the light guide part 114 .
  • the light-diffusing sheet 1881 can be understood as a sheet-shaped member with a light-diffusing effect, such as an opaque plastic sheet, a frosted glass sheet, etc.
  • the light-diffusion sheet 1881 is made of a light-transmitting white plastic sheet, and the light-diffusion sheet 1881 is directly pasted on the lower surface of the button 11, eliminating the structure of the light-diffusion mask 183, saving costs, and at the same time Make the switch thinner.
  • the side of the button 11 facing the housing 14 is set as a first surface, and a light-transmitting sheet 1883 (not shown in the figure) is laid on the first surface at a corresponding position of the light guide part 114.
  • the light-transmitting sheet 1883 is configured as a rainbow film and can reflect natural light into colored light.
  • the projection of the light-transmitting sheet 1883 on the first surface covers the projection of the light guide part 114 on the first surface.
  • the rainbow film is also called colorful film or colorful film. It is a plastic composite made by melting and extruding two or more resins with different refractive indexes and stacking them at intervals to reach more than 100 layers. The thickness of each layer is only a few hundred nanometers. film.
  • the rainbow film is a transparent film, and its surface reflects colorful luster under light.
  • the rainbow film is pasted on the first surface of the button 11, that is, the rainbow film is arranged below the light guide part 114 of the button 11, so that the light from the button 11 When viewed from the surface, the light guide portion 114 of the button 11 reflects colorful luster, which improves the aesthetics of the button 11 .
  • the electrical connection between the wireless communication module and the detection component may be through a self-generating module or through a battery.
  • the wireless smart switch 102 also includes a power module 21.
  • the power module 21 includes at least one button battery 211 and a PCB board 16.
  • the PCB board 16 and The button battery 211 is electrically connected, and the PCB board 16 is provided with the wireless communication module 13 and the detection part 12 for electrical connection between the wireless communication module 13 and the detection part 12; in this way, the The wireless communication module 13 and the detection component 12 are integrated on the PCB board 16 , and the button battery 211 provides power to the PCB board 16 , thereby completing the transmission of the detection component 12 to the wireless communication module 13
  • Trigger signal the wireless communication module 13 receives the trigger signal of the detection component 12 and sends a wireless message to the outside based on the trigger signal.
  • the model of the button battery 211 is CR2032.
  • the CR2032 button battery 211 has high specific energy, long storage life, small self-discharge, long discharge time, stable discharge voltage, and low operating temperature. The range is -20 ⁇ 70°C, which is very suitable for wireless smart switch 102 products.
  • CR2032 button battery 211 is high-energy and environmentally friendly, does not contain lead, cadmium, and mercury, complies with EU environmental regulations, and meets the modern green environmental protection concept.
  • button batteries 211 is not limited, and one button battery 211 may be provided, or two button batteries 211 may be provided, and so on. Specifically, please refer to Figures 57 and 58. In one embodiment of the present invention, two button batteries 211 are provided.
  • the housing 14 includes an upper housing 141 and a lower housing 142.
  • the upper housing 141 is covered with the lower housing 142 and is detachably connected to the lower housing 142.
  • the button 11 is provided on the upper housing 141; the PCB board 16 is provided on the lower housing 142
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with at least one battery accommodation cavity 22, so The battery accommodating cavity 22 has an opening facing the upper housing 141.
  • the battery accommodating cavity 22 is used to accommodate the button battery 211, that is to say, the power module 21, the detection component 12 and the wireless communication module 13 are both provided on the lower housing 142, thereby reducing the cost of replacing the upper housing 141.
  • the number of battery accommodation cavities 22 corresponds to the number of button batteries 211. Specifically, please refer to Figures 57 and 58.
  • the button batteries There are two 211 provided, and correspondingly, the battery accommodating cavity 22 is also provided with two.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom housing 19.
  • the PCB board 16 is accommodated inside the accommodation cavity 191" embodiment, that is, the button battery 211 is also provided in the accommodation cavity 191; in this way, the battery accommodation cavity 22 is formed between the bottom case 19 and/or Or the isolation cover 18 , that is to say, the battery accommodation cavity 22 may be formed in the bottom case 19 , or may be formed in the isolation cover 18 , of course, it may also be the battery accommodation cavity.
  • Part of 22 is formed on the bottom case 19 and the other part is formed on the isolation cover 18 , thereby reducing the thickness of the lower case 142 , making the wireless smart switch 102 thinner and easier to carry and transport.
  • a part of the battery accommodating cavity 22 formed in the bottom case 19 may be formed on the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 , that is, formed on a portion of the bottom case 19 away from the upper case 141
  • one side wall may also be formed on the PCB board 16 located in the bottom case 19 , thereby reducing the thickness of the lower case 142 .
  • a part of the battery accommodating cavity 22 is formed in the isolation cover 18 , and the other part is formed in the PCB board 16 .
  • connection method of the isolation cover 18 and the bottom case 19 is not limited. Specifically, in some embodiments of the present invention, the isolation cover 18 and the bottom case 19 are detachably connected, Compared with the non-detachable connection method, when there is a problem with the parts in the accommodation cavity 191, maintenance personnel can directly disassemble the isolation cover 18 and the bottom shell 19, which is very convenient to repair or replace the problematic parts. components, the product is more economical to use; further, in some embodiments of the invention, the isolation cover 18 is snap-connected to the bottom case 19; in other embodiments of the invention, the isolation cover 18 is threadedly connected to the bottom shell 19. This connection method can ensure a stable connection between the isolation cover 18 and the bottom shell 19, and its operation is simple and fast, and the cost is low.
  • connection method of the PCB board 16 and the bottom case 19 is not limited. Specifically, the PCB board 16 and the bottom case 19 are detachably connected. Compared with some non-detachable connection methods, it is very convenient. Convenient; further, in some embodiments of the present invention, the PCB board 16 is snap-connected to the bottom case 19. This connection method is simple to operate, does not require tools to assist installation or disassembly, and has high assembly efficiency.
  • the above two technical features can be provided either one or at the same time. Specifically, please refer to Figure 57, Figure 58 and Figure 79.
  • the above two technical features are provided at the same time, that is, the isolation cover 18 is threadedly connected to the bottom case 19, and the PCB The board 16 is snap-connected to the bottom case 19. That is to say, the bottom case 19 is connected to the isolation cover 18 and the PCB board 16 in a detachable connection manner, which facilitates installation and disassembly and improves product use. economy.
  • the bottom wall of the accommodation cavity 191 of the bottom shell 19 is provided with a plurality of mounting posts 192 spaced apart along its circumferential direction.
  • the mounting post 192 has a first mounting hole 193 with an opening facing away from the bottom shell 19 .
  • the isolation cover 18 has a plurality of second mounting holes 18a corresponding to the plurality of first mounting holes 193 .
  • Each of the mounting holes 193 has a first mounting hole 193 .
  • the second mounting hole 18a and its corresponding first mounting hole 193 are sequentially used for a screw to pass through, so that the isolation cover 18 and the bottom case 19 are threadedly connected; the PCB board 16 corresponds to multiple mounting holes.
  • the column 192 is provided with a plurality of clamping holes, and each clamping hole is used for the corresponding mounting column 192 to pass through, so that the PCB board 16 and the bottom case 19 are clamped through the plurality of mounting columns 192 ;
  • the bottom shell 19 is not only threaded with the isolation cover 18 but also connected with the PCB board 16 through the plurality of mounting posts 192, which greatly simplifies the structure and saves space.
  • the plurality of mounting posts 192 are in contact with the side walls of the accommodation cavity 191 .
  • a plurality of the clamping holes are formed on the periphery of the PCB board 16 , and each of the clamping holes is set to Semi-circular holes are formed so that when the PCB board 16 is installed, the inner wall of each clamping hole fits and abuts part of the outer peripheral wall of the corresponding mounting post 192 .
  • the isolation cover 18 includes an isolation cover main body and a plurality of mounting parts provided on the periphery of the isolation cover main body.
  • the plurality of mounting portions are used for threaded connection with the plurality of mounting posts 192 in one-to-one correspondence.
  • Each of the mounting portions is protruding from the periphery of the end of the isolation cover body away from the bottom case 19.
  • the size is set so that after the isolation cover 18 is threadedly connected to the plurality of mounting posts 192, part of the isolation cover body will be located in the accommodation cavity 191 of the bottom case 19 and pressed against the PCB.
  • the PCB board 16 is fixed together with the bottom case 19 to improve the installation stability of the PCB board 16 and at the same time reduce the thickness of the lower housing 142 .
  • a battery fixing structure 23 is provided on the lower housing 142 to detachably install the button battery 211 in the battery accommodating cavity 22, so
  • the battery fixing structure 23 is not only used to fix the button battery 211, but also facilitates the installation or removal of the battery to facilitate replacement of old and new batteries, prolongs the service life of the wireless smart switch 102, and improves practicality.
  • the button battery 211 can be directly inserted into the battery receiving cavity 22.
  • the battery fixing structure 23 includes a movable buckle 231.
  • the movable buckle 231 includes a connecting portion 2311 connected to the lower case 142 and a connecting portion 2311 connected to the lower case 142.
  • the buckling portion 2312 is provided at one end of the connecting portion 2311 close to the battery accommodation cavity 22, the buckle portion 2312 can be close to or away from the battery accommodation cavity 22, And when approaching the battery accommodating cavity 22, it is used to fix the button battery 211 together with the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22; in this way, by providing the movable buckle 231, the button battery 211 can be fixed perpendicular to the battery container.
  • the button battery 211 is limited and fixed in the direction of the bottom wall of the cavity 22 together with the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22 to prevent the button battery 211 from falling off from the battery accommodating cavity 22, thereby improving the The installation stability of the button battery 211; specifically, when installing or disassembling the button battery 211, the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 moves in a direction away from the battery accommodating cavity 22, and moves to the desired position. outside the installation and disassembly range of the button battery 211, thereby ensuring that during the installation or removal of the button battery 211, the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 will not interfere with the button battery 211, so that The button battery 211 is smoothly placed or taken out of the battery accommodating cavity 22.
  • the button battery 211 is placed behind the battery accommodating cavity 22.
  • the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 moves in a direction close to the battery accommodating cavity 22 until it contacts the upper wall of the button battery 211, thereby cooperating with the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22. Fix the button battery 211 to complete the installation and fixation of the button battery 211 to prevent the button battery 211 from protruding from the battery accommodating cavity 22 when the wireless smart switch 102 is active.
  • the movable manner of the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 toward or away from the battery accommodating cavity 22 is not limited.
  • the lower housing 142 moves, or the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 rotates relative to the connecting portion 2311.
  • the above two methods can also be used at the same time, that is, the movable buckle 231 rotates relative to the connecting portion 2311.
  • its buckling portion 2312 is also forced to rotate relative to its connecting portion 2311, thereby quickly completing the installation or removal of the button battery 211.
  • the movable buckle 231 can move relative to the lower housing 142.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with a first escape hole 18e in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22.
  • the first escape hole 18e There is an elastic wall 221 between the battery accommodating cavity 22 and the elastic wall 221 can be elastically deformed in a direction toward or away from the first escape hole 18e under force; the movable buckle 231 is provided on the The elastic wall 221 is so as to be close to or away from the battery accommodation cavity 22 during the elastic deformation process of the elastic wall 221; the side wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the elastic wall 221; that is, by The movable space provided by the first escape hole 18e allows the elastic arm to elastically deform in the direction toward or away from the first escape hole 18e due to its material characteristics, so that the movable buckle 231 When receiving force, the elastic arm is elastically deformed by the force transmitted from the movable buckle 231, so that the movable buckle 231 moves as a whole to stay away from or approach the battery accommodation cavity 22, that is, The buckle part 2312 is far away from or close to the battery accommodating cavity 22 to implement the installation or removal of the button battery 211; more specifically, the material of the elastic wall 2
  • the extension direction of the first escape hole 18e is not limited. Specifically, please refer to Figure 177 and Figure 78.
  • the first escape hole 18e The elastic wall 221 extends along the circumferential direction of the battery accommodating cavity 22 so that the deformation stress of the elastic wall 221 is evenly distributed.
  • the lower housing 142 is provided with two compensation holes 18 b in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22 .
  • Holes 18b are provided on both sides of the elastic wall 221, and each compensation hole 18b is connected with the battery accommodation cavity 22, so that when the movable buckle 231 is forced away from the battery accommodation cavity 22,
  • the side wall of each compensation hole 18b close to the elastic wall 221 elastically deforms in the direction toward the movable buckle 231 to compensate for the elastic deformation of the part of the elastic wall 221 used to connect the movable buckle 231 In this way, when the movable buckle 231 moves in a direction away from the battery accommodation cavity 22, the elastic wall 221 is fully stressed, thereby preventing the deformation stress of the elastic wall 221 from being concentrated on the elastic wall 221 and the battery accommodating cavity 22.
  • connection part of the movable buckle 231 causes the connection between the elastic wall 221 and the movable buckle 231 to break, and the provision of the compensation hole 18b makes it easier for the elastic arm to deform, thereby making it easier to install or disassemble all parts.
  • the button battery 211 is also more convenient.
  • the elastic wall 221 is recessed to a certain extent toward the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22. With a preset depth, the first escape hole 18e is connected with the battery accommodating cavity 22, which reduces the height of the movable buckle 231 protruding from the lower housing 142, which is beneficial to the wireless smart switch 102 Light and thin design; at the same time, the thickness of the elastic wall 221 is reduced due to its recess, so it is more likely to elastically deform when subjected to force, which facilitates operation.
  • one end of the first escape hole 18e is set as a communication end, and the communication end is connected with the battery accommodation cavity 22; that is to say, the The connecting end is located between one end of the elastic wall 221 and the side wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22. Then, when the movable buckle 231 moves closer to or away from the battery accommodating cavity 22, the The force exerted by the side wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22 on the elastic wall 221 is reduced, and the elastic wall 221 is more prone to elastic deformation, which facilitates operation.
  • the position of the movable buckle 231 provided on the elastic wall 221 is not limited, but since it is from the end of the elastic wall 221 away from the communication end to the end of the elastic wall 221 close to the communication end, the The force exerted by the side wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22 on the elastic wall 221 gradually decreases, that is, the end of the elastic wall 221 close to the communication end can move relative to the side wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22. Therefore, Please refer to Figure 78.
  • the movable buckle 231 is disposed close to the communicating end. Compared with being disposed far away from the communicating end, the movable buckle 231 is disposed close to the communicating end.
  • the movable range is larger and the button battery 211 is more likely to move due to force, thereby making the installation and disassembly of the button battery 211 more convenient. More specifically, the movable buckle 231 is provided at one end of the elastic wall 221 close to the communication end to improve the installation and removal efficiency of the button battery 211 .
  • the movable buckle 231 while the movable buckle 231 moves, its engaging portion 2312 can be forced to rotate relative to its connecting portion 2311.
  • the movable buckle 231 is configured as an elastic buckle. According to the material characteristics of the movable buckle 231, when force is applied, its buckle portion 2312 elastically deforms and can rotate relative to its connecting portion 2311; more specifically, the movable buckle 231
  • the material is plastic or rubber, etc., which is low cost and easy to process.
  • the buckle portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 can be moved closer to or farther away from the battery.
  • Accommodation cavity 22 specifically, the part of the battery accommodation cavity 22 away from the open end surface of the bottom case 19 is recessed to form an escape groove, the movable buckle 231 is provided on the bottom wall of the escape groove, and the The movable buckle 231 is spaced apart from the side wall of the escape groove away from the battery accommodating cavity 22 to form a first escape space, and the first escape space is used for fastening the movable buckle 231
  • the buckle part 2312 is allowed to move.
  • the first avoidance space is provided to provide a rotation space for the buckle part 2312 of the movable buckle 231 to ensure that the button is During the installation or removal process of the battery 211, the buckle part 2312 can have sufficient space to rotate to avoid the button battery 211 and not interfere with the button battery 211, thereby ensuring the smooth installation and removal of the button battery 211.
  • the movable buckle 231 is provided in the avoidance groove, so that the movable buckle 231 is flush with or lower than or slightly higher than the open end surface of the battery accommodation cavity 22.
  • the movable buckle 231 is directly provided at the open end of the battery accommodating cavity 22, which can save space and is conducive to the lightweight and thin design of the wireless smart switch 102.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom housing 19.
  • the PCB board 16 is accommodated inside the accommodation cavity 191" embodiment, the movable buckle 231 is provided on the bottom case 19 or the isolation cover 18, and the position of the movable buckle 231 is based on the battery capacity.
  • the installation position of the cavity 22 is determined.
  • the isolation cover 18 is opened with a first accommodation through hole 222 , and the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation hole 222 .
  • the movable buckle 231 is provided on the isolation cover 18 or the PCB board 16; when the battery accommodation cavity 22 is only formed on the PCB board 16, the PCB board 16 is provided with a third Two accommodation through holes 223, the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the second accommodation through hole 223, the movable buckle 231 is provided on the bottom case 19, the PCB board 16 or the isolation cover 18 ;
  • the isolation cover 18 has a first accommodation through hole 222, and the PCB board 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 223, the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223 are connected, the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222 and The second accommodation through hole 223 and the movable buckle 231 are
  • the battery accommodation cavity is A part of 22 is formed on the isolation cover 18 and the other part is formed on the bottom case 19 , that is, the isolation cover 18 is provided with a first accommodation through hole 222 , and the PCB board 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 222 . Hole 223, the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223 are connected, the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223.
  • the movable buckle 231 is provided on the bottom case 19 or the isolation cover 18.
  • the volume of the movable buckle 231 is also different depending on the location of the movable buckle 231; Compared with the movable buckle 231 provided on the bottom case 19 , when the movable buckle 231 is provided on the isolation cover 18 , its length is set shorter, so that the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 It is not easy to break when rotated, and it takes up less space. More specifically, please refer to Figures 57 and 77.
  • the movable buckle 231 is provided on the isolation cover 18 and on the side wall of the first accommodation through hole 222.
  • the movable buckle 231 can move relative to the lower housing 142 , and the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 can rotate relative to the connecting portion 2311 , wherein the side of the first receiving through hole 222
  • the wall includes the elastic wall 221, and the elastic wall 221 is the bottom wall of the escape groove.
  • the battery fixing structure 23 also includes a limit buckle 232.
  • the limit buckle 232 is provided on the side wall or the open end of the battery accommodation cavity 22 and is connected with the button battery 211.
  • the movable buckles 231 are arranged opposite each other to limit the button battery 211 in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22. In this way, by arranging the limiting buckle 232 and the movable buckle 231 The button battery 211 is fixed together to prevent the button battery 211 from falling out of the battery accommodating cavity 22 during the movement of the wireless smart switch 102 .
  • the number of the movable buckles 231 is not limited, and can be one, two, three, etc.
  • the battery fixing structure 23 also includes a limiting buckle 232.
  • the limiting buckle 232 is provided on the side wall or the open end of the battery accommodating cavity 22, and is connected with the The movable buckles 231 are arranged opposite each other to limit the button battery 211" in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22. Only one movable buckle 231 can be provided. The installation stability of the button battery 211 is ensured, and the operator only needs to operate one of the movable buckles 231 to install or disassemble the button battery 211, which is simple and convenient.
  • the movable buckle 231 also has a gripping portion 2313.
  • the gripping portion 2313 is provided on the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22 in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall.
  • the connecting part 2311 is on the side away from the battery accommodating cavity 22, and a second guide slope is provided between the holding part 2313 and the buckling part 2312; the setting of the holding part 2313 is greatly convenient.
  • the operator exerts force on the movable buckle 231, and the setting of the second guide slope has a guiding effect on the button battery 211.
  • the button battery 211 can directly slide into the place along the second guide slope.
  • the battery accommodating cavity 22 makes the installation of the button battery 211 simpler and more convenient.
  • an elastic member 24 is provided in the battery accommodating cavity 22.
  • the elastic member 24 has a natural state and a compressed state pressed by the button battery 211, so that when the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 is away from the button battery 211, the elastic member 24 returns to the natural state from the compressed state, and acts on the button battery 211 to eject part of the button battery 211 from the battery accommodation cavity 22; in this way, by arranging the elastic member 24, When the button battery 211 is not restricted by the movable buckle 231, part of the button battery 211 is forced by the elastic force of the elastic member 24 to pop out of the battery accommodation cavity 22, thereby improving the button battery 211. Ease of removal.
  • the battery fixing structure 23 also includes a limiting buckle 232.
  • the limiting buckle 232 is provided on the side wall or the open end of the battery accommodating cavity 22 and is connected with the movable buckle. 231 are relatively arranged to limit the button battery 211" in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22.
  • the elastic member 24 is arranged close to the movable buckle 231. In this way, When the engaging portion 2312 of the movable buckle 231 is away from the button battery 211, the portion of the button battery 211 close to the movable buckle 231 receives a small force from the limiting buckle 232, and is smaller than the force exerted by the button battery 211.
  • the elastic force of the elastic member 24 ensures that part of the button batteries 211 can be smoothly ejected from the battery accommodating cavity 22 .
  • the form of the elastic member 24 is not limited, and may be an elastic piece, a spring, or the like.
  • the power module 21 further includes a battery elastic piece, the battery elastic piece includes a positive elastic piece 213 and a negative elastic piece 212.
  • the positive elastic piece 213 and the negative elastic piece 212 are electrically connected to the positive and negative electrodes of the button battery 211 respectively. , and are electrically connected to the PCB board 16 respectively; the negative elastic piece 212 is provided on the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22 for contacting and conducting electricity with the bottom wall of the button battery 211.
  • the elastic member 24 includes The negative electrode elastic piece 212; because the negative electrode elastic piece 212 is elastic and is provided on the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22, the negative electrode elastic piece 212 not only has the function of electrically connecting the button battery 211 and the
  • the function of the PCB board 16 can also provide a certain elastic force to the button battery 211 when the button battery 211 is disassembled, so that part of the button battery 211 pops out from the battery accommodating cavity 22 and improves the efficiency of the button battery.
  • 211 is easy to take out, that is, it has the function of the elastic member 24, and there is no need to install another elastic member 24, thereby simplifying the structure, saving internal space, and reducing production costs.
  • a battery removal slot 18c is provided on the lower housing 142.
  • the disassembly groove 18c is connected with the button battery 211 accommodation cavity and is located close to the movable buckle 231; when the buckle 2312 of the movable buckle 231 is away from the battery accommodation cavity 22, it is away from the button battery.
  • the part of the button battery 211 close to the movable buckle 231 is no longer fixed by the buckle part 2312.
  • a disassembly tool can be used to abut the button battery 211 by inserting into the battery disassembly slot 18c. Connect, apply force on the button battery 211, and pry the part of the button battery 211 close to the movable buckle 231 out of the battery accommodation cavity 22 to facilitate the removal of the button battery 211;
  • the type of the disassembly tool is not limited, as long as it can be inserted into the battery disassembly slot 18c to take out the button battery 211.
  • the disassembly tool can be a screwdriver or the like.
  • the lower housing 142 has two compensation holes 18b penetrating through it in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodation cavity 22, and the two compensation holes 18b are respectively provided in the elastic wall. 221, and each compensation hole 18b is connected with the battery accommodation cavity 22, so that when the movable buckle 231 is forced away from the battery accommodation cavity 22, each compensation hole 18b is close to the battery accommodation cavity 22.
  • One side wall of the elastic wall 221 elastically deforms in the direction toward the movable buckle 231 to compensate for the elastic deformation of the part of the elastic wall 221 used to connect the movable buckle 231.
  • the compensation hole 18b can be the battery disassembly slot 18c. That is to say, the disassembly tool can be directly inserted into the compensation hole 18b to realize the button battery. Disassembly of 211.
  • the side walls of the battery accommodating cavity 22 are adapted to the peripheral walls of the button battery 211; in this way, the side walls of the battery accommodating cavity 22 can be enhanced.
  • the limiting effect of the wall on the button battery 211 improves the installation stability of the button battery 211 .
  • the power module 21 further includes a battery elastic piece.
  • the battery elastic piece includes a positive electrode elastic piece 213 and a negative electrode elastic piece 212.
  • the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the negative elastic pieces 212 are electrically connected to the positive and negative electrodes of the button battery 211 and are respectively electrically connected to the PCB board 16; the electrical connection between the button battery 211 and the PCB board 16 is through the The positive elastic piece 213 and the negative elastic piece 212 are realized, and then supply power to the wireless communication module 13 and the detection part 12, so that the detection part 12 can send out a trigger signal, and the wireless communication module 13 can receive the trigger signal. and send messages outward.
  • the negative electrode elastic piece 212 and the positive electrode elastic piece 213 can be an integrally formed structure or a separate structure. Specifically, please refer to Figures 79 to 95.
  • the The negative electrode spring piece 212 and the positive electrode spring piece 213 are both integrally formed structures, and are formed from a base material sheet through cutting, stamping, bending and other processes, thereby increasing the reliability of the battery spring piece and making it easy to process.
  • the negative electrode placement area of the button battery 211 includes the bottom wall of the button battery 211 , but in the present invention, the bottom wall of the button battery 211 is the area of the button battery 211 facing the bottom case 19
  • the negative elastic piece 212 includes a negative current carrying piece 2121 and a negative elastic contact arm 2122 connected to the negative current carrying piece 2121.
  • the negative current carrying piece 2121 is connected to the PCB board 16
  • the negative electrode contacts and conducts electricity
  • the negative electrode elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged corresponding to the battery accommodation cavity 22 to contact and conduct electricity with the bottom wall of the button battery 211; thus, the negative electrode of the PCB board 16 is in contact with the button battery 211
  • the negative electrode is electrically connected.
  • the position of the battery elastic piece is set according to the position of the battery accommodation cavity 22.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom shell 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the The bottom shell 19 forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom shell 19, and the PCB board 16 is received inside the receiving cavity 191; the isolation cover 18 is provided with a first receiving through hole 222, and the PCB board 16 is 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 223, the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222, the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223 are connected,
  • the battery accommodating cavity 22 includes an embodiment of the first accommodating through hole 222 and the second accommodating through hole 223′′.
  • the negative elastic piece 212 is provided between the bottom case 19 and the PCB board 16, and the negative elastic contact arm 2122 corresponds to
  • the second accommodation through hole 223 is configured to be in contact with the bottom wall of the button battery 211 for electrical conduction, so that the negative electrode elastic piece 212 is in contact with the negative electrode of the PCB board 16 for electrical conduction.
  • the shape of the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is not limited. Please refer to Figures 79 to 83, Figure 86, Figure 87, and Figure 92 to Figure 95.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged in a strip shape, please refer to Figures 84 and 85.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged in a semicircular shape, please refer to Figures 88 to 91 , in some embodiments of the present invention, the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged in a U shape, and the processing is simple and convenient.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 extends obliquely in the direction toward the battery accommodation cavity 22 from its end connected to the negative current carrier sheet 2121; it is horizontal compared to the negative elastic contact arm 2122.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged at an angle, so that it can contact the button battery 211 more closely, and through elastic deformation, it can maintain good contact with the button battery 211 within a certain range of movement, thereby improving the negative electrode Reliability of shrapnel 212.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged in a strip shape, a semicircle or a U shape, and the negative elastic contact arm 2122 extends from an end connected to the negative current carrying sheet 2121 toward the battery accommodating cavity 22 The direction is inclined and extended to ensure good contact between the negative elastic contact arm 2122 and the button battery 211 .
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is arranged in a strip shape, and the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is connected to the negative current carrier sheet 2121 therefrom.
  • One end extends obliquely in the direction toward the battery accommodating cavity 22, and its end away from the negative electrode current carrying sheet 2121 is bent in the direction toward the negative electrode current carrying sheet 2121 to form a first contact terminal 2123, so
  • the first contact terminal 2123 is parallel to the negative current carrier sheet 2121, thereby increasing the contact area between the negative elastic contact arm 2122 and the button battery 211, improving contact reliability, thereby ensuring that the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is connected to the button battery 211.
  • the button battery 211 conducts electricity smoothly.
  • the relative position setting of the negative elastic contact arm 2122 and the negative current carrying sheet 2121 is not limited. Specifically, please refer to Figures 84 to 91.
  • the The negative elastic contact arm 2122 is provided on the periphery of the negative current carrier sheet 2121; more specifically, please refer to Figures 87 to 86. Based on the above “the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is connected to the negative current carrier sheet 2121" "One end of the connection extends obliquely in the direction toward the battery accommodation cavity 22", the negative elastic contact arms 2122 are provided with multiple, and the plurality of negative elastic contact arms 2122 are arranged at intervals to achieve the The button battery 211 has multi-point contact.
  • the electrical connection with the button battery 211 can be realized.
  • the connection avoids problems such as disconnection, and the conductive effect is good, further improving the contact reliability and contact stability between the negative electrode spring piece 212 and the button battery 211.
  • part of the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 is cut to form a placement hole 2121i and is connected to the placement hole.
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 on the inner wall of 2121i has a gap between the negative elastic contact arm 2122 and other inner walls of the placement hole 2121i, and the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is separated from the negative electrode carrier.
  • One end connected to the flow sheet 2121 extends obliquely in the direction toward the battery accommodating cavity 22; in this way, when the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is forced to elastically move relative to the negative flow sheet 2121, it will not interfere with the placement of the flow sheet 2121.
  • the inner wall of the hole 2121i interferes, so that the hole 2121i can maintain good contact with the negative electrode of the button battery 211 within its elastic movement range, thereby improving the contact stability.
  • the shape of the placement hole 2121i is not limited. Specifically, in order to simplify the processing and reduce the production cost, please refer to Figures 80 to 83 and Figures 88 to 93. In some embodiments of the present invention, the placement hole 2121i is a square hole, please refer to Figure 79, Figure 94 and Figure 95. In some embodiments of the present invention, the placement hole 2121i is a round hole.
  • the number of the negative elastic contact arms 2122 is not limited. In some embodiments of the present invention, there are multiple negative elastic contact arms 2122 , and the plurality of negative elastic contact arms 2122 are spaced apart. Setting; The arrangement of multiple negative elastic contact arms 2122 enables multi-point contact with the button battery 211, and only one of the multiple negative elastic contact arms 2122 is in contact with the button battery. If the negative electrode of 211 is in good contact, it can achieve electrical connection with the button battery 211, avoid problems such as disconnection, and have good conductive effect, further improving the contact reliability and contact between the negative electrode spring piece 212 and the button battery 211. stability.
  • the above two technical features can be provided either one or at the same time. Specifically, in some embodiments of the present invention, the above two technical features are provided at the same time, that is, the placement hole 2121i is a square hole or a round hole. , and the negative elastic contact arms 2122 are provided with multiple, multiple negative elastic contact arms 2122 arranged at intervals; more specifically, please refer to Figures 1 to 3.
  • the placement The hole 2121i is a square hole; there are multiple negative elastic contact arms 2122, and the plurality of negative elastic contact arms 2122 are arranged at intervals along an inner wall of the placement hole 2121i; this not only facilitates processing, reduces production costs, but also The contact stability and reliability of the negative electrode spring piece 212 and the button battery 211 can be improved.
  • connection method between the negative elastic piece 212 and the PCB board 16 is not limited and can be a fixed connection method. Please refer to Figures 92 to 95.
  • the negative current-carrying piece 2121 is welded to the PCB board 16 to achieve a fixed connection between the negative spring piece 212 and the PCB board 16 to ensure good contact between the two and prevent the problem of disconnection.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18, and the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom shell 19, and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom shell 19, and the PCB board 16 is received inside the receiving cavity 191; the isolation cover 18 is provided with a first receiving through hole 222, and the PCB board 16 A second accommodation through hole 223 is provided, and the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223 are connected.
  • the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223 .
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is provided with a first escape accommodating groove 198 corresponding to the negative electrode elastic piece 212.
  • the first escape accommodating groove 198 It is used to accommodate the negative electrode elastic piece 212 so that the PCB board 16 is in contact with the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 . This can reduce the thickness of the lower case 142 and facilitate the thinness of the wireless smart switch 102 design.
  • the arrangement of the welding structure between the negative current carrier sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 is not limited. Please refer to Figures 80 and 81.
  • the negative electrode current-carrying sheet 2121 is provided with at least one first welding leg 2124, and the PCB board 16 has a first welding hole 16b corresponding to the first welding leg 2124, and the first welding hole 16b is The corresponding first soldering pins 2124 are inserted and welded.
  • the negative electrode current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 adopt both a welding method and a plug-in method, which further improves the efficiency of the negative electrode.
  • a first tin crawling hole 2121a is opened on the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121, so that the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 can be directly connected to the welding structure. Filling the first tin climbing hole 2121a with solder is very simple and convenient.
  • the negative electrode elastic piece 212 and the PCB board 16 can also be detachably connected. Compared with non-detachable connection methods such as welding, problems arise when the negative electrode elastic piece 212 or the PCB board 16 At this time, the problematic parts can be directly disassembled and replaced instead of replacing all parts, thereby reducing the maintenance cost; specifically, please refer to Figure 79 and Figure 84 to Figure 87.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18. The isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom housing 19.
  • the PCB board 16 is received in Inside the accommodation cavity 191; the isolation cover 18 has a first accommodation through hole 222, the PCB board 16 has a second accommodation through hole 223, the first accommodation through hole 222 and the third accommodation through hole 223. Two accommodation through holes 223 are connected, and the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes an embodiment of the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223′′, and the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 is The bottom wall of the bottom case 19 and the PCB board 16 are clamped and fixed to fix the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 to ensure stable contact between the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 and simple assembly.
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is provided with a first limiting groove 194 that opens toward the isolation cover 18.
  • the first limiting groove 194 is used to accommodate the negative electrode elastic piece 212; the PCB The board 16 is pressed on the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 , and the second accommodation through hole 223 of the PCB board 16 is correspondingly connected to part of the first limiting groove 194 , so that the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is in contact with the negative electrode of the button battery 211; in this way, in the horizontal direction parallel to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19, the negative electrode elastic piece 212 is limited in movement by the inner wall of the first limiting groove 194, and in the horizontal direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 In the direction of the bottom wall of the bottom case 19, the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is pressed by the PCB board 16 to limit movement, thereby ensuring stable contact between the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16, and ensuring that the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is in
  • the negative elastic contact arm 2122 is in stable contact with the button battery 211, and the structure is simple in design and easy to disassemble; and the setting of the first limiting groove 194 is conducive to reducing the thickness of the lower case 142, achieving the above Wireless smart switch 102 has a lightweight and thin design.
  • the limiting can also be achieved by setting a positioning post.
  • the bottom case 19 is provided with at least one first positioning post 195;
  • the negative current carrying sheet 2121 is provided with a first limiting hole 2121b corresponding to the first positioning post 195, so
  • the first limiting hole 2121b is adapted to the first positioning post 195, and is used for the first positioning post 195 to pass through to limit the negative current carrying chip 2121;
  • the PCB board 16 has a third Two avoidance holes 16a are used for the first positioning posts 195 to pass through, so that the PCB board 16 can avoid the first positioning posts 195; in this way, the negative electrode load is limited by the first positioning posts 195.
  • the movement of the flow sheet 2121 in the horizontal direction parallel to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is limited by the compression of the PCB board 16 to the movement of the negative current-carrying piece 2121 in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 .
  • the positioning post 195 interferes to ensure smooth installation of the PCB board 16 .
  • the diameter of the second escape hole 16a is larger than the diameter of the first positioning post 195 to ensure that the first positioning post 195 can be fully inserted into the second escape hole 16a to avoid The PCB board 16 interferes with the first positioning post 195, thereby improving the assembly success rate.
  • the number of the first positioning posts 195 is not limited, and can be one, two, three, etc.
  • the bottom case 19 is provided with two first positioning posts 195; the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is provided with two corresponding first limits. hole 2121b; in this way, the contact stability between the negative current carrier sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 can be improved, the production cost is lower, and the product cost performance is improved.
  • the first limiting holes 2121b are respectively formed in the opposite ends of the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121, so that the first limiting holes 2121b are recessed.
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is sandwiched between the two first positioning posts 195; or, please refer to Figures 84 and 87.
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 has a limited position.
  • Hole 2121c, the first limiting hole 2121b is formed on the opposite side walls of the limiting accommodating hole 2121c, so that the negative electrode current carrying plate is disposed at the two first positions.
  • the first positioning post 195 within the range reduces the influence of processing errors and ensures stable contact between the negative current carrier sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 .
  • first limiting groove 194 and the first positioning post 195 can be provided selectively or at the same time.
  • first limiting groove 194 and the first positioning post 195 are provided at the same time to jointly limit the movement of the negative current-carrying sheet 2121, improve the installation stability, and at the same time reduce the size of the lower housing.
  • the thickness of 142 is conducive to the thin and light design of the wireless smart switch 102.
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is snap-connected to the PCB board 16, making installation or disassembly simple and convenient.
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is also provided with the first escape accommodating groove 198 corresponding to the negative electrode elastic piece 212, and the first avoidance accommodating groove 198 is used to accommodate the negative electrode elastic piece 212, so that The PCB board 16 is in contact with the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 , thereby reducing the thickness of the lower case 142 , which is beneficial to the lightweight and thin design of the wireless smart switch 102 .
  • the setting of the clamping structure between the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 is not limited, for example, a clamping structure is provided.
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 includes a negative current-carrying sheet main body 2121d. A part of one end of the negative current-carrying sheet main body 2121d is connected to the negative elastic contact arm 2122, and the other part faces away from the negative electrode. The direction of the negative electrode current-carrying sheet body 2121d is bent to form a first bending connecting arm 2121e.
  • the first clamp arm 2121f is bent in the direction of The arm 2121e and the first clamping arm 2121f together form a first holding structure for engaging with the side wall of the second accommodation through hole 223 of the PCB board 16; the arrangement of the first holding structure realizes The clamping connection between the negative electrode elastic piece 212 and the PCB board 16 is simplified, easy to operate, and easy to disassemble and replace.
  • the negative elastic piece 212 can be elastically deformed by force, so that the angle between the first clamp arm 2121f and the first bending connecting arm 2121e can be adaptively adjusted, that is, the angle between The holding distance between the first clamping arm 2121f and the negative electrode current carrier body 2121d can be adjusted to suit the thickness of PCB boards 16 of different models and sizes, ensuring that the first holding structure and the second capacity are The side walls of the through holes 223 are engaged stably, which prevents the problem that the first holding structure cannot be engaged and fixed on the PCB board 16 due to processing errors, and improves the practicality of the negative electrode spring piece 212 .
  • a first operating arm 2121g is provided at an end of the first clamping arm 2121f away from the first bending connecting arm 2121e.
  • the first operating arm 2121g The end connected to the first clamping arm 2121f is inclined in a direction away from the negative electrode current carrier body 2121d; the first operating arm 2121g is used for people to hold and exert force on the first operating arm 2121g.
  • the clamping arm 2121f facilitates adjusting the angle between the first clamping arm 2121f and the first bending connecting arm 2121e.
  • the negative current-carrying piece 2121 can also be connected to the PCB board 16 by arranging a buckling structure. Specifically, please refer to Figures 88 and 89.
  • the negative current-carrying piece 2121 is connected to the PCB board 16.
  • a plurality of first clamping arms 2125 are protruding from the piece 2121. At least two of the plurality of first clamping arms 2125 are arranged opposite each other, and each of the first clamping arms 2125 is away from the negative electrode.
  • One end of the current-carrying sheet 2121 is provided with two first buckles 2126, and the two first buckles 2126 are arranged oppositely; the PCB board 16 is provided with a first buckle hole corresponding to the first clamp arm 2125.
  • each first fastening hole 16c is used to fasten with the two first buckles 2126 of the corresponding first clamp arm 2125; in this way, the first buckle 2126 and the first buckle
  • the closing holes 16c are fastened together to realize the fastening connection between the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16, and each first clamping arm 2125 is provided with two first buckles 2126 to improve the efficiency of the negative electrode.
  • the coupling strength between the current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 is improved, and at least two first clamping arms 2125 among the plurality of first buckles 2126 are arranged oppositely to improve the coupling strength between the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 .
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is detachably connected to the PCB board 16, due to factors such as processing errors or when the wireless smart switch 102 moves, especially vibrations, the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 and the PCB board 16 are detachably connected. There will be gaps between the PCB boards 16 resulting in poor contact. Therefore, please refer to Figures 79, 84 to 91.
  • the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 is configured to connect with the PCB.
  • the negative electrode of the board 16 contacts the conductive first elastic contact pin 2127.
  • the first elastic contact pin 2127 extends obliquely in the direction toward the PCB board 16 from its end connected to the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121.
  • the first elastic contact pin 2127 is elastically compressed on the PCB board 16.
  • the wireless smart switch 102 moves, especially when it vibrates, the first elastic contact pin 2127 is elastically compressed on the PCB board 16.
  • a gap is generated between the PCB board 16 and the negative current carrier chip 2121 due to forced movement.
  • the first elastic contact pin 2127 can elastically move within a certain range due to its elasticity to maintain stable contact with the PCB board 16. This ensures continuous conductivity.
  • first elastic contact pin 2127 may experience elastic deformation failure due to factors such as overload or large deformation, that is, it may lose its elastic function and may have poor contact with the PCB board 16. Therefore, further, Please refer to Figures 88 and 89.
  • a plurality of first elastic contacts 2127 are provided, and the plurality of first elastic contacts 2127 are arranged at intervals; in this way, a plurality of first elastic contacts 2127 are arranged at intervals. As long as one of the first elastic contact pins 2127 among the elastic contact pins 2127 can make good contact with the PCB board 16, normal power supply can be ensured and stability can be improved.
  • the setting position of the first elastic contact pin 2127 is not limited.
  • the first elastic contact pin 2127 is formed on the periphery of the negative electrode current-carrying sheet 2121; of course, the first elastic contact pin 2127 can also be provided in the middle of the negative electrode current-carrying sheet 2121.
  • the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 is cut to form a first placement through hole 2121h, and a first placement through hole 2121h connected to the first placement through hole 2121h.
  • the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 is provided with a limited position accommodating hole 2121c, and the first limiting accommodating hole 2121c is formed on the opposite side walls of the limiting accommodating hole 2121c. hole 2121b, so that the negative current carrying plate is disposed on the outer periphery of the two first positioning posts 195" in the embodiment, the first placement through hole 2121h can be the limiting accommodating hole 2121c, so that Simplify the structure and streamline the processing technology.
  • one end of the first elastic contact pin 2127 away from the negative electrode current carrier sheet 2121 is bent to form a second contact terminal 2128.
  • Two contact terminals 2128 are arranged parallel to the PCB board 16 for electrical conduction with the negative electrode of the PCB board 16 .
  • the second contact terminals 2128 are arranged so that there is a gap between the negative electrode elastic piece 212 and the negative electrode of the PCB board 16 .
  • the contact is surface contact, and the negative elastic piece 212 is in closer contact with the PCB board 16, thereby further improving the contact stability and conductive effect.
  • a first limiting groove 194 with an opening facing the isolation cover 18 is provided, and the first limiting groove 194 is used to accommodate the negative electrode elastic piece 212; so
  • the PCB board 16 is pressed on the bottom wall of the bottom case 19, and the second receiving through hole 223 of the PCB board 16 is correspondingly connected with part of the first limiting groove 194, so that the negative electrode can be elastic
  • the groove depth of the first limiting groove 194 is the same as Or slightly less than the thickness of the negative current-carrying sheet 2121, that is, the side of the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 facing away from the bottom case 19 is flush with or slightly higher than the open end surface of the first limiting groove 194;
  • the negative current carrier sheet 2121 is
  • a side of the negative current-carrying sheet 2121 facing away from the bottom case 19 is flush with or lower than the The open end surface of the first limiting groove 194, and at least part of the first elastic contact pin 2127 extends out of the first limiting groove 194. In this way, through the inclined setting of the first elastic contact foot 2127 and its elastic performance It can be ensured that the negative current-carrying piece 2121 is in good contact with the PCB board 16. At the same time, since the negative current-carrying piece 2121 is completely located in the first limiting groove 194, the lower housing 142 can be further reduced. thickness of.
  • the positive electrode arrangement area of the button battery 211 includes the upper wall and/or the peripheral wall of the button battery 211.
  • the upper wall of the button battery 211 is the area facing away from the button battery 211.
  • the positive elastic piece 213 includes a positive current-carrying piece 2131 and a positive elastic contact arm 2132 connected to the positive current-carrying piece 2131.
  • the positive current-carrying piece 2131 is connected to the positive current-carrying piece 2131.
  • the positive electrode of the PCB board 16 is in contact and conductive, and the positive elastic contact arm 2132 is provided corresponding to the battery accommodation cavity 22 to be in contact with the upper wall and/or outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211 and conduct electricity; thereby making the PCB
  • the positive electrode of the plate 16 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the button battery 211 .
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom housing 19.
  • PCB board 16 is accommodated inside the accommodation cavity 191" embodiment, the battery accommodation cavity 22 can be provided through the isolation cover 18, or can be provided through the PCB board 16. Of course, it can also penetrate through the isolation cover in sequence.
  • the cover 18 and the PCB board 16 are provided.
  • the isolation cover 18 is provided with a first accommodation through hole 222 corresponding to the button battery 211, and a first accommodation through hole 222 corresponding to the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • a second placement through hole 18d is provided, and the first accommodation through hole 222 is connected with the second placement through hole 18d; the PCB board 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 223, and the second accommodation through hole 223 is provided in the PCB board 16.
  • the through hole 223 is connected with the first accommodation through hole 222, and the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223; in this way, at least part of the positive electrode
  • the elastic piece 213 is located in the second placement through hole 18d, thereby reducing the thickness of the lower housing 142 and realizing a thin and light design of the wireless smart switch 102; wherein, when the positive electrode elastic piece 213 is lower than or flush with When the second placement through hole 18d is away from the open end surface of the PCB board 16, the appearance is improved.
  • connection method between the positive electrode spring piece 213 and the PCB board 16 is not limited and can be a fixed connection method.
  • the positive current-carrying piece 2131 is welded to the PCB board 16, and the positive spring piece 213 is fixedly connected to the PCB board 16 through welding to ensure good contact between the two and prevent disconnection. question.
  • the welding structure form between the positive current carrier sheet 2131 and the PCB board 16 is not limited.
  • at least one second welding foot 2133 is protruding from the positive current carrier sheet 2131
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with a second welding hole corresponding to the second welding foot 2133, and the second welding hole is used for
  • the corresponding first soldering pins 2124 are inserted and welded; in this way, the positive electrode current-carrying sheet 2131 and the PCB board 16 adopt both a welding method and a plug-in method, which further improves the positive electrode current-carrying chip 2131 and the PCB board 16.
  • a second tin crawling hole 2131a is opened on the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131, so that the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 can be directly connected to the welding structure.
  • the second tin climbing hole 2131a can be filled with solder, which is very simple and convenient.
  • the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the PCB board 16 can also be detachably connected.
  • the isolation cover 18 has a first accommodation through hole 222 corresponding to the button battery 211 and a second accommodation through hole 18d corresponding to the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • the first accommodation through hole 222 and the third accommodation through hole 222 The two placement through holes 18d are connected; the PCB board 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 223, the second accommodation through hole 223 is connected with the first accommodation through hole 222, and the battery accommodation cavity 22
  • the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 is clamped and fixedly arranged by the bottom case 19 and the PCB board 16, so as to This fixes the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 to ensure stable contact between the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 and the PCB board 16, and the assembly is simple.
  • a pressing rib protrudes from one end of the first accommodation through hole 222 toward the bottom case 19 , and the pressing rib abuts the PCB board 16 to compress the PCB board. 16, thereby improving the clamping stability of the battery elastic piece by the PCB board 16 and the bottom case 19.
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is provided with a second limiting groove 196 with an opening facing the isolation cover 18 , and the positive current carrier sheet 2131 is provided in the second limiting groove 196; the PCB
  • the plate 16 is provided with a third placement through hole 16f corresponding to the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • the third placement through hole 16f is connected with the second placement through hole 18d and the battery accommodation cavity 22; the PCB board 16 presses is provided on the bottom case 19, and the battery accommodating cavity 22 is correspondingly connected with part of the second limiting groove 196, so that the positive elastic contact arm 2132 can contact the positive electrode of the button battery 211;
  • the second placement through hole 18d and the third placement through hole 16f are arranged so that the positive electrode spring piece 213 is disposed in the second limiting groove 196 and penetrates the isolation cover 18 and the The PCB board 16 is in contact with the positive electrode of the button battery 211 for electrical conduction; in addition, in the horizontal direction parallel to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 , the positive electrode spring piece 213 is secured by the inner wall of the second limiting groove 196
  • the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is pressed by the PCB board 16 to limit movement, thereby ensuring that the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is in
  • the contact is stable, and the positive elastic contact arm 2132 is in stable contact with the button battery 211.
  • the structure is simple in design and easy to disassemble; and the setting of the second limiting groove 196 is conducive to reducing the size of the lower case 142
  • the thickness of the wireless smart switch 102 enables the thin and light design of the wireless smart switch 102.
  • the limiting can also be achieved by setting a positioning post.
  • the bottom case 19 is provided with There is at least one second positioning post 197; the positive current carrier sheet 2131 has a second limiting hole 2131b corresponding to the second positioning post 197, and the second limiting hole 2131b and the second positioning post 197 Adapted to allow the second positioning post 197 to pass through to limit the positive current carrier chip 2131; the PCB board 16 is provided with a third escape hole 16d for the second positioning post 197 to pass through.
  • the second positioning post 197 defines the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 in a horizontal direction parallel to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19
  • the movement of the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 in the direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is limited by the compression of the PCB board 16, thereby ensuring that the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 Stable contact with the PCB board 16; in addition, the PCB board 16 avoids interference with the second positioning post 197 during installation by providing the third escape hole 16d, ensuring smooth installation of the PCB board 16.
  • the diameter of the third escape hole 16d is larger than the diameter of the second positioning post 197 to ensure that the second positioning post 197 can be fully inserted into the third escape hole 16d to avoid The PCB board 16 interferes with the second positioning post 197, thereby improving the assembly success rate.
  • the number of the second positioning posts 197 is not limited, and may be one, two, or three, etc.
  • the bottom case 19 is provided with a second positioning post 197;
  • the positive current carrier sheet 2131 is provided with a corresponding second limiting hole 2131b; more specifically, the The second limiting hole 2131b is provided in the middle of the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131.
  • the second limiting groove 196 and the second positioning post 197 can be provided selectively or at the same time.
  • the second limiting groove 196 and the second positioning post 197 are set at the same time to jointly limit the movement of the positive current carrying plate 2131, improve the installation stability, and at the same time reduce the thickness of the lower housing 142, This is beneficial to the lightweight and thin design of the wireless smart switch 102 .
  • the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is snap-connected to the PCB board 16, making installation or removal simple and convenient.
  • the lower housing 142 includes a bottom housing 19 and an isolation cover 18.
  • the isolation cover 18 covers the bottom housing 19 , and forms a receiving cavity 191 with the bottom case 19, and the PCB board 16 is received inside the receiving cavity 191;
  • the isolation cover 18 has a first receiving through hole 222 corresponding to the button battery 211, and
  • a second placement through hole 18d is opened corresponding to the positive electrode elastic piece 213, and the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second placement through hole 18d are connected;
  • the PCB board 16 is provided with a second accommodation through hole 223,
  • the second accommodation through hole 223 is connected with the first accommodation through hole 222, and the battery accommodation cavity 22 includes the first accommodation through hole 222 and the second accommodation through hole 223".
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is provided with a second escape accommodating groove 199 corresponding to the negative electrode elastic piece 212.
  • the second avoidance accommodating groove 199 is used to accommodate the positive electrode elastic piece 213, so that the PCB
  • the plate 16 is in contact with the bottom wall of the bottom case 19, which can reduce the thickness of the lower case 142, which is beneficial to the lightweight and thin design of the wireless smart switch 102.
  • the setting of the clamping structure between the positive current carrier sheet 2131 and the PCB board 16 is not limited, for example, a clamping structure is provided.
  • the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 includes a positive current-carrying sheet main body 2131c. A part of one end of the positive current-carrying sheet main body 2131c is connected to the positive elastic contact arm 2132, and the other part faces away from the positive electrode. The direction of the positive connecting plate is bent to form a second bending connecting arm 2131d.
  • An end of the second bending connecting arm 2131d away from the main board of the positive connecting plate is bent in a direction away from the positive elastic contact arm 2132.
  • the positive current carrier sheet main body 2131c, the second bending connecting arm 2131d and the second clamping arm 2131e together form a second holding structure for engaging the second container.
  • One side wall of the through hole 223 is provided; the arrangement of the second clamping structure realizes the clamping of the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the PCB board 16, which is simple to process, easy to operate, and easy to disassemble and replace.
  • the elasticity of the positive electrode elastic piece 213 can be elastically deformed by force, so that the angle between the second clamp arm 2131e and the second bending connecting arm 2131d can be adaptively adjusted. So that the holding distance between the second clamping arm 2131e and the positive electrode current carrier sheet body 2131c is adapted to the thickness of the second accommodation through hole 223, ensuring that the second holding structure is in contact with the The side walls of the second accommodation through hole 223 are engaged stably, which avoids the problem that the second holding structure cannot be engaged and fixed to the PCB board 16 due to processing errors.
  • the second clamping arm 2131e The adjustability of the angle between the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the second bent connecting arm 2131d allows the positive electrode elastic piece 213 to be applied to PCB boards 16 of different types and sizes, which improves the practicality of the negative electrode elastic piece 212.
  • a second operating arm 2131f is provided at an end of the second clamping arm 2131e away from the second bending connecting arm 2131d.
  • the second operating arm 2131f The end connected to the second clamping arm 2131e is inclined in a direction away from the positive electrode current carrier sheet body 2131c; the second operating arm 2131f is used for people to hold and exert force on the second clamping arm 2131e.
  • the clamping arm 2131e facilitates adjusting the angle between the second clamping arm 2131e and the second bending connecting arm 2131d.
  • the negative current-carrying piece 2121 and the PCB board 16 can also be snap-connected by arranging a buckling structure. Specifically, please refer to Figures 88 and 89.
  • the positive current-carrying piece 2121 is connected to the PCB board 16.
  • a plurality of second clamping arms 2134 are protruding from the sheet 2131. At least two of the plurality of second clamping arms 2134 are arranged opposite each other.
  • each second clamping arm 2134 away from the positive electrode current carrying sheet 2131 is provided with There are two second buckles 2135, and the two second buckles 2135 are arranged back to each other; the PCB board 16 is provided with a plurality of second fastening holes 16e corresponding to the plurality of second clamping arms 2134, each of which is The second buckling hole 16e is used to buckle with the two second buckles 2135 of the corresponding second clamp arm 2134; in this way, the second buckle 2135 is buckled with the second buckling hole 16e.
  • the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is connected to the PCB board 16, and each second clamping arm 2134 is provided with two second buckles 2135 to improve the positive current-carrying sheet 2131.
  • the coupling strength with the PCB board 16 is improved, and at least two second clamping arms 2134 of the plurality of second buckles 2135 are arranged oppositely to improve the connection between the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 and the PCB board. 16 degree of card connection stability.
  • the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 When the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is detachably connected to the PCB board 16, due to factors such as processing errors or when encountering activities of the wireless smart switch 102, especially vibrations, the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 and the PCB board 16 are detachably connected. There may be gaps between the PCB boards 16 resulting in poor contact. Therefore, please refer to FIGS. 84 to 89 .
  • the positive current carrier sheet 2131 is configured to connect with the PCB boards 16 The positive electrode contacts the conductive second elastic contact pin 2136.
  • the second elastic contact pin 2136 extends obliquely in the direction toward the PCB board 16 from its end connected to the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131; thus, in the When the positive elastic piece 213 is installed on the PCB board 16, the second elastic contact pin 2136 is elastically compressed on the PCB board 16, and when the wireless smart switch 102 moves, especially when it vibrates, the PCB board 16 is forced to move and a gap is generated between the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131, but the second elastic contact pin 2136 can elastically move within a certain range due to its elasticity to stably contact the PCB board 16, thereby ensuring continuous Sexually conductive.
  • the second elastic contact pin 2136 may experience elastic deformation failure due to factors such as overload or large deformation, that is, it may lose its elastic function and may have poor contact with the PCB board 16. Therefore, further , please refer to Figures 84 to 87.
  • the second elastic contact pins 2136 are provided with multiple second elastic contact pins 2136, and the plurality of second elastic contact pins 2136 are arranged at intervals; in this way, the plurality of second elastic contact pins 2136 are arranged at intervals. As long as one of the two elastic contact pins 2136 can make good contact with the PCB board 16, normal power supply can be ensured and stability can be improved.
  • the position of the second elastic contact pin 2136 is not limited. In order to meet different structural design requirements and facilitate mold opening, specifically, please refer to Figures 84 to 87.
  • the second elastic contact pin 2136 is provided on the periphery of the positive current carrying sheet 2131; of course, the second elastic contact foot 2136 can also be provided in the middle of the positive current carrying sheet 2131. Specifically, Please refer to Figures 88 and 89.
  • the positive current carrier sheet 2131 is cut to form a fourth placement through hole 2131g, and an inner wall connected to the fourth placement through hole 2131g.
  • the second elastic contact pin 2136 has a gap between the second elastic contact foot 2136 and the other inner wall of the fourth placement through hole 2131g; in this way, when the second elastic contact foot 2136 is elastically When moving, interference with the inner wall of the fourth placement through hole 2131g is avoided, thereby ensuring good contact between the second elastic contact pin 2136 and the PCB board 16 .
  • one end of the second elastic contact pin 2136 away from the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 is bent to form a third contact terminal 2137.
  • the third contact terminal 2137 is arranged parallel to the PCB board 16 to conduct electricity with the positive electrode of the PCB board 16; the third contact terminal 2137 is arranged so that the positive electrode spring piece 213 is in contact with the positive electrode of the PCB board 16.
  • the contact between them is surface contact, which makes the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the PCB board 16 come into closer contact, thereby further improving the contact stability and conductive effect.
  • the bottom wall of the bottom case 19 is provided with a second limiting groove 196 that opens toward the isolation cover 18, and the positive current carrier sheet 2131 is provided in the second limiting groove 196;
  • the PCB board 16 is pressed on the bottom case 19 , and the battery accommodating cavity 22 is correspondingly connected to part of the second limiting groove 196 , so that the positive elastic contact arm 2132 can be connected to the button battery 211
  • the groove depth of the second limiting groove 196 is the same as or slightly smaller than the positive electrode current carrier sheet.
  • the thickness of 2131 that is, the side of the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 facing away from the bottom case 19 is flush with or slightly higher than the open end surface of the second limiting groove 196; but combined with "the positive current-carrying sheet” 2131 is provided with a second elastic contact pin 2136 for electrical conductivity with the positive electrode of the PCB board 16.
  • the second elastic contact pin 2136 is directed from an end connected to the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 toward the PCB board 16.
  • the side of the positive electrode current carrier sheet 2131 facing away from the bottom case 19 is flush with or lower than the opening end surface of the second limiting groove 196 , and at least part of the second elastic contact pin 2136 extends out of the second limiting groove 196, so that the positive electrode current carrier sheet can be ensured through the inclined setting of the second elastic contact pin 2136 and its elastic performance.
  • 2131 is in good contact with the PCB board 16 , and because the positive current carrying piece 2131 is completely located in the second limiting groove 196 , the thickness of the lower case 142 can be further reduced.
  • the positive elastic contact arm 2132 includes a connecting piece 21321 and at least one conductive piece 21322.
  • the connecting piece 21321 is connected to the positive current carrying piece 2131 and is arranged at an angle with the positive current carrying piece 2131, so
  • the conductive piece 21322 is provided on the outer periphery of the connecting piece 21321 and can elastically move relative to the connecting piece 21321.
  • One side of the conductive piece 21322 is used to contact the upper wall or the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211. , thereby achieving electrical connection between the positive electrode spring piece 213 and the button battery 211 .
  • the connecting piece 21321 is formed by bending from one end of the positive current-carrying sheet 2131, and the bent connection portion 2311 between the connecting piece 21321 and the positive current-carrying sheet 2131 is arranged in an arc. , to prevent the bending connection from breaking, thereby extending the service life of the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • connection position between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 is not limited. Please refer to Figure 79, Figure 82 to Figure 95.
  • the connecting piece 21321 has a The first end connected to the positive electrode current carrying sheet 2131 and the second end opposite to the first end; wherein, the second end of the connecting sheet 21321 is bent to form the conductive sheet 21322.
  • the piece 21322 is located on the side of the connecting piece 21321 facing away from the positive current carrying piece 2131, and is arranged at an angle with the connecting piece 21321, so as to be in contact with the upper side wall or the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211 for conduction.
  • the angle between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 is different, and the contact position between the conductive piece 21322 and the button battery 211 is also different.
  • the angle between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 is an acute angle, and a side of the conductive piece 21322 facing away from the connecting piece 21321 is used to connect with the button.
  • the outer peripheral wall of the battery 211 is in contact with each other; at the same time, please refer to Figures 92 to 95.
  • the angle between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 is a right angle or an obtuse angle.
  • the side of the piece 21322 facing the connecting piece 21321 is used to contact the upper side wall of the button battery 211 .
  • the connecting piece 21321 has a first end connected to the positive current carrying piece 2131 and a second end opposite to the first end
  • the connecting piece 21321 also has a device.
  • the third end and the fourth end are arranged oppositely between the first end and the second end; one end of the third end and the fourth end is bent to form the conductive sheet 21322,
  • the conductive piece 21322 is located on the side of the connecting piece 21321 facing away from the positive current carrying piece 2131, and is arranged at an angle with the connecting piece 21321, so as to contact the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211 Conduct electricity.
  • the structure in which the conductive sheet 21322 contacts the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211 has a smaller contact area with the button battery 211. is larger, the conductivity is more stable; compared with the structure in which the conductive sheet 21322 is in contact with the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211, the structure in which the conductive sheet 21322 is in contact with the upper wall of the button battery 211 has While conducting electricity, it also has the function of defining the button battery 211 in a direction perpendicular to the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22 together with the bottom wall of the battery accommodating cavity 22, thereby improving the efficiency of the button battery 211. Installation stability, and conductive stability of the button battery 211 and the negative electrode elastic piece 212.
  • one end of the third end and the fourth end is bent to form the conductive sheet 21322, and the conductive sheet 21322 is located at
  • the connecting piece 21321 faces away from the side of the positive current-carrying piece 2131, is arranged at an acute angle with the connecting piece 21321, and is substantially parallel to the connecting piece 21321, and the conductive piece 21322 faces away from the connecting piece 21321.
  • One side of the connecting piece 21321 is used to conduct electricity with the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211.
  • the end of the conductive piece 21322 away from the connecting piece 21321 is bent in a direction away from the connecting piece 21321 to form a patch piece.
  • the bent connection portion 2311 between the conductive sheet 21322 and the contact sheet is arranged in an arc to adapt to the outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211 and increase the size of the positive electrode spring piece 213 and the button battery 211. contact area to improve conductive stability.
  • the number of the conductive sheets 21322 is not limited. One conductive sheet 21322 can be provided, or two conductive sheets 21322 can be provided. In this way, as long as there is only one conductive sheet 21322 among the plurality of conductive sheets 21322 Good contact with the button battery 211 can achieve electrical conduction; further, the connection positions of the plurality of conductive sheets 21322 and the connecting sheet 21321 are not limited, and the plurality of conductive sheets 21322 can be spaced apart from each other.
  • One end of the connecting piece 21321 for example, please refer to Figure 95. In one embodiment of the present invention, there are two conductive pieces 21322, and the two conductive pieces 21322 are spaced apart from the second end of the connecting piece 21321.
  • a plurality of the conductive sheets 21322 can also be provided at intervals.
  • FIG 93 for the outer periphery of the connecting piece 21321.
  • three conductive pieces 21322 are provided, and the three conductive pieces 21322 are respectively provided at the second end and the third end of the connecting piece 21321.
  • the three ends and the fourth end are used to conduct electricity with the upper side wall and outer peripheral wall of the button battery 211, and the button battery 211 is provided with the conductive piece 21322 at the second end of the connecting piece 21321 and the battery capacity.
  • the arrangement of multiple conductive sheets 21322 not only makes the contact area between the positive electrode elastic sheet 213 and the button battery 211 larger, but also improves the conductive stability.
  • the button battery 211 is limited, the installation stability of the button battery 211 is improved, and the conductive stability of the button battery 211 and the negative electrode spring piece 212 is improved; among them, due to the plurality of conductive pieces, As long as one of the conductive pieces 21322 among 21322 can contact and conduct electricity with the button battery 211, it can ensure that the positive electrode elastic piece 213 and the button battery 211 conduct electricity normally, thereby improving the reliability of the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • the bent connection between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 can be arranged in a sharp angle or in a curved surface.
  • the bending connection between the conductive piece 21322 and the connecting piece 21321 is arranged in a curved surface, thereby preventing the bending connection from breaking, thereby extending the service life of the positive electrode elastic piece 213.
  • a switch mounting bracket 3 is also provided, including a one-piece frame 31, which is configured to be able to install the above-mentioned wall smart switch 101 and/or Wireless smart switch 102; the one-piece frame 31 is provided with at least one switch mounting position 32, and the wall smart switch 101 or the wireless smart switch 102 is detachably connected to the switch mounting position 32.
  • the detachable connection includes magnetic detachable connection, bolt connection, snap connection, clamping fixation or other implementable detachable fixed connection methods.
  • the function of the switch mounting bracket 3 is to: 1. Facilitate the quick installation and neat arrangement of multiple switches; 2.
  • the wall smart switch 101 and wireless smart switch 102 provided above have magnetic structures, and the switch mounting bracket 3 is made of iron material Made and installed on the wall, and used in conjunction with the magnetic structure of the wireless smart switch 102, the wireless smart switch 102 can be quickly removed from the wall, carried with you, and can be quickly installed into the switch mounting bracket 3, and keep the switches neatly Arrange, convenient and fast. 3.
  • the installation of the wall smart switch 101 has a pre-fixing effect, making it easier to fix the wall smart switch 101 to the wall.
  • the wall smart switch 101 and the wireless smart switch 102 are respectively provided with a housing 14; the switch mounting position 32 is provided with a shape that matches the shape of the housing 14.
  • the second positioning groove 321 is sleeved on the side wall of the housing 14 to position the housing 14 in the horizontal direction.
  • the side wall of the second positioning groove 321 is The bottom wall is in contact with at least a lower surface of the housing 14 to limit the vertical downward displacement of the housing 14 .
  • the second positioning groove 321 is adapted to the shape of the housing 14 of the smart switch. It can be understood that the size of the second positioning groove 321 is slightly larger than the size of the outer contour of the housing 14, so that the housing 14 is installed to the switch.
  • the second positioning groove 321 is sleeved on the outer surface of the housing 14, and the inner wall of the second positioning groove 321 is close to the outer wall of the housing 14.
  • the smart switch is positioned horizontally through the second positioning groove 321.
  • the horizontal direction refers to the horizontal direction shown in the figure, not the horizontal direction when the smart switch is installed on the wall.
  • the fact that the bottom wall of the second positioning groove 321 is in contact with at least the lower surface of the housing 14 can be understood to mean that at least one surface of the housing 14 is in contact with the bottom wall of the second positioning groove 321 , so that the housing 14 14 is positioned in the vertical direction by the second positioning groove 321.
  • the vertical direction and the bottom wall need to be determined according to the figure, and do not refer to the direction when the smart switch is installed on the wall.
  • the at least lower surface of the housing 14 can be understood as at least one downward-facing surface of the housing 14 , and does not specifically refer to the lower surface of the bottom of the housing 14 .
  • a housing passage hole 324 whose shape is adapted to the housing 14 is opened in the center of the second positioning groove 321, and the housing 14 passes through the housing passage hole 324, so that the second positioning groove 321 can pass through the housing through hole 324.
  • the bottom wall of the groove 321 is attached to at least the lower surface of the housing 14; the purpose of opening the housing passage hole 324 is that when the smart switch is a wall switch, since the wall switch has a power strip 17, a power cord needs to be connected , and the need to control the power on and off of the controlled electrical appliances, resulting in a large volume of the wall switch housing 14, and the housing passage hole 324 allows part of the wall switch housing 14 to pass through and be placed inside the wall, so that the switch mounting bracket 3 When installing a wall switch and a wireless switch at the same time, the thickness of the wall switch will be the same as that of the wireless switch.
  • the switch mounting position 32 further includes a third buckle 322 extending from the side wall of the second positioning groove 321 .
  • the buckle 322 is engaged with the housing 14 to limit the vertical upward displacement of the housing 14 so that the housing 14 is detachably fixed to the switch mounting position 32 .
  • the housing 14 includes an upper housing 141 and a lower housing. Body 142, the button 11 is provided on the upper housing 141, and the upper housing 141 is provided with a third buckling position adapted to the third buckle 322 at a position corresponding to the third buckle 322. 323.
  • the third buckle 322 is engaged with the third buckle position 323 to achieve fixation of the smart switch and the switch installation position 32. even.
  • the switch mounting position 32 is provided with a bolt hole (not shown in the figure), and the housing 14 is provided with a bolt passage hole at a corresponding position of the bolt hole.
  • the diameter of the bolt passage hole is It is adapted to the bolt hole so that a bolt passes through the bolt passage hole and is then screwed into the bolt hole to fix the smart switch to the switch mounting position 32 .
  • the switch mounting position 32 is provided with a housing passage hole 324 whose shape is adapted to the housing 14 , and the housing 14 passes through the housing.
  • the body passes through the hole 324, and at least part of the surface facing the switch installation position 32 is attached to the switch installation position 32; the switch installation position 32 is provided with at least one positioning protrusion 325, and the housing 14 is positioned on the switch installation position 32.
  • the positioning protrusion 325 is provided with a positioning hole 326 whose shape is adapted to the positioning protrusion 325 at a corresponding position. The positioning protrusion 325 is inserted into the positioning hole 326 to position the housing 14 in the horizontal direction. position.
  • the positioning hole 326 of the wall smart switch 101 is opened on the sheet metal part 14221, and the positioning hole 326 of the wireless smart switch 102 is opened on the bottom shell 19.
  • the switch mounting bracket 3 has a positioning effect on the wall switch, so that the wall smart switches 101 can be arranged neatly.
  • the purpose of opening the housing passage hole 324 is that when the smart switch is a wall switch, since the wall switch has a power board 17 and needs to be connected to a power cord and needs to control the power on and off of the controlled electrical appliances, the wall switch housing 14 is large in size, and the shell through hole 324 allows part of the wall switch shell 14 to pass through and be placed inside the wall, so that when the switch mounting bracket 3 is installed with the wall switch and the wireless switch at the same time, the wall switch will have the same thickness as the wireless switch in appearance. consistent.
  • the positioning protrusion 325 is integrally formed on the switch mounting bracket.
  • the positioning protrusion 325 there are two positioning protrusions 325 corresponding to each switch installation position 32, and the two positioning protrusions 325 are respectively provided on opposite sides of the switch installation position 32. corner. Wherein, arranging the positioning protrusions 325 at diagonal corners of the switch mounting position 32 can maximize the distance between the two positioning protrusions 325, thereby improving the positioning accuracy of the positioning protrusions 325.
  • the positioning protrusion 325 may also be a single positioning protrusion 325, and the single positioning protrusion 325 cooperates with the housing through hole 324 to achieve positioning of the housing 14. Alternatively, there may be three or more positioning protrusions 325 that jointly position the housing 14 .
  • the switch mounting position 32 is made of iron material, and the housing 14 is provided with a magnet 1416.
  • the housing 14 is adsorbed to the switch mounting position 32 through the magnet 1416, so as to realize The wall smart switch 101 or the wireless smart switch 102 is detachably connected to the switch installation position 32 .
  • the smart switch is provided with a magnet 1416.
  • the switch installation position 32 is made of iron material, which means that part of the switch installation position 32 is provided with iron sheets, or the switch installation position 32 is entirely made of iron material, or in another implementation In this example, the entire switch mounting bracket is made of iron material and is integrally formed.
  • the magnetic structure of the wireless smart switch 102 is used in conjunction with the positioning protrusion 325 to realize rapid disassembly and assembly of the wireless smart switch 102, so that the wireless smart switch 102 can be quickly removed from the wall, carried with you, and quickly installed.
  • the switch mounting bracket 3 keeps the switches neatly arranged, which is convenient and fast.
  • the housing 14 includes an upper housing 141 and a lower housing 142.
  • the magnet 1416 is provided on the upper housing 141, and the lower housing 142 corresponds to the magnet 1416.
  • At least one magnetic attraction piece 1422 is provided at the position, and the magnet 1416 and the magnetic attraction piece 1422 attract each other to realize the magnetic connection between the upper shell 141 and the lower shell 142; wherein, the magnetic attraction piece 1422 is located at the position.
  • the magnet 1416 and the magnetic attraction piece 1422 are adsorbed on the switch installation position 32 .
  • the magnetic attraction structure of the smart switch is described in detail above.
  • the magnet 1416 is provided on the upper housing 141 and the magnetic attraction component 1422 is provided on the lower housing 142.
  • the magnet 1416 attracts the magnetic attraction component 1422 so that the upper housing
  • the body 141 is attracted to the lower housing 142, and at the same time, the magnet 1416 attracts the switch mounting position 32, so that the upper housing 141 and the lower housing 142 are attracted to the switch mounting position 32.
  • the distance between the magnet 1416 and the magnetic attraction part 1422 is greater than the distance between the magnet 1416 and the switch installation position 32
  • the magnet 1416 attracts the switch installation position 32 through the magnetic attraction part 1422
  • the magnetic attraction force between the magnet 1416 and the magnetic attraction piece 1422 is greater than the magnetic attraction force between the magnet 1416 and the switch installation position 32.
  • the advantage of this arrangement is that when the smart switch is installed at the switch installation position 32, only the upper housing 141 is exposed to the outside of the switch installation position 32, and other parts are hidden. The user can only take the upper housing 141 and remove it. At the same time as the housing 141 is put on, the entire switch can be removed, making it convenient for the user to replace the battery, wiring and other operations.
  • switch installation positions 32 there are multiple switch installation positions 32, and the switch installation positions 32 are arranged side by side; the direction in which the switch installation positions 32 are arranged side by side is set to In the fourth direction, the wall smart switch 101 and the wireless smart switch 102 have the same length in the fourth direction, and the length of the wireless smart switch 102 in the fourth direction is set to the first length; in the fourth direction In the direction, the distance between the center positions of two adjacent switch installation positions 32 is greater than or equal to the first length. Therefore, when the smart switch is installed in the switch installation position 32, there is enough gap between two adjacent smart switches so that the two adjacent smart switches will not interfere.
  • the difference between the distance between the center positions of two adjacent switch mounting positions 32 and the first length is less than or equal to 5 mm. Such that when the smart switch is installed in the switch installation position 32, the distance between two adjacent smart switches is less than or equal to 5 mm.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Push-Button Switches (AREA)
  • Switch Cases, Indication, And Locking (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架，墙壁智能开关包括壳体、检测件、无线通信模块、复位部以及至少一按键，按键设置于壳体，按键至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移和反作用力，使得按键至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置；复位部响应于位移而产生复位作用力，复位作用力与检测件的第一回弹力相配合，使得按键在第一按压位置时，反作用力为F1，且在按键自第一按压位置被按压至第二按压位置时，按键的反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；按键在第一按压位置时的位移与在第二按压位置时的位移之差≤2mm。使得按键在提高按压顺滑程度的同时，也能够给到用户清晰的反馈。

Description

一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架 技术领域
本申请涉及开关领域，尤其涉及一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架。
背景技术
智能开关一般由按键、检测件和无线通信模块组成，用户给予按键一操控力使得按键产生运动，按键在运动过程中触发检测件，进而控制开关的通断，无线通信模块用于接收和发送无线信号，开关还可以根据无线信号控制通断。现有智能开关的按键在回弹过程中回弹力跳跃明显，且回弹跳跃的位移较大，导致用户按压按键的段落感较强。
发明内容
为了解决上述问题，本发明提供一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架。
根据本发明实施例的第一方面，提供一种墙壁智能开关，包括壳体、至少一按键、检测件、复位部以及无线通信模块，所述按键设置于所述壳体，所述按键至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；所述检测件可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；所述复位部被设置为支撑所述按键以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；所述无线通信模块与检测件电连接以接收所述检测件的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号控制所述墙壁智能开关的通断；
其中，所述检测件和所述复位部相配合，以使得：所述按键运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；所述按键在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
根据本发明实施例的第二方面，还提供一种无线智能开关，包括壳体、至少一按键、检测件、复位部以及无线通信模块，所述按键设置于所述壳体，所述按键至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；所述检测件可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；所述复位部被设置为支撑所述按键以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；所述无线通信模块与检测件通信连接，以接收对应的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号对外发送无线报文；
其中，所述检测件和所述复位部相配合，以使得：所述按键运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；所述按键在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
根据本发明实施例的第三方面，还提供一种开关安装架，包括一连体边框，被设置为能够安装上述的墙壁智能开关和/或上述的无线智能开关；所述连体边框上设置有至少一开关安装位，所述墙壁智能开关或者所述无线智能开关可拆卸地连接于所述开关安装位。
本发明的有益效果为：
本发明提供的墙壁智能开关和无线智能开关，通过设置与按键配合的复位部和检测件，使得按键在按压过程中产生的反作用力关联于复位部提供的复位作用力和检测件提供 的第一回弹力，且所述复位作用力和所述第一回弹力经配置而使得所述按键自第一按压位置被按压至第二按压位置时的反作用力小于或者等于400g，进而，所述按键的触发过程所需要的按压力能够被控制在400g以内，使得用户按压按键更省力以优化用户体验效果。此外，还通过将按键在第一按压位置与第二按压位置的位移之差设置为小于或等于2mm，使得按键在按压过程中发生跳跃的位移量减小至2mm以内，使得用户按压按键时的卡顿感减弱，提高按键按压的顺滑程度；同时由于按键按压过程中跳跃的位移量减小，按键触发检测件的反馈更干脆，降低了按键按压的粘滞感，使得按键在提高按压顺滑程度的同时，也能够给到用户清晰的反馈。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本发明一实施例的爆炸图；
图2是本发明一实施例的整体结构示意图；
图3是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图4是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图5是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图6是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图7是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图8是本发明一实施例的上壳体结构示意图；
图9是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图10是本发明一实施例的按键正视图；
图11是本发明一实施例的上壳体与下壳体安装示意图；
图12是本发明一实施例的上壳体局部放大图；
图13是本发明一实施例的磁吸件安装示意图；
图14是本发明一实施例的磁吸件安装示意图；
图15是本发明一实施例的下壳体内部结构示意图；
图16是本发明一实施例的电源板结构示意图；
图17是本发明一实施例的接线模块安装示意图；
图18是本发明一实施例的检测件结构示意图；
图19是本发明一实施例的爆炸图；
图20是本发明一实施例的PCB板结构示意图；
图21是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图22是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图23是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图24是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图25是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图26是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图27是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图28是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图29是本发明一实施例的电源板结构示意图；
图30是本发明一实施例的复位部结构示意图；
图31是本发明一实施例的上壳体结构示意图；
图32是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图33是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图34是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图35是本发明一实施例的局部放大图；
图36是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图37是本发明一实施例的上壳体结构示意图；
图38是本发明一实施例的按键结构爆炸图；
图39是本发明一实施例的复位部结构示意图；
图40是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图41是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图42是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图43是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图44是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图45是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图46是本发明一实施例的水平仪结构示意图；
图47是本发明一实施例的爆炸图；
图48是本发明一实施例的PCB板安装壳结构示意图；
图49是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图50是本发明一实施例的通断开关结构示意图；
图51是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图52是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图53是本发明一实施例的局部放大图；
图54是本发明一实施例的按键结构示意图；
图55是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图56是本发明一实施例的扬声器结构示意图；
图57是本发明一实施例的爆炸图；
图58是本发明一实施例的结构示意图；
图59是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图60是本发明一实施例的磁吸件结构示意图；
图61是本发明一实施例的磁吸件结构示意图；
图62是本发明一实施例的剖视图；
图63是本发明一实施例的磁吸件结构示意图；
图64是本发明一实施例的磁吸件结构示意图；
图65是本发明一实施例的开关安装架结构示意图；
图66是本发明一实施例的连体边框结构示意图；
图67是本发明一实施例的开关安装架结构示意图；
图68是本发明一实施例的连体边框结构示意图；
图69是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图70是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图71是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图72是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图73是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图74是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图75是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图76是本发明一实施例的按键按压力-位移曲线图；
图77为图57中隔离盖一实施例的立体示意图；
图78为图77的平面示意图；
图79为图77中无线智能开关的部分结构立体示意图；
图80为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图81为图80中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图82为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图83为图82中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图84为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图85为图84中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图86为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图87为图86中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图88为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图89为图88中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图90为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图91为图90中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图92为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图93为图92中电池弹片的装配示意图；
图94为无线智能开关一实施例的部分结构立体示意图；
图95为图94中电池弹片的装配示意图。
附图标记：
11、按键；111、按键定位销；112、按键卡扣；1121、卡勾部；1122、撑接部；113、抵触部；114、导光部；1141、预定图案；115、显示屏避空位；116、加强座；1161、加强单元；117、涂层；118、弹簧限位部；1191、功能盖；1192、表层盖；1193、夹持部放置槽；1194、定位凸台；1195、第一卡爪；11951、第一卡爪臂；11952、第一卡接孔；1196、按键本体；1197、连接部；11971、第一卡接部；11972、第二卡爪；11973、第二卡爪臂；11974、第二卡接孔；1198、第二卡勾；1199、抵压凸台；
101、墙壁智能开关；102、无线智能开关；
12、检测件；121、导力件；122、弹力跳变器；13、无线通信模块；
14、壳体；141、上壳体；1411、避让部；1412、第一条形通孔；1413、第二条形通孔；1414、第三条形通孔；1415、扣合位；14151、第一导向斜面；1416、磁铁；14161、磁铁安装槽；14162、镂空通孔；14171、第一正向标识；14172、第二正向标识；1418、第二定位部；14181、方形凸起；1419、匀光罩透光通孔；143、避空位；144、第一转轴；145、第二卡接部；1451、卡接轴；146、卡勾通孔；147、水平仪；148、PCB板安装壳；1481、PCB壳定位部；1482、PCB壳卡扣；1483、第二扣合位；149、隔绝板；1491、排针通过孔；
142、下壳体；1421、卡扣活动空间；1422、磁吸件；14221、钣金件；14222、螺钉孔；14223、贴合部；14224、底座部；14225、磁吸件凹陷部；14231、第一外侧壁；14232、第二外侧壁；14233、第三外侧壁；14234、第四外侧壁；14235、钣金件卡扣；14236、第一抵靠部；14237、第二抵靠部；14238、第三抵靠部；14239、第四抵靠部；1424、第一定位部；14241、定位筋；14242、导向部；1425、电源板限位筋；14261、第一接线通孔；14262、第二接线通孔；14264、接线模块放置槽；14265、螺栓限位筋；14266、止挡限位部；1427、散热孔；1428、U形凹陷；1429、电源板定位柱；14291、电源板螺栓孔；
15、复位部；151、弹性限位件；1511、固定端；1512、自由端；1513、第一定位孔；1514、承接部；152、弹性复位件；1521、弹簧；153、簧片；1531、夹持部；1532、变形部；1533、定位通孔；154、第一弹性臂；155、第二弹性臂；
16、PCB板；161、排针；162、U形缺口；163、LED灯；164、显示屏；165、排线；1651、排线连接头；166、排线连接器；16a、第二避让孔；16b、第一焊接孔；16c、第一扣合孔；16d、第三避让孔；16e、第三放置通孔；
17、电源板；171、接线柱；172、接线模块；1721、接线套筒；1722、接线螺栓；17221、螺帽；17222、螺杆；17223、止挡部；173、排母；174、电源板定位孔；175、继电器；176、交流直流转换模块；177、通断开关；1771、第一避空孔；1772、第二避空孔；
18、隔离盖；181、PCB板抵接部；182、扣合檐；183、匀光罩；1831、匀光罩卡扣；1832、隔离盖通孔；1833、匀光罩扣合位；1834、触压通孔；184、显示屏安装位；1841、第一侧部；1842、第二侧部；1843、第三侧部；1844、第四侧部；185、第三正向标识；186、隔离盖卡扣；187、密封部；1881、匀光片；1882、匀光片安装槽；1883、透光片；189、发声器；1891、扬声器；1892、扬声器安装位；1893、扬声器主体；1894、扬声器底座；1895、扬声器导线；1896、扬声器接头；1897、扬声器插接口；1898、发声孔；18a、第二安装孔；18b、补偿孔；18c、电池拆卸槽；18d、第二放置通孔；18e、第一避让孔；
19、底壳；191、容纳腔；192、安装柱；193、第一安装孔；194、第一限位槽；195、第一定位柱；196、第二限位槽；197、第二定位柱；198、第一避让容置槽；199、第二避让容置槽；
21、电源模块；211、纽扣电池；212、负极弹片；2121、负极载流片；2121a、第一爬锡孔；2121b、第一限位孔；2121c、限位容置孔；2121d、负极载流片主体；2121e、第一弯折连接臂；2121f、第一夹臂；2121g、第一操作臂；2121h、放置孔；2122、负极弹性触臂；2123、第一接触端子；2124、第一焊脚；2125、第一卡臂；2126、第一卡扣；2127、第一弹性触脚；2128、第二接触端子；
213、正极弹片；2131、正极载流片；2131a、第二爬锡孔；2131b、第二限位孔；2131c、正极载流片主体；2131d、第二弯折连接臂；2131e、第二夹臂；2131f、第二操作臂；2131g、第四放置通孔；2132、正极弹性触臂；21321、连接片；21322、导电片；2133、第二焊脚；2134、第二卡臂；2135、第二卡扣；2136、第二弹性触脚；2137、第三接触端子；
22、电池容置腔；221、弹性壁；222、第一容置通孔；223、第二容置通孔；
23、电池固定结构；231、活动卡扣；2311、连接部；2312、扣合部；2313、握持部；232、限位扣；24、弹性件；
3、开关安装架；31、连体边框；32、开关安装位；321、第二定位槽；322、第三卡扣；323、第三扣合位；324、壳体通过孔；325、定位凸起；326、定位孔。41、防水透光件；411、透光部；42、磁吸件固定部；421、磁吸件通孔；422、磁吸件固定通孔；43、防滑贴；44、磁吸件凸起。
具体实施方式
在本发明的描述中，术语“内”、“外”、“纵向”、“横向”、“上”、“下”、“顶”、“底”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系，仅是为了便于描述本发明而不是要求本发明必须以特定的方位构造和操作，因此不应当理解为对本发明的限制。
在本发明说明书的描述中，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。
在本发明说明书的描述中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，术语“连接”等术语应做广义理解，例如，可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或成一体；可以是机械连接，也可以是电连接或可以互相通讯；可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连，可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本发明中的具体含义。
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其它实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
请参阅图1-图56，基于图1-图56，本发明所提出的一种墙壁智能开关101被具体阐释，本发明提出的墙壁智能开关101在使用时固定安装于墙壁、地面等固定的安装基准面上，且接入家庭用电电路中，与被控设备电连接，能够控制被控设备通断电，且具有无线通信功能，能够接收无线报文，并根据无线报文内容执行相应的控制指令，从而控制相应的被控设备通断电。
具体地，如图1和图2所示，所述墙壁智能开关101至少包括：壳体14、至少一按键11、检测件12以及无线通信模块13；其中：
所述按键11设置于所述壳体14，所述按键11至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键11至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；所述检测件12可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；所述复位部15被设置为支撑所述按键11以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；所述无线通信模块13与检测件12电连接以接收所述检测件12的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号控制所述墙壁智能开关101的通断。
其中，所述按键11至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动应该理解为，所述按键11的局部部位能够响应所述操控力而发生按压运动，或者，所述按键11整体能够响应所述操控力而发生按压运动，所述按压运动可例如为枢转运动、直线运动或者位移加旋转的复合运动等。所述反作用力应该理解为按键11被按压而发生位移的部位相对于所述操控力所产生的与位移方向相反的反作用力。所述检测件12可以为带自复位功能的按压开关，进而其被触发时能够产生抵抗按键11按压的所述第一回弹力。所述无线通信模块13基于所述触发信号控制所述墙壁智能开关101的通断可以理解为，所述无线通信模块13能够触发开关通断指令，从而控制被控设备的通电与断电，用户可操控所述按键11用于触发所述检测件12，所述无线通信模块13根据检测件12的触发而控制开关通断。进一步的，用户也可对开关发送无线报文，所述无线通信模块13根据无线报文的指令控制开关通断。
其中，如图5所示，所述检测件12和所述复位部15相配合，以使得：所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
可见，上述方案通过设置与按键11配合的复位部15和检测件12，使得按键11在按压过程中产生的反作用力关联于复位部15提供的复位作用力和检测件12提供的第一回弹力，且所述复位作用力和所述第一回弹力经配置而使得所述按键11自第一按压位置被按压至第二按压位置时的反作用力小于或者等于400g，进而，所述按键11的触发过程所需要的按压力能够被控制在400g以内，使得用户按压按键11更省力以优化用户体验效果。其中，需要说明的是，此处的400g表征的是400克物体产生的重力。此外，上述方案还通过将按键11在第一按压位置与第二按压位置的位移之差设置为小于或等于2mm，使得 按键11在按压过程中发生跳跃的位移量减小至2mm以内，使得用户按压按键11时的卡顿感减弱，提高按键11按压的顺滑程度；同时由于按键11按压过程中跳跃的位移量减小，按键11触发检测件12的反馈更干脆，降低了按键11按压的粘滞感，使得按键11在提高按压顺滑程度的同时，也能够给到用户清晰的反馈。
如图5和图69-图76所示，为多个开关按压的力-位移曲线，申请人设计出多种开关结构，配置不同型号的检测件12，并通过压力机进行压力试验，压力机的触头抵压按键11做按压运动，按键11在下压过程中产生位移和反作用力。压力机的触头上设置有力传感器和位移传感器，压力机记录按键11下压过程以及回弹过程中的力-位移曲线，图中纵坐标为所述按压力的值，横坐标为按键11位移量；其中左侧为按压按键11的主按压区域(按键11中间位置)时的曲线，右侧为按压按键11边角位置时的曲线，其任一侧均有两条曲线，上方的一条为按压时的曲线，下方一条为回弹时的曲线。具体的，参见图5和图69-图76中左侧曲线，图5中，F1＝252.62g，S2-S1＜0.2mm；图69中，F1＝50.25g，S2-S1＜0.3mm；图70中，F1＝50.25g，S2-S1＜0.3mm；图70中，F1＝102.27g，S2-S1＜0.3mm；图71中，F1＝130.95g，S2-S1＜0.6mm；图72中，F1＝95.49g，S2-S1＜1mm；图73中，F1＝237.99g，S2-S1＜0.2mm；图74中，F1＝199.55g，S2-S1＜0.3mm；图75中，F1＝341.97g，S2-S1＜0.2mm；图76中，F1＝264.94g，S2-S1＜0.3mm。可见，申请人设计出的开关结构按键11的所述反作用力小于或者等于400g，且按键11在第一按压位置与第二按压位置的位移之差小于或等于2mm。使得用户按压按键11更省力，且提高了按键11按压的顺滑程度。
进一步的，如图5所示，所述复位部15还被设置为能够利用所述复位作用力传动所述按键11发生复位运动，使得所述按键11至少依次经过第一回弹位置、第二回弹位置和第三回弹位置；所述复位件的所述复位作用力与所述检测件12的所述第一回弹力相配合，使得所述按键11在第一回弹位置时，所述反作用力为F3，且在所述按键11自第一回弹位置回弹至第二回弹位置时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4，所述第三回弹位置的所述反作用力为0；其中，F4＞F3≥22g，F2＜F1，且F3/F1＞0.3。当按键11触发检测件12后，用户撤回操控力，按键11产生回弹运动，按键11在回弹过程中，受到复位部15对按键11的复位作用力、检测件12对按键11的第一回弹力、按键11自身变形产生的弹力，同时，按键11回弹过程中，用户手指未脱离按键11表面，按键11依旧受到用户的操控力以及壳体14的支撑力，按键11在这些力的共同作用下发生回弹运动，所述回弹运动因受到各力之间的相互作用的影响，可以是匀速运动、加速运动、减速运动或者是复合运动，按键11的所述反作用力主要由复位作用力和第一回弹力构成；申请人通过控制复位作用力和第一回弹力，并进行结构设计(具体的见下文具体按键结构实施例)，经过多次按压试验，使得按键11自第一回弹位置回弹至第二回弹位置时，按键11的所述反作用力大于或者等于22g，保证了按键11回弹具有足够的回弹力度。参见图5和图69-图76中左侧曲线，F1为检测件12由非触发状态跳变为触发状态时按键11的反作用力，F3为检测件12由触发状态跳变为非触发状态时按键11的反作用力，图5中，F4＞F3＝180.35g，F3/F1＝0.71；图69中，F4＞F3＝33.53g，F3/F1＝0.67；图70中，F4＞F3＝34.95g，F3/F1＝0.34；图71中，F4＞F3＝23.77g，F3/F1＝0.18；图72中，F4＞F3＝35.15g，F3/F1＝0.37；图73中，F4＞F3＝161.51g，F3/F1＝0.68；图74中，F4＞F3＝72.39g，F3/F1＝0.36；图75中，F4＞F3＝199.82g，F3/F1＝0.58；图76中，F4＞F3＝119.21g，F3/F1＝0.45。由上图可见，申请人通过优化复位作用力和第一回弹力之间的配合关系，控制F3/F1＞0.3，以使按键11按下与回弹过程中触发检测件12的力量不会相差太大，降低按键11触发检测件12的粘滞感。
进一步的，F1与F3的差值小于或者等于70g。以使按键11按下与回弹过程中触发检测件12的力量不会相差太大，降低按键11触发检测件12的粘滞感，提高按键11按压与回弹的顺滑程度。进一步的，在一优选实施例中，F1与F3的差值小于或者等于20g。 具体的，参见图69、图70和图72中左侧曲线，图69中，F1-F3＝16.72g；图70中，F1-F3＝67.32g；图72中，F1-F3＝60.34g；
进一步的，如图6和图18所示，所述按键11与所述壳体14活动连接；所述按键11朝向所述检测件12设置有抵触部113，用于抵压并触发所述检测件12，所述检测件12于所述抵触部113相应位置设置有导力件121，所述导力件121响应于所述抵触部113的抵压而产生运动，当所述导力件121运动至一预设位置时，与抵触部113之间的接触力发生跳变，所述按键11与所述壳体14的连接方式以及所述抵触部113相对于所述按键11的位置关系适配于所述导力件121，以使所述按键11被按压时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2，且所述按键11回弹时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4。所述活动连接包括枢转连接、滑轨连接、活动卡扣连接、弹性臂连接或者本领域技术人员能够实施的其它连接方式，所述按键11可被按压而发生运动，包括枢转运动、直线运动或者位移加旋转的复合运动。所述按键11与所述壳体14的连接方式以及所述抵触部113相对于所述按键11的位置关系适配于所述导力件121可以理解为，申请人通过设计多种按键11与壳体14的连接结构，得到按键11与壳体14之间的多种相对运动方式，并通过受力分析，选取合适的连接结构，并进行结构优化，得到符合本发明按压回弹特性的结构；而抵触部113设置在按键11上的位置对按键11的按压回弹力和位移有直接影响，申请人通过改变抵触部113相对按键11的位置，并进行受力分析，得到了符合本发明按压回弹特性的位置，使得按键11被按压时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2，按键11回弹时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4。
进一步的，如图18所示，所述检测件12还包括一弹力跳变器122，所述导力件121抵接于所述弹力跳变器122，并能相对于所述检测件12运动，所述弹力跳变器122被设置为能够接收一抵压力而发生弹性形变，并产生弹力，当所述抵压力达到一预设值，所述弹力发生跳变；当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而发生所述位移时，所述导力件121响应于所述按键11的所述位移而抵压所述弹力跳变器122发生弹性形变，当所述操控力增加到F1时，所述导力件121作用于所述弹力跳变器122的抵压力达到所述预设值，所述弹力跳变器122的弹力发生跳变，以使按键11的反作用力由所述F1阶跃跳变至所述F2；当所述按键11回弹时，所述操控力逐渐减小至F3，所述导力件121作用于所述弹力跳变器122的抵压力达到另一预设值，所述弹力跳变器122的弹力发生跳变，以使所述按键11反作用力由所述F3阶跃跳变至所述F4。其中，所述弹力跳变器122可以是弹片或者弹簧，所述导力件121抵接于弹力跳变器122，并能相对于检测件12运动，所述弹力跳变器122能够接收一抵压力而发生弹性形变，并产生弹力，当所述抵压力达到一临界压力，所述弹力发生跳变，位于弹片右端的金属触点由上极限位置快速运动至下极限位置，从而检测件12切换通断状态(即被触发)。当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而发生所述位移时，按键11直接或者间接抵压导力件121，所述导力件121发生运动并抵压所述弹力跳变器122发生弹性形变，当所述操控力增加到F1时，所述导力件121作用于所述弹力跳变器122的抵压力达到所述临界压力，所述弹力跳变器122的弹力发生跳变，配合复位部15的复位作用力，以使按键11的所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2。当按键11回弹时，操控力逐渐减小，当操控力降低至F3时，所述导力件121作用于所述弹力跳变器122的抵压力达到另一临界压力，所述弹力跳变器122的弹力发生跳变，配合复位部15的复位作用力，以使按键11的所述反作用力由F3阶跃跳变至F4。所述检测件12可以采用微动开关、轻触开关、薄膜开关、压电开关或者本领域技术人员能够实施的其它开关；申请人通过对检测件12进行选型，将其触发力和触发位移参数带入按键11结构进行受力分析，得到符合按键11结构的检测件12型号，使得按键11按压回弹特性达到本发明预期。
进一步的，如图5和图69-图76所示，所述按键11在所述第一按压位置时的反作用力F1与所述按键11在所述第二按压位置时的反作用力F2的差值设为F3，且F3＜0.5F1。所述复位部15配合检测件12的使用，通过合理配比复位作用力和第一回弹力的值，并优 化设计按键11结构、检测件12选型，使得按键11触发检测件12时弹力的跳变量变小，以缓冲按键11对用户手指的冲击力，提高按压的顺滑感。
进一步的，如图5和图69-图76所示，所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移的最大值设为S4，当所述按键11位于所述第一按压位置时，所述按键11的位移设为S3，其中，操控位移余量比(S4-S3)/S4≥0.2。其中，在设计按键11结构时，按键11设计有最大按压量，即所述的位移的最大值，当按键11达到最大按压量时，按键11与壳体14相抵，按键11难以继续下压，所述的操控位移余量比能够反应按键11触发检测件12后能够继续下压的量，在按键11结构设计时控制按键11与壳体14的尺寸配合，使得操控位移余量比大于等于0.2，使得按键11触发检测件12后仍有按压余量，保证检测件12被成功触发。
进一步的，所述按键11边角位置的操控位移余量比大于所述按键11中间位置的操控位移余量比的0.5倍。通过提高按键11的刚性，减小按键11变形量，从而保证按键11边角位置的操控位移余量比与中间位置的操控位移余量比相差不大，从而提高按键11边角位置的按压手感。
进一步的，如图2所示，所述按键11与所述壳体14活动连接，所述壳体14能够限制所述按键11至少两个位移自由度以及至少一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键11能够发生位移和/或旋转的运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件12。所述活动连接包括枢转连接、滑轨连接、活动卡扣连接、弹性臂连接或者本领域技术人员能够实施的其它连接方式。所述壳体14能够限制所述按键11至少两个位移自由度以及至少一个旋转自由度可以理解为，按键11具有3个位移自由度以及3个旋转自由度，壳体14限制按键11至少两个位移自由度以及至少一个旋转自由度，即按键11能够活动的自由度最多包括一个位移自由度以及两个旋转自由度，按键11在壳体14的约束下产生运动，包括枢转运动、直线运动或者位移加旋转的复合运动，具体运动方式由按键11与壳体14的连接结构确定。
进一步的，在本实施例中，如图3和图4所示，所述复位部15被设置为至少一弹性限位件151，所述壳体14于所述按键11相应位置设置所述弹性限位件151；所述弹性限位件151为悬臂梁结构，包括固定端1511以及远离所述固定端1511的自由端1512，所述固定端1511固定连接或者一体成型于所述壳体14，所述自由端1512抵接于所述按键11，为所述按键11提供复位作用力。同时，所述弹性限位件151的所述自由端1512与所述按键11定位连接，以限制所述按键11水平方向上的两个位移自由度以及水平方向上的一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键11能够在竖直方向上发生位移加旋转的叠加运动。所述壳体14于所述按键11相应位置设置所述弹性限位件151可以理解为，所述壳体14设置的弹性限位件151能够抵接于按键11下方或者按键11侧面，为按键11提供复位作用力。所述的定位连接可以理解为，具有定位功能的连接方式，包括按键11与所述自由端1512分别设置定位销和定位柱，定位销与定位柱配合连接，以使所述自由端1512与按键11之间定位；或是按键11开设定位槽，定位槽的形状适配于所述自由端1512，以使所述自由端1512被定位槽定位；或是本领域技术人员能够实施的其它的具有定位功能的连接方式。按键11能够在竖直方向上发生位移加旋转的叠加运动可以理解为，按键11具有3个位移自由度以及3个旋转自由度，壳体14限制按键11水平方向上的两个位移自由度以及水平方向上的一个旋转自由度，放开按键11竖直方向上的一个位移自由度以及竖直方向上的两个旋转自由度，使得按键11响应于所述操控力能够发生倾斜，并向下发生位移，从而抵压并触发检测件12。
本发明提供的智能开关，按键11由弹性限位件151支撑，并由弹性限位件151定位，按键11自由度较高，当按键11被按压时，产生位移加旋转的复合运动，按键11可朝向多个方向倾斜，使得按键11表面更加贴合用户手指，而且按键11各处所需按压力的差异较小，按压按键11各处能达到较为接近的按压手感；同时，弹性限位件151的自由端1512 能为按键11提供弹性的定位效果，当按键11运动时，弹性限位件151的自由端1512不会与按键11发生相对滑动，而传统采用卡扣或者定位板这类刚性定位，在定位的同时，会与按键11或者壳体14之间产生相对滑动，造成较大的摩擦阻力，使得按压按键11产生卡涩感。本发明采用弹性限位件151的弹性定位方案，按键11灵活度更高，运动摩擦力更小，按压反馈更清晰。
进一步的，所述检测件12可以采用微动开关、轻触开关、薄膜开关、压电开关或者本领域技术人员能够实施的其它开关；优选的，所述检测件12为微动开关，微动开关又称灵敏开关，常用于鼠标按键11，相较于轻触开关，微动开关的触点间距比较小，易于触发，一般微动开关触发力只需60g，且触发反馈较轻，触发时发生跳跃的位移量小。微动开关配合所述弹性限位件151的结构，使得微动开关轻微的触发反馈能够被传递出来，在保证了按压顺滑感的同时，又具有清晰的触发反馈。其中，所述60g可以理解为60克物体产生的重力。
如图5所示，为按键11按压力-位移曲线图，纵坐标为所述操控力的值，横坐标为按键11位移量；其中左侧为按压按键11主按压区域(按键11中间位置)时的曲线，右侧为按压按键11边角位置时的曲线，其任一侧均有两条曲线，上方的一条为按压时的曲线，下方一条为回弹时的曲线。由图可见，在所述第一回弹位置时，所述按键11的所述反作用力为F3，且在按键11自第一回弹位置回弹至第二回弹位置时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4；采用所述弹性限位件151的结构配合微动开关使用，经设计计算弹性限位件151的长度，使得F4>F3≥22g，保证了按键11回弹具有足够的回弹力度，其中，第三回弹位置的反作用力为0。同时，所述按键11在所述第一回弹位置时的所述位移设为S1，所述按键11在所述第二回弹位置时的所述位移设为S2，且S1-S2≤2mm，使得检测件12由触发状态转为非触发状态时，按键11产生的位移跳变量更小，使得按压反馈更干脆，提高了按压手感。在一具体实施例中，如图5所示，S1-S2＜0.2mm，由于本实施例的检测件12采用微动开关，触发反馈较小，触发时发生跳跃的位移量小，微动开关配合所述弹性限位件151的结构，使得微动开关轻微的触发反馈能够被传递出来，使得按键11能够实现顺滑且清晰的按压手感。若采用其它检测件12，例如轻触开关，触发反馈较大，所述的S1-S2甚至会超过1mm，按压振感较强，手感不如微动开关。
进一步的，如图3、图4和图7所示，所述自由端1512设置有第一定位孔1513，所述按键11于所述第一定位孔1513相应位置凸设有按键定位销111，所述按键定位销111插设于所述第一定位孔1513，以实现所述按键11与所述自由端1512的定位连接。其中，第一定位孔1513为通孔，按键定位销111为圆柱形或者圆台形凸起，其轴径适配于第一定位孔1513的孔径，使得第一定位孔1513能够限制按键定位销111水平方向的位移，以将所述按键11定位。将按键11定位的有益效果为，能够保证按键11与检测件12的相对位置精度，避免按键11与检测件12之间的位置关系发生偏移，导致无法触发检测件12；同时，将按键11定位，可以使各按键11之间的间隙保持一致，提高美观性。
进一步的，每一所述按键11对应的所述弹性限位件151有多个，相应的，各所述按键11对应的所述第一定位孔1513以及所述按键定位销111也有多个；所述按键定位销111包括一体成型于所述按键11的根部，以及远离所述根部的端部，所述按键定位销111为根部直径大于端部直径的圆台形。将按键定位销111设置为根部直径大于端部直径的圆台形，以便于按键定位销111插设于第一定位孔1513，且能提高按键11的定位精度；原因在于，由于每一按键11对应的弹性限位件151有多个，每一弹性限位件151均具有一第一定位孔1513，当第一定位孔1513的数量为3个或3个以上时，各第一定位孔1513对按键11形成了过定位的结构，如果按键定位销111为圆柱形，会导致按键定位销111无法全部插设于第一定位孔1513，常规解决方法是增加按键定位销111与第一定位孔1513之间的间隙，但这样会导致定位精度降低；本发明的按键定位销111采用圆台形结构，圆 台形的端部具有导向作用，使得按键定位销111能够顺利插设于第一定位孔1513，且插设后随着按键11靠近壳体14，按键定位销111与第一定位孔1513之间的间隙逐渐缩小，以达到精准定位的效果。
在一优选实施中，如图7所示，所述第一定位孔1513为圆台形孔，其朝向所述按键11一侧的孔径小于其远离所述按键11一侧的孔径，所述按键定位销111插设于所述第一定位孔1513后热熔固定。其中，第一定位孔1513朝向按键11一侧的孔径小于远离按键11一侧的孔径，能够使得按键定位销111插设于第一定位孔1513热熔固定后不易脱落。采用热熔固定的有益之处在于，能够进一步减小按键11与上壳体141之间的晃动，提高按键11按压的稳定性，同时能够进一步提高弹性限位件151的定位精度。
进一步的，如图8和图3所示，在第一方向上，各所述按键11对应的所述弹性限位件151从所述按键11的中间位置朝向所述按键11的边缘延伸，所述第一方向为平行于所述按键11一侧面且平行于所述按键11上表面的方向。其中，所述弹性限位件151从所述按键11的中间位置朝向所述按键11的边缘延伸可以理解为，弹性限位件151一体成型或固定连接于壳体14，壳体14于按键11的中间位置延伸出弹性限位件151，并朝向按键11边缘延伸，抵接于按键11的边缘位置，使得各弹性限位件151的复位作用力作用于按键11的靠近边缘的位置，提高支撑的平稳性；其中，所述第一方向已在图8中用箭头示出。
进一步的，各所述按键11对应的所述弹性限位件151有四个，在所述第一方向上，四个所述弹性限位件151两两对称分布，在第二方向上，四个所述弹性限位件151两两并列排布；所述第二方向平行于所述按键11上表面设置，且所述第二方向与所第一方向垂直设置。其中，所述第一方向和第二方向如图8中箭头所示方向，所述的弹性限位件151两两对称分布以及两两并列排布，使得弹性限位件151提供给按键11对称的复位作用力，能够适配于所述按键11位移加旋转的复合运动，按键11可朝向多个方向倾斜，而弹性限位件151提供的对称的复位作用力可以使得按键11受到操控力朝向任一方向倾斜时，受到的复位作用力相近。
同时，四个弹性限位件151提供的对称的复位作用力使得复位作用力容易通过结构设计来控制，申请人通过改变弹性限位件151的角度、厚度、宽度以及长度，经过计算仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
进一步的，弹性限位件151的延伸方向平行于按键11一侧边，使得弹性限位件151于第二方向占用的空间减小，预留出空间便于壳体14布置其它部件
进一步的，结合图8和图3所示，在所述第一方向上，所述弹性限位件151的长度大于所述按键11长度的1/4。由于在第一方向上，所述的4个弹性限位件151两两对称分布，弹性限位件151由按键11中间位置朝向按键11边缘位置延伸，所以控制弹性限位件151的长度大于按键11长度的1/4，使得弹性限位件151在可实施的情况下尽可能加长，在弹性限位件151厚度不变时，其长度越长，柔性越好，越不易发生断裂。
进一步的，如图9、图4和图3所示，所述按键定位销111的所述根部设置有加强座116，当所述按键定位销111插设于所述第一定位孔1513时，所述加强座116抵接于所述弹性限位件151。其中，由于按键定位销111的根部容易出现应力集中，发生断裂，所以在按键定位销111根部设置加强座116，能够防止按键定位销111根部断裂。在一具体实施例中，如图9和图10所示，所述加强座116被设置为四个加强单元1161，所述加强单元1161沿所述按键定位销111的所述根部周向均布；所述加强单元1161、所述按键定位 销111以及所述按键11一体成型。具体的，加强单元1161为方形连接块。加强座116能够加强按键定位销111根部的强度，防止断裂，同时，所述的四个加强单元1161沿按键定位销111周向均布，使得按键定位销111在注塑冷却时，不易发生歪斜，提高了按键定位销111的定位精度。
进一步的，如图7所示，所述弹性限位件151朝向所述按键11的一面在所述第一定位孔1513相应位置平行于所述按键11。即，所述弹性限位件151的所述自由端1512的上表面平行于按键11下表面，以便于第一定位孔1513在注塑成型时保持竖直状态，便于按键定位销111插设入第一定位孔1513，能够提高第一定位孔1513的定位精度；同时，使得按键定位销111插设于第一定位孔1513时，弹性限位件151的上表面于第一定位孔1513相应位置贴合按键11，弹性限位件151与按键11采用面接触，提高了弹性限位件151对按键11支撑的平稳性。
进一步的，如图8所示，所述弹性限位件151由所述壳体14延伸而出，所述固定端1511与所述壳体14一体成型。由于弹性限位件151一体成型于壳体14，无需额外设置复位件，简化了结构，降低了成本，减少了零件数量，减少了装配步骤。如图7所示，所述弹性限位件151为长条形片状结构，其厚度小于所述壳体14的厚度，如图12和图8所示，其两端的宽度宽于中间部位的宽度；所述弹性限位件151能够响应于所述按键11的压力而发生弹性形变，当所述压力撤去时，所述弹性限位件151的所述弹性形变恢复。其中，壳体14需具备一定的刚性，而弹性限位件151需具备一定的柔性，由于弹性限位件151由壳体14延伸而出，将弹性限位件151的厚度做薄，使得保证壳体14刚性的同时，弹性限位件151具有一定柔性。所述的两端的宽度宽于中间部位的宽度可以理解为，在第二方向上，弹性限位件151与壳体14连接部1197位的宽度以及端部的宽度有加宽，由于弹性限位件151的悬臂梁结构，其与壳体14连接的部位容易出现断裂，所以控制弹性限位件151两端的宽度宽于中间部位的宽度，使得弹性限位件151与壳体14连接部1197位的强度得到加强，防止由于应力过大而断裂，同时，缩窄中间部位的宽度，能够保证弹性限位件151的柔性。同时，加宽弹性限位件151的端部，使得第一定位孔1513增大，进而加粗按键定位销111的直径，防止按键定位销111断裂。
进一步的，如图7和图8所示，所述弹性限位件151沿朝向所述按键11的方向倾斜延伸设置，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面设为第一表面，所述弹性限位件151的延伸方向与所述按键11的第一表面的夹角小于或者等于40°。其中，所述第一表面即图7中按键11的下表面，弹性限位件151沿朝向按键11的方向倾斜延伸，能够将按键11向上抬起一定高度，使得按键11具有一定向下活动的空间，保证按键11顺利触发检测件12；同时，由于弹性限位件151抵接于所述按键定位销111的加强座116，所以弹性限位件151向上翘起的高度结合加强座116的高度即为按键11被抬起的高度，因此，弹性限位件151向上翘起能够防止加强座116过高而歪斜，影响定位精度。所述的弹性限位件151的延伸方向与按键11的第一表面的夹角可以理解为图7中弹性限位件151的延伸方向与壳体14上表面的夹角，所述夹角小于或者等于40°，防止夹角过大导致弹性限位件151难以弯曲变形或在弯曲过程中断裂，在一具体实施例中，所述夹角等于7.9°。
在一优选实施例中，所述弹性限位件151的中间部位弯曲一弧度(图中未示出)，所述弧度的圆心朝向远离所述按键11的一侧。由于按键11按压时，按键11朝向壳体14运动，按键11抵压弹性限位件151朝向壳体14弯曲变形。生产加工时预先将弹性限位件151的中间部位弯曲一弧度弧度的圆形朝向远离按键11的一侧，使得弹性限位件151发生所述弯曲变形时，其中间部位不易断裂。
进一步的，如图7和图8所示，所述弹性限位件151与所述壳体14的连接处采用圆弧过渡。由于弹性限位件151朝向按键11倾斜，在弹性限位件151与壳体14连接的部位为弯折点，易出现应力集中，在此处采用圆弧过度，可减小应力集中，防止弹性限位件 151断裂。
在另一实施例中，所述壳体14朝向所述按键11一侧的表面设为第二表面，所述弹性限位件151的延伸方向平行于所述第二表面(图中未示出)，且所述弹性限位件151朝向所述按键11一侧的表面与所述第二表面共面。其中，所述第二表面为壳体14的上表面，在本实施例中，所述弹性限位件151的上表面与所述壳体14上表面平行且共面，使得弹性限位件151由壳体14水平地延伸而出，当弹性限位件151受到压力向下弯曲时，不易出现撕裂点，且弹性限位件151与壳体14的连接处在竖直方向上没有弯折，在此连接处的应力集中现象减弱，使得弹性限位件151不易断裂。相应的，按键定位销111的所述加强座116高度匹配于检测件12的触发位移，以使加强座116抵接于弹性限位件151并将按键11抬起一高度，使得按键11具有一定按压空间，以成功触发检测件12。
进一步的，如图3所示，所述壳体14于所述弹性限位件151远离所述按键11一侧开设避让部1411，所述避让部1411被设置为形状适配于所述弹性限位件151的通孔或者凹槽，所述弹性限位件151响应于所述按键11的抵压而发生变形，其至少部分部位被容纳于所述避让部1411。所述壳体14于所述弹性限位件151远离所述按键11一侧开设避让部1411可以理解为，所述壳体14的上表面于所述弹性限位件151相应位置开设所述避让部1411；所述避让部1411被设置为形状适配于所述弹性限位件151的通孔或者凹槽可以理解为，避让部1411的尺寸稍大于所述弹性限位件151的尺寸，使得弹性限位件151能够被容纳于避让部1411。在一具体实施例中，如图12所示，所述弹性限位件151包括第一侧面、第二侧面以及第三侧面，所述壳体14于所述第一侧面相应位置贯设第一条形通孔1412，于所述第二侧面相应位置贯设第二条形通孔1413，于所述第三侧面相应位置贯设第三条形通孔1414，所述第一条形通孔1412与所述第二条形通孔1413相对设置，所述第三条形通孔1414与所述弹性限位件151的所述固定端1511相对设置；所述第一条形通孔1412、所述第二条形通孔1413以及所述第三条形通孔1414相互连通以将所述壳体14分割出所述弹性限位件151，图7和图3所示，所述弹性限位件151朝向所述按键11翘起，以使所述壳体14于所述弹性限位件151相应位置形成所述避让部1411。其中，所述弹性限位件151由壳体14一体注塑形成，所述第一条形通孔1412、所述第二条形通孔1413以及所述第三条形通孔1414由壳体14注塑时裁切而形成，壳体14在注塑时，在弹性限位件151下方预留空位，弹性限位件151向上翘起，在弹性限位件151的下方形成所述避让部1411。
在另一实施例中，所述按键11朝向所述弹性限位件151开设第一定位槽(图中未示出)，所述第一定位槽的宽度和长度分别适配于所述弹性限位件151的宽度和长度，当所述按键11安装于所述壳体14，所述第一定位槽套设于所述弹性限位件151的所述自由端1512，使得所述第一定位槽被所述弹性限位件151定位，以实现所述按键11与所述自由端1512的定位连接。具体的，弹性限位件151为长方形长条结构，按键11具有一定厚度，按键11的下表面开设所述第一定位槽，第一定位槽为尺寸稍大于弹性限位件151的长方形凹槽，使得弹性限位件151与第一定位槽间隙配合，进而使得第一定位槽能够完全套入弹性限位件151，弹性限位件151抵接于第一定位槽的顶壁。进一步的，当第一限位槽套设于弹性限位件151时，弹性限位件151的侧壁与第一限位槽侧壁的间隙小于0.1mm，以防止间隙过大导致定位精度差。在另一优选实施例中，第一定位槽为下端开口处尺寸大于上端尺寸的梯台形，以便第一定位槽套入弹性限位件151，且第一定位槽上端与弹性限位件151采用过渡配合，当弹性限位件151抵接于第一定位槽的顶壁时，第一定位槽与弹性限位件151之间的间隙缩小，使得定位精度大大增加。
进一步，如图3和图9所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14设置有多个按键卡扣112，所述壳体14于所述按键卡扣112相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣112的扣合位1415，所述按键卡扣112扣入所述扣合位1415，使得所述按键11向上运动的极限位置被限制。 其中，按键卡扣112由按键11一体延伸而出，或者按键卡扣112固定连接于按键11。所述壳体14于所述按键卡扣112相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣112的扣合位1415可以理解为，所述扣合位1415位于按键卡扣112的正下方，且扣合位1415的形状与按键卡扣112的端部相适配，且略大于按键卡扣112的端部，使得按键卡扣112扣入扣合位1415后不能脱离；所述的多个按键卡扣112可以理解为，每一按键11设置有三个、四个、六个、八个或者其它数量的按键卡扣112，各按键卡扣112延按键11周向均布。具体的，当按键卡扣112为三个时，按键11可以设置为三角形(图中未示出)，按键卡扣112设置于三角形按键11的三个角的位置。当按键卡扣112为四个时，按键11可以设置为四边形，按键卡扣112设置于四边形按键11的四个角的位置。当按键卡扣112为六个或者八个时(图中未示出)，按键11可以设置为四边形，按键卡扣112对称地分布于按键11的四边。在本实施例中，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面为矩形，所述按键卡扣112有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，由所述按键11朝向所述壳体14延伸设置。其中，将按键卡扣112设置于按键11的四角处，使得按键卡扣112于按键11四角处对称地限制按键11，能够适配于按键11位移加旋转的复合运动，有利于按键11朝向多个方向倾斜，当按键11的一边角部位受到操控力时，该部位向下产生位移，与该部位呈对角分布的按键卡扣112承担支点的作用，防止按键11向上翘起，便于按键11触发检测件12。而按键卡扣112提供的对称的限位可以使得按键11朝向各方向倾斜时，受到的复位作用力相近。同时，按键卡扣112位于按键11的四角处，使得按键卡扣112之间的间距更大，由于加工误差，各按键卡扣112的高度存在误差，且扣合位1415的高度也有误差，导致按键11上表面不水平，而增大各按键卡扣112之间的距离可以减少高度误差对按键11上表面水平度的影响。
进一步的，如图9和图10所示，所述按键卡扣112的端部设置有卡勾部1121，所述按键卡扣112通过所述卡勾部1121勾接于所述扣合位1415的下边沿，以限制所述按键11向上运动的极限位置；所述卡勾部1121的朝向设置为由所述按键11的所述四角处指向所述按键11中心的方向。所述卡勾部1121可以理解为按键卡扣112的端部横向延伸出一勾状结构，当按键卡扣112扣入扣合位1415时，卡勾部1121的所述勾状结构勾住扣合位1415的下沿，使得按键卡扣112无法向上脱离扣合位1415。由于按键11边角按压时，位于按压部位对角的按键卡扣112承担支点的作用，并朝向按键11外侧倾斜，卡勾部1121朝向按键11内侧能够防止按键卡扣112与壳体14干涉，从而影响按压手感。进一步的，卡勾部1121的朝向相对于按键11的侧边倾斜设置，使得四个按键卡扣112相互配合，能够限制按键11水平方向的位移和旋转，对按键11具有定位的作用。由于按键卡扣112定位精度较低，若只靠按键卡扣112的定位作用，不采用弹性限位件151限位，会使按键11在水平方向上能够发生小距离位移，导致按键11之间的间隙不一，需通过减小按键卡扣112与壳体14之间的配合间隙来提高按键卡扣112定位精度，由此将造成按键卡扣112与壳体14之间摩擦力变大，按压阻力增大。本发明采用按键卡扣112配合弹性限位件151使用，由按键卡扣112预定位，使得按键定位销111对准弹性限位件151的第一定位孔1513，便于按键定位销111装入第一定位孔1513，由弹性限位件151作为主定位，不仅提高了按键11定位精度，使得各按键11之间的间隙一致，而且避免了按键卡扣112与壳体14之间相互摩擦，造成按键11按压的阻力增大和按压卡涩感。
进一步的，如图10所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面设为第一表面，所述按键卡扣112在所述第一表面的投影为第一圆弧形，所述第一圆弧形的圆心朝向所述按键11中心指向所述按键卡扣112的方向，相应的，所述卡勾部1121在所述第一表面的投影为第二圆弧形，所述第二圆弧形的圆心与所述第一圆弧形的圆心位置相同。采用圆弧卡扣能够进一步防止按键11脱离壳体14，且为按键11提供对称的限位，以适配按键11各个方向的按压。相应的，壳体14的所述扣合位1415于壳体14上表面的投影为扇形，且扇 形的圆弧边匹配于按键卡扣112的圆弧形；如图3所示，扣合位1415为一通孔，其朝向按键11一侧于所述扇形的圆弧处设置第一导向斜面14151，便于按键卡扣112卡入扣合位1415。
进一步的，如图11所示，所述壳体14于所述扣合位1415相应位置开设卡扣活动空间1421，所述活动空间被设置为形状适配于所述扣合位1415的凹槽，以防止所述按键卡扣112在运动时与所述壳体14发生干涉。具体的，壳体14包括上壳体141和下壳体142，按键11设置于上壳体141，相应，上壳体141贯设所述扣合位1415，下壳体142于扣合位1415下方开设形状匹配于按键卡扣112的凹槽，以形成所述卡扣活动空间1421。
进一步的，如图3、图6和图9所示，所述按键11于所述检测件12相应位置设置有抵触部113，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12。其中，所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12可以理解为，抵触部113置于检测件12上方，能够直接抵压检测件12；或者抵触部113与检测件12之间设置有防水硅胶套，通过抵压防水硅胶套间接触发检测件12；或者抵触部113与检测件12之间设置有缓冲件，抵触部113通过缓冲件检测触发检测件12，缓冲件用于防止按键11按压力过大损坏检测件12。具体的，检测件12设置于按键11中心位置的下方，按键11中心朝向壳体14一体成型地向下延伸出所述抵触部113。进一步的，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣112的长度与所述抵触部113的长度相适配，使得当所述按键11未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113与所述检测件12之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键11指向所述壳体14的方向。当按键11未被按压时，按键卡扣112勾住扣合位1415，以限制按键11向上运动，防止按键11脱离壳体14，抵触部113与检测件12之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm，即按键11向下按压的空行程小于或者等于1.5mm，提高按键11按压手感；在本实施例中，抵触部113与检测件12之间的间隙设置为0.1mm。抵触部113与检测件12之间预留间隙的目的在于，防止装配误差引起检测件12被预压，甚至导致误触发。进一步的，所述按键11产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm，当所述位移达到所述极限值时，所述按键11至少部分部位与所述壳体14抵接。在本实施例中，所述按键11的边沿朝向所述壳体14延伸出按键11包围部，所述按键11包围部相互围合，以遮挡所述壳体14的部分部位；其中，在所述第三方向上，所述按键11包围部与所述壳体14之间的间距大于或者等于1.2mm，使得所述按键11产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm。其中，按键11包围部包围壳体14部分部位，能够提高按键11的美观性，在本实施例中，控制按键11包围部与壳体14之间的间隙，使得按键11下压的极限行程为1.6mm，若按压按键11边缘位置，根据杠杆原理，按键11边缘下压1.6mm可以使抵触部113下压0.8mm；其中，检测件12采用微动开关，理论的触发行程为0.3mm，理论上抵触部113下压0.4mm即可触发检测件12，实际生产中装配累计公差及按键11变形可能使预留的0.1mm间隙变大，所以理论设计时将按压按键11边缘处的抵触部113下压行程设计为0.8mm，有多余的0.4mm下压行程，可以保证按压按键11边缘位置时仍能成功触发检测件12。
进一步的，如图9和图10所示，所述抵触部113为由所述按键11朝向所述检测件12延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述第一横截面的形状设置为由两个相互交叉且垂直的长方形组成。所述的第一形状可以理解为类似“十”字的形状，作用在于防止注塑时抵触部113局部胶厚引起缩水，导致检测件12不能触发。
在另一实施例中，如图30、图31和图32所示，所述弹性限位件151的所述自由端1512朝向所述检测件12延伸出抵触部113，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键11抵压所述弹性限位件151发生所述形变，所述弹性限位件151带动所述抵触部113触发所述检测件12。在本实施例中，每一按键11对应的弹性限位件151 为一个，弹性限位件151为悬臂梁结构，且朝向按键11一侧翘起，弹性限位件151的末端延伸设置所述抵触部113，如图31和图32所示，所述弹性限位件151于所述抵触部113相应位置朝向所述按键11凸设有承接部1514，所述承接部1514被设置为圆弧形凸起，用于抵接于所述按键11，并带动所述弹性限位件151产生所述形变，当按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，按键11下表面抵压并带动抵触部113触发检测件12。本实施例的有益效果为，抵触部113、弹性限位件151以及壳体14一体成型，保证了抵触部113与壳体14之间的相对位置精度，而由于检测件12安装于壳体14，所以抵触部113与检测件12之间的定位精度有保障；相比于抵触部113设置在按键11上，本实施例将抵触部113设置于弹性限位件151，缩短了抵触部113与检测件12之间的误差尺寸链，更容易保证抵触部113与检测件12之间的定位精度，从而降低制造精度要求。且按键11与检测件12之间不需要定位关系，按键11的定位精度要求降低，按键11与弹性限位件151之间无需定位结构，进而降低了按键11与弹性限位件151的制造成本。
同时，由于上述结构中抵触部113与检测件12之间的相对位置精度被控制的很高，而且采用单个弹性限位件151提供复位作用力，使得复位作用力容易控制且能够被计算出来，且由于弹性限位件151是悬臂梁结构，其复位作用力计算出来可靠性高。申请人通过改变弹性限位件151的翘起角度、厚度、宽度以及长度，经过计算仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
进一步的，上壳体141于检测件12相应位置开设匀光罩透光通孔1419，所述抵触部113能够穿过匀光罩透光通孔1419后抵接检测件12。其中，匀光罩透光通孔1419还用于匀光罩183通过，关于匀光罩183和匀光罩透光通孔1419的技术细节下文有详细说明。
在本实施例中，按键11与弹性限位件151之间无定位结构，按键11由壳体14定位，具体的，如图30和图33所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14设置四个按键卡扣112，所述按键卡扣112的端部设置有卡勾部1121，所述壳体14于所述按键卡扣112相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣112的扣合位1415，当所述按键卡扣112扣入所述扣合位1415时，所述按键卡扣112通过所述卡勾部1121勾住所述扣合位1415的边沿，以限制所述按键11向上运动的极限位置；其中，任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣112的卡勾部1121的设置方向相互垂直。所述的任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣112的卡勾部1121的设置方向相互垂直可以理解为，四个按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121的朝向两两相对设置，两个相邻的按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121的朝向相互垂直。具体的，按键11的上表面为正方形，按键卡扣112有四个，分布于按键11的四角处，四个按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121由按键11四角处朝向按键11中心设置。由此，四个按键卡扣112在水平方向上相互制约，相互配合，能够限制按键11水平方向上位移和旋转，使得壳体14将按键11定位。
在另一实施例中，如图34-图37所示，所述复位部15被设置为至少一弹性复位件152，所述弹性复位件152设置于所述按键11与所述壳体14之间，能够响应于所述按键11的所述位移而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的所述复位作用力。其中，所述弹性复位件152可以理解为具有弹性的零部件，包括但不限于弹簧、扭簧、弹片、弹性泡绵、硅胶等。所述弹性复位件152设置于所述按键11与所述壳体14之间可以理解为，弹性复位件152安装于所述按键11或者所述壳体14，其被夹持在按键11与壳体14之间，弹性复位件152同时抵接于按键11下表面以及壳体14上表面，按键11抵压弹性复位件152发生所述弹性形变，弹性复位件152产生克服所述弹性形变的复位作用力，用于支撑按键11恢复初始位置。
进一步的，如图35和图36所示，所述弹性复位件152为弹簧1521；所述按键11于所述弹簧1521相对位置朝向所述壳体14延伸出弹簧限位部118，所述弹簧1521套设于所述弹簧限位部118，使得所述弹簧1521在水平方向上被限位。所述弹簧限位部118可以理解为按键11向下延伸的柱体，其尺寸略小于于弹簧1521的内径，使得弹簧1521套设于所述弹簧限位部118并被限位。
进一步的，如图36所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面为矩形，所述弹簧限位部118有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，相应的，所述弹簧1521也有四个，分别套设于四个所述弹簧限位部118。其中，所述弹簧限位部118分布于所述矩形的四角处，能够平衡地支撑按键11，适配于所述按键11位移加旋转的复合运动，按键11可朝向多个方向倾斜，而弹性复位件152提供的对称的复位作用力可以使得按键11受到操控力朝向任一方向倾斜时，受到的复位作用力相近。
同时，由于弹簧1521提供的弹力与压缩量是成正比的，且四个弹簧1521提供的对称的复位作用力使得复位作用力容易控制且能够被计算出来，申请人通过测试各种型号的弹簧1521的弹性系数，控制弹簧1521的弹力大小，经过计算仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
进一步的，如图35和图37所示，所述壳体14于所述弹簧限位部118相应位置设置有避空位143，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键11带动所述弹簧限位部118运动，所述避空位143在所述弹簧限位部118相应位置设置避让空间，以防止所述弹簧限位部118与所述壳体14干涉。其中，所述避空位143可以理解为壳体14开设的形状与所述弹簧限位部118相适配的通孔，弹簧限位部118插设于所述避空位143，并能在避空位143中活动。具体的，所述弹簧限位部118为一圆柱体，所述避空位143为圆柱形通孔，避空位143的内壁与弹簧限位部118的侧壁之间设置一定间隙，用于防止按键11倾斜按压时，避空位143与弹簧限位部118干涉；但避空位143与弹簧限位部118之间的间隙不宜过大，因为避空位143对弹簧限位部118具有定位作用，通过避空位143将按键11定位，使得按键11之间的缝隙均匀。在一具体实施例中，避空位143的内壁与弹簧限位部118的侧壁之间的间隙设置为0.2mm。
进一步的，如图35和图36所示，所述弹簧限位部118朝向所述按键11的一端与所述弹簧1521过盈配合，所述弹簧限位部118远离所述按键11的一端与所述弹簧1521间隙配合。其中，弹簧限位部118朝向所述按键11的一端与所述弹簧1521过盈配合可以使得弹簧1521套设于弹簧限位部118后，弹簧1521朝向按键11的一端卡紧于弹簧限位部118的根部，防止装配时弹簧1521掉落，以便按键11安装于壳体14。另外，弹簧限位部118远离所述按键11的一端与所述弹簧1521间隙配合可以使得弹簧1521压缩时不与弹簧限位部118干涉，保证弹簧1521压缩以及恢复的顺滑程度。在一具体实施例中，如图35所示，所述弹簧限位部118为柱形，所述弹簧1521为上端直径小于下端直径的圆台形，其上端被设置为朝向所述按键11的一端，其下端被设置为远离所述按键11的一端；所述弹簧1521上端的直径小于所述弹簧限位部118的轴径，以使所述弹簧1521上端与所述弹簧限位部118过盈配合；所述弹簧1521下端的直径大于所述弹簧限位部118的轴径，以使所述弹簧1521下端与所述弹簧限位部118间隙配合。
在另一具体实施例中，所述弹簧1521为柱形(图中未示出)，所述弹簧限位部118为上端直径大于下端直径的圆台形，其上端被设置为朝向所述按键11的一端，其下端被设置为远离所述按键11的一端；所述弹簧限位部118上端的直径大于所述弹簧限位部118的轴径，以使所述弹簧限位部118上端与所述弹簧1521过盈配合；所述弹簧限位部118 下端的直径小于所述弹簧1521的轴径，以使所述弹簧限位部118下端与所述弹簧1521间隙配合。
进一步的，如图37和图35所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14设置四个按键卡扣112，所述按键卡扣112的端部设置有卡勾部1121，所述壳体14于所述按键卡扣112相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣112的扣合位1415，当所述按键卡扣112扣入所述扣合位1415时，所述按键卡扣112通过所述卡勾部1121勾住所述扣合位1415的边沿，以限制所述按键11向上运动的极限位置；其中，任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣112的卡勾部1121的设置方向相互垂直。所述的任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣112的卡勾部1121的设置方向相互垂直可以理解为，四个按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121的朝向两两相对设置，两个相邻的按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121的朝向相互垂直。具体的，按键11的上表面为正方形，按键卡扣112有四个，分布于按键11的四角处，四个按键卡扣112对应的卡勾部1121由按键11四角处朝向按键11中心设置。由此，四个按键卡扣112在水平方向上相互制约，相互配合，能够限制按键11水平方向上位移和旋转，使得按键11被按键卡扣112定位。虽然壳体14上的所述避空位143对按键11具有定位作用，但由于避空位143与弹簧限位部118的侧壁之间存在较大间隙，定位精度不高，所以配合按键卡扣112对按键11的定位作用，两者定位相叠加，以提高壳体14对按键11的定位精度。
进一步的，如图34所示，所述弹簧1521的长度与所述按键卡扣112的长度相匹配，使得所述按键11未产生所述位移时，所述弹簧1521处于压缩状态。所述弹簧1521的长度与所述按键卡扣112的长度相匹配可以理解为，弹簧1521被夹持在按键11与壳体14之间，而按键卡扣112的长度决定了按键11与壳体14之间的间距，控制按键卡扣112的长度，使得按键11与壳体14之间的间距小于弹簧1521在自然状态下的长度，使得弹簧1521安装在按键11与壳体14之间处于压缩状态。有益效果在于，弹簧1521对按键11具有预紧力，使得按键11在未被按压时，仍然受到弹簧1521的支撑力，保证按键11未被按压时处于上极限位置，提高各按键11上表面的平整度，而且提高按键11的紧致程度，不会出现松松垮垮的情况。
进一步的，如图36所示，所述按键11于所述检测件12相应位置设置有抵触部113，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12。进一步的，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣112的长度与所述抵触部113的长度相适配，使得当所述按键11未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113与所述检测件12之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键11指向所述壳体14的方向，即图35中箭头所指方向。其中，关于所述抵触部113的结构特征以及技术细节前文有描述，此处不多赘述。
在另一实施例中，如图38-图41所示，所述按键11包括功能盖1191与表层盖1192，所述表层盖1192至少部分覆盖于所述功能盖1191，并与所述功能盖1191固定连接；所述功能盖1191与所述壳体14活动连接，且能够直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12。其中，所述表层盖1192可以理解为按键11的外层盖，覆盖于功能盖1191外表面，用于与用户的手指接触，提高按键11的触感以及美观性，所述功能盖1191可以理解为按键11的里层盖，与壳体14活动连接，用于实现按键11的运动、触发检测件12等功能。进一步的，所述表层盖1192与所述功能盖1191的材质不同。所述表层盖1192采用能够提高触感或者美观性的材质，比如金属、玻璃、AG磨砂面板等，所述功能盖1191采用注塑成型的硬塑料。所述表层盖1192与所述功能盖1191固定连接包括使用粘胶或者双面胶粘接、使用卡扣卡接、使用带滑道的卡接或者本领域技术人员能够实施的其它连接方式。
在一些实施例中，如图38-图41所示，所述复位部15被设置为簧片153，所述簧片153包括位于中间部位的夹持部1531和位于所述夹持部1531两端的变形部1532，所述夹 持部1531被夹持在所述功能盖1191与所述表层盖1192之间，所述变形部1532朝向所述壳体14弯曲；当所述按键11产生所述位移时，所述变形部1532被所述壳体14抵压而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的所述复位作用力。所述夹持部1531被夹持在所述功能盖1191与所述表层盖1192之间可以理解为，表层盖1192贴附于功能盖1191上表面，所述夹持部1531设置于表层盖1192与功能盖1191之间，所述变形部1532朝向所述壳体14弯曲可以理解为，位于所述簧片153两端的变形部1532朝向壳体14倾斜弯曲，所述功能盖1191于变形部1532对应位置开设通孔，以供所述变形部1532穿过功能盖1191的通孔后抵接于壳体14表面。所述变形部1532被所述壳体14抵压而发生弹性形变可以理解为，所述簧片153采用弹性材质制成，在本实施例中，簧片153采用弹簧1521钢制成，能够被抵压而发生弹性形变，并产生复位作用力。
在本实施例中，簧片153的变形部1532通过抵压变形提供复位作用力，该复位作用力的影响因素较少，使得复位作用力容易通过结构设计来控制，申请人通过改变簧片153的翘起角度、厚度、宽度以及长度，经过计算以及仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
在一具体实施例中，如图38和图39所示，所述功能盖1191朝向所述夹持部1531凹设有夹持部放置槽1193，所述夹持部放置槽1193的形状能够包容所述夹持部1531，所述夹持部放置槽1193的深度大于或者等于所述夹持部1531的厚度，以使所述表层盖1192盖设于所述功能盖1191时，所述表层盖1192与所述功能盖1191相贴合。所述表层盖1192与所述功能盖1191相贴合可以理解为，所述表层盖1192盖设于功能盖1191时，表层盖1192不被夹持部1531顶起，表层盖1192的下表面能够贴合于功能盖1191的上表面。
进一步的，如图38和图39所示，所述簧片153的所述夹持部1531开设有至少一定位通孔1533，所述功能盖1191于所述定位通孔1533相应位置凸设有定位凸台1194，所述定位凸台1194的尺寸适配于所述定位通孔1533，使得所述定位凸台1194插设于所述定位通孔1533，将所述簧片153定位。其中，所述定位凸台1194可以理解为功能盖1191朝向所述表层盖1192凸出设置的圆柱形凸台，所述定位通孔1533的孔径适配于定位凸台1194的外径，使得定位通孔1533套设于定位凸台1194，使得簧片153在水平方向上被按键11定位，且定位通孔1533与定位凸台1194采用过渡配合或者小间隙的配合，以提高定位精度。当定位通孔1533只有一个时，仅靠定位通孔1533与定位凸台1194的配合只能限制簧片153水平位移自由度，不能限制簧片153的水平旋转自由度，需使夹持部放置槽1193的宽度适配于夹持部1531的宽度，通过夹持部放置槽1193限制簧片153的水平旋转自由度。由于簧片153被夹持在表层盖1192与功能盖1191之间，其竖直方向的位移自由度以及旋转自由度被限制。
进一步的，如图38和图39所示，所述定位通孔1533至少有两个，延所述夹持部1531的长边方向间隔排布。当定位通孔1533有两个或者三个时，通过两个定位通孔1533以及相应的两个定位凸台1194配合，能够限制簧片153水平位移以及水平旋转自由度；由于簧片153被夹持在表层盖1192与功能盖1191之间，其竖直方向的位移自由度以及旋转自由度被限制，进而簧片153的所有自由度都被表层盖1192与功能盖1191限制。
进一步的，如图39和图40所示，所述变形部1532的末端贴合于所述壳体14的上表面，所述壳体14的上表面为所述壳体14朝向所述按键11的一面。其中，所述变形部1532的末端贴合于所述壳体14的上表面可以理解为，变形部1532的末端朝向水平方向弯折，使得变形部1532的末端平行于壳体14上表面，有益效果在于，由于簧片153提供的复位作用力是通过抵压簧片153变形后产生的，簧片153变形时变形部1532的末端会相对壳 体14向外侧滑移，若变形部1532朝向壳体14倾斜，变形部1532末端会像铲子一样铲划壳体14上表面，会带来较大的滑移阻力，造成按压按键11阻力大，同时会对壳体14上表面造成较大磨损；由此，本实施例将变形部1532的末端平行于壳体14上表面，使得变形部1532末端与壳体14上表面贴合，由线接触转变为面接触，降低了接触应力，减小了变形部1532末端滑移的阻力，使得按键11按压更加顺滑，同时减小了壳体14上表面的磨损。
进一步的，所述壳体14的与所述簧片153接触的部位设置有耐磨件(图中未示出)，当所述按键11运动时，所述簧片153的末端抵压所述耐磨件并与所述耐磨件发生相对运动。其中，所述壳体14的与所述簧片153接触的部位设置有耐磨件可以理解为，耐磨件固定贴附于壳体14上表面，包括粘接或者卡接于壳体14上表面，耐磨件采用金属薄片或者玻璃片或者耐磨塑料等材料制成，耐磨件表面具有较高的耐磨性，当按键11运动时，按键11压缩簧片153，使得所述变形部1532发生弹性形变，变形部1532的末端在壳体14上表面产生滑移，由于簧片153一般采用硬质金属制成，会对壳体14上表面造成磨损，所以在簧片153与壳体14接触的部位设置耐磨件，簧片153抵接于耐磨件表面，防止壳体14上表面磨损。同时，耐磨件的表面更光滑，可以进一步提升按压按键11的顺滑感。
进一步的，如图41和图38所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14设置有多个按键卡扣112，所述壳体14于所述按键卡扣112相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣112的扣合位1415，所述按键卡扣112扣入所述扣合位1415，使得所述按键11向上运动的极限位置被限制。进一步的，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面为矩形，所述按键卡扣112有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，由所述按键11朝向所述壳体14延伸设置；各按键卡扣112相互配合以限制按键11水平方向上的两个位移自由度和一个旋转自由度。其中，关于所述按键卡扣112的结构特征以及技术细节前文有描述，此处不多赘述。
进一步的，如图40所示，所述按键卡扣112的长度与所述变形部1532朝向所述壳体14弯曲的高度相适配，使得所述按键11未发生所述位移时，所述变形部1532的末端抵压于所述壳体14。所述按键卡扣112的长度与所述变形部1532弯曲的高度相适配可以理解为，簧片153的变形部1532朝向壳体14弯曲，簧片153的夹持部1531固定于按键11，变形部1532末端抵接于壳体14上表面，变形部1532被夹持在按键11与壳体14之间，而按键卡扣112的长度决定了按键11与壳体14之间的间距，控制按键卡扣112的长度，使得按键11与壳体14之间的间距小于簧片153在自然状态下的变形部1532弯曲的高度，使得按键11安装于壳体14时，簧片153的变形部1532处于被抵压变形的状态。有益效果在于，簧片153对按键11具有预紧力，使得按键11在未被按压时，仍然受到簧片153的支撑力，保证按键11未被按压时处于上极限位置，提高各按键11上表面的平整度，而且提高按键11的紧致程度，不会出现松松垮垮的情况。
进一步的，如图41所示，所述按键11于所述检测件12相应位置设置有抵触部113，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12。进一步的，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣112的长度与所述抵触部113的长度相适配，使得当所述按键11未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113与所述检测件12之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键11指向所述壳体14的方向，即图40中箭头所指方向。其中，关于所述抵触部113的结构特征以及技术细节前文有描述，此处不多赘述。
在一些实施中，如图43所示，所述按键11与所述壳体14枢转连接，以限制所述按键11三个位移自由度以及两个旋转自由度；所述按键11响应于所述操控力而基于所述壳体14做枢转运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件12。其中，所述按键11与所述壳体14枢转连接可以理解为，按键11可绕壳体14的一旋转轴旋转，其具体结构包括：轴孔 式枢转连接、卡接式枢转连接、抵接式枢转连接等，其具体结构见下文描述。所述壳体14在运动过程中触发所述检测件12可以理解为，检测件12设置于壳体14枢转运动的轨迹点，使得壳体14在枢转运动时抵压检测件12，从而触发检测件12。
本实施例中，按键11与壳体14枢转连接，按键11相当于一杠杆，其受力关系比较简单，只需计算出复位作用力，即可获得对应的所述反作用力，而由弹性臂提供的复位作用力容易通过结构设计来控制，申请人通过控制弹性臂的复位作用力即可控制所述反作用力，经过计算仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
进一步的，如图42和图43所示，所述按键11中间位置与所述壳体14枢转连接，所述按键11两端能够接收所述操控力以产生所述枢转运动。其中，壳体14于按键11两端的位置分别设置有检测件12，按键11两端均能被按压而触发对应的检测件12，这样设计的好处在于，一个按键11的两端对应两个按压功能，能够节省按键11数量，使得开关在有限的按键11面板空间内实现更多的按压功能。
在另一实施例中，所述按键11的一端与所述壳体14枢转连接(图中未示出)，另一端能够接收所述操控力以产生所述枢转运动。其中，将枢转轴设于按键11的一端，按压按键11的另一端以使按键11基于枢转轴做枢转运动，这样设计的好处在于，按键11被按压的面积增大，不易误触，同时，按键11相当于省力杠杆，将枢转轴设置于按键11的端部，使得动力臂变长，提升按压手感。
进一步的，如图42所示，所述按键11朝向所述检测件12设置有抵触部113，所述按键11响应于所述操控力而基于所述壳体14做枢转运动，带动所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12。关于所述抵触部113的结构特征以及技术细节前文有描述，此处不多赘述。
在一些实施例中，如图42和图43所示，所述按键11与所述壳体14之间设置有间隙配合的枢转轴和转轴孔(图中未示出)，所述枢转轴和所述转轴孔中之一设于所述按键11，另一设于所述壳体14，所述枢转轴插设于所述转轴孔，使得所述按键11能够基于所述枢转轴做枢转运动。在一具体实施例中，所述按键11的两侧边分别凸设枢转轴，两个枢转轴的中心轴线共线，所述壳体14的内侧面于两个枢转轴相应位置分别凹设转轴孔，转轴孔与枢转轴间隙配合，枢转轴能在转轴孔中旋转，枢转轴的下端设置有导向斜面，使得枢转轴能够从上至下卡入转轴孔。
在一些实施例中，如图42所示，所述按键11与所述壳体14之间设置有第一卡爪1195和第一转轴144，所述第一卡爪1195和所述第一转轴144中之一设于所述按键11，另一设于所述壳体14；所述第一卡爪1195卡接于所述第一转轴144且与所述第一转轴144间隙配合，使得所述第一卡爪1195与所述第一转轴144能够发生相对转动，从而使得所述按键11能够基于所述第一转轴144做枢转运动。在一优选实施例中，所述按键11中间位置朝向所述壳体14并列设置两个第一卡爪1195，壳体14于第一卡爪1195相应位置一体成型地凸设有第一转轴144。所述第一卡爪1195包括两个相对设置且不接触的第一卡爪臂11951，所述第一卡爪臂11951一体成型于按键11，两个第一卡爪臂11951相互抱合，以在两个第一卡爪臂11951之间形成圆形的第一卡接孔11952，第一卡接孔11952的孔径大于第一转轴144的轴径，使得第一卡接孔11952与所述第一转轴144之间间隙配合。两个第一卡爪臂11951朝向所述第一转轴144开设有卡接开口，安装按键11时，将卡接开口自上而下抵压于第一转轴144，第一卡爪臂11951在自身弹力作用下相互分开，使得第一转轴144卡入第一卡接孔11952，第一转轴144可在第一卡接孔11952内转动，以实现 按键11与壳体14的枢转连接。
进一步的，如图42和图43所示，所述复位部15被设置为由所述壳体14延伸而出的至少一第一弹性臂154，所述第一弹性臂154抵接于所述按键11的至少部分部位，为所述按键11提供所述复位作用力。其中，所述第一弹性臂154抵接于所述按键11的下表面可以理解为，所述第一弹性臂154由壳体14朝向按键11弯曲延伸，即第一弹性臂154向上翘起一定高度，第一弹性臂154末端的上表面抵靠于按键11下表面。在一优选实施例中，按键11的中间部位与壳体14枢转连接，按键11的两端可以被按压而产生枢转运动，并触发相应的检测件12，壳体14于按键11两端分别设置两个所述第一弹性臂154，位于同一端的两个第一弹性臂154分别朝向按键11两侧延伸设置，且分别抵接于按键11下表面；其中，按键11对应的四个第一弹性臂154均抵接于按键11下表面，且向上翘起的高度一致，使得按键11被支撑达到水平状态，且按键11两端受到的复位作用力大小相同。进一步的，按键11下表面于所述第一弹性臂154末端凸设圆柱形抵压凸台1199，按键11通过所述圆柱形抵压凸台1199抵压第一弹性臂154，以防止第一弹性臂154弯曲高度太高，强度降低，采用圆柱形抵压凸台1199弥补一部分高度，使得第一弹性臂154翘起高度不会太高。
进一步的，所述按键11边缘设置有第一卡勾(图中未示出)，用于勾接于所述壳体14，以限制所述按键11向上运动的极限位置。其中，所述按键11边缘设置有第一卡勾可以理解为，按键11发生枢转运动的两端分别朝向壳体14侧壁凸设有所述第一卡勾，壳体14侧壁于第一卡勾相应位置设置有限位台阶，所述第一卡勾勾接于所述壳体14可以理解为，当按键11处于未被按压的状态时，第一卡勾勾住限位台阶的边沿，以限制按键11向上弹起的极限位置。其作用在于，由于第一弹性臂154存在制造误差，同一按键11对应的四个第一弹性臂154弹力大小以及向上翘起的高度存在差异，导致按键11上表面倾斜，各按键11上表面不在同一平面，影响美观；因此，本实施例在按键11端部设置第一卡勾，用以限制按键11端部向上弹起的极限位置，保证按键11上表面水平。
进一步的，所述第一弹性臂154朝向所述按键11翘起一预设高度，所述第一卡勾的长度与所述预设高度相匹配，使得所述按键11未发生所述位移时，所述第一弹性臂154处于被所述按键11抵压的状态。其中，所述第一卡勾的长度与所述预设高度相匹配可以理解为，第一弹性臂154设置在按键11与壳体14之间，而按键卡扣112的长度决定了按键11与壳体14之间的间距，控制按键卡扣112的长度，使得按键11与壳体14之间的间距小于第一弹性臂154的所述预设高度，使得按键11未被按压时，第一弹性臂154也处于被抵压变形的状态。进一步的，按键11朝向第一弹性臂154的末端翘起的部位凸设有抵接凸起，用于将按键11抬起一高度，使得按键11具有足够的按压余量，同时进一步抵压第一弹性臂154产生变形，使得按键11未被按压时，第一弹性臂154也处于被抵压变形的状态。有益效果在于，第一弹性臂154对按键11具有预紧力，使得按键11在未被按压时，仍然受到第一弹性臂154的支撑力，保证按键11未被按压时处于上极限位置，提高各按键11上表面的平整度，而且提高按键11的紧致程度，不会出现松松垮垮的情况。
在另一实施例中，所述第一弹性臂154至少部分设置于所述按键11与所述检测件12之间(图中未示出)，所述按键11通过所述第一弹性臂154抵压并触发所述检测件12。其中，所述第一弹性臂154至少部分设置于所述按键11与所述检测件12之间可以理解为，第一弹性臂154由壳体14延伸而出，其末端置于检测件12的上方，第一弹性臂154的末端上表面抵接于按键11的下表面，按键11通过抵压第一弹性臂154的末端间接触发检测件12，同时第一弹性臂154为按键11提供复位作用力。进一步的，第一弹性臂154末端朝向按键11凸设圆弧形凸起，用于抵接于按键11下表面，采用圆弧形凸起的好处在于，所述圆弧形凸起与按键11的接触为点接触，且接触点靠近圆弧形凸起的中心位置，相较 于面接触，点接触的接触位置易于控制，相应的，圆弧形凸起与按键11抵接的位置比较恒定，在按压过程中不会有太大变化，使得按键11能够通过第一弹性臂154竖直地抵压检测件12。本实施例通过第一弹性臂154抵压并触发所述检测件12的好处在于，第一弹性臂154与壳体14一体成型，保证了第一弹性臂154与壳体14之间的相对位置精度，而由于检测件12安装于壳体14，所以第一弹性臂154与检测件12之间的定位精度有保障；相比于抵触部113设置在按键11上，本实施例采用第一弹性臂154直接触发检测件12，避免了抵触部113与检测件12之间误差尺寸链的累计，更容易保证第一弹性臂154与检测件12之间的定位精度，从而降低制造精度要求。且按键11与检测件12之间不需要定位关系，按键11的定位精度要求降低，按键11与弹性限位件151之间无需定位结构，进而降低了按键11与弹性限位件151的制造成本。
在一些实施例中，如图44和图45所示，所述按键11包括按键本体1196和连接部1197，所述按键11通过所述连接部1197与所述壳体14固定，所述按键本体1196能够响应于所述操控力而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述形变的所述复位作用力，进而所述按键本体1196形成所述复位部15；所述按键本体1196朝向所述检测件12设置有抵触部113，当所述操控力作用于所述按键11时，所述按键本体1196发生弹性形变，带动所述抵触部113直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件12；当操控力撤去时，所述按键本体1196的所述形变恢复，带动所述抵触部113恢复原位。其中，所述按键本体1196形成所述复位部15可以理解为，所述按键11设置为具有弹性的片状结构，能够发生弹性变形并产生所述复位作用力，其一端与壳体14固定连接，另一端能够被按压而使得按键本体1196发生弹性形变；或者，按键11中间部位与壳体14固定连接，其两端能够被按压而使得按键本体1196发生弹性形变；按键本体1196即为所述复位部15。所述按键本体1196朝向所述检测件12设置有抵触部113可以理解为，按键本体1196被按压而发生弹性形变，其端部产生向下的位移，按键本体1196朝向壳体14一体延伸出所述抵触部113，抵触部113置于检测件12上方；当按键11端部向下运动时，带动抵触部113向下抵压并触发检测件12。
本实施例中，由按键本体1196发生弹性形变以提供复位作用力，复位作用力影响因素单一，使得复位作用力容易通过结构设计来控制，申请人通过改变按键本体1196的厚度以及材料，经过计算仿真，控制复位作用力与检测件12的弹力相配合，使得所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；且所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
进一步的，所述连接部1197通过螺栓连接或者铆接或者卡接的方式与所述壳体14固定连接。其中，所述螺栓连接可以理解为，壳体14设置有螺栓孔，所述连接部1197通过螺栓拧紧固定于所述壳体14的螺栓孔。所述铆接可以理解为，所述连接部1197通过铆钉固定于所述壳体14。
进一步的，如图44所示，所述连接部1197设置于所述按键11的中间位置，所述壳体14于所述按键11两端分别设置所述抵触部113，所述按键11的两端能够分别响应于所述操控力而产生位移，进而带动所述抵触部113触发所述检测件12。其中，按键11两端的抵触部113下方分别设置有检测件12，按键11的中间位置通过所述连接部1197与壳体14固定连接，其两端分别向下延伸出所述抵触部113，用于触发下方的检测件12。所述操控力能够分别作用于所述按键11的两端而使所述按键11产生弹性形变，按键11两端在操控力的作用下产生所述位移，带动抵触部113触发检测件12。
在另一实施例中，所述连接部1197设置于所述按键11的一端(图中未示出)，所述壳体14于所述按键11的远离所述一端的另一端设置所述抵触部113，所述按键11的所 述另一端能够响应于所述操控力而产生位移，进而带动所述抵触部113触发所述检测件12。其中，按键11的所述一端通过所述连接部1197与壳体14固定连接，按键11的所述另一端向下延伸出所述抵触部113，用于触发下方的检测件12。所述操控力作用于按键11的所述另一端而使所述按键11产生弹性形变，按键11的所述另一端在操控力的作用下产生位移，带动抵触部113触发检测件12。
在一优选实施例中，如图44和图45所示，所述连接部1197卡接于所述壳体14；所述连接部1197朝向所述壳体14设置有第一卡接部11971，所述壳体14于所述第一卡接部11971对应位置设置有第二卡接部145，所述第二卡接部145与所述第一卡接部11971形状及尺寸相适配，使得所述第一卡接部11971卡接于所述第二卡接部145，实现所述连接部1197与所述壳体14的固定连接。进一步的，所述第一卡接部11971包括至少一第二卡爪11972，所述第二卡接部145包括至少一卡接轴1451，所述第二卡爪11972卡接于所述卡接轴1451且与所述卡接轴1451过盈配合，所述过盈配合的过盈量能够使得所述第二卡爪11972与所述卡接轴1451之间在所述按键11的预设形变范围内不能发生相对转动，以实现所述第二卡爪11972与所述卡接轴1451固定连接；其中，所述按键11的预设形变范围是指所述按键11在按压行程内的形变范围。在一具体实施例中，每一按键11对应的第二卡爪11972有两个，并列且间隔地排布于按键11下表面，所述第二卡爪11972包括两个相对设置且不接触的第二卡爪臂11973，所述第二卡爪臂11973一体成型于按键11，两个第二卡爪臂11973相互抱合，以在两个第二卡爪臂11973之间形成圆形的第二卡接孔11974，第二卡接孔11974的孔径小于卡接轴1451的轴径，使得第二卡接孔11974与所述卡接轴1451之间过盈配合。两个第二卡爪臂11973朝向所述卡接轴1451开设有导向口，安装按键11时，将导向口自上而下抵压于卡接轴1451，第二卡爪臂11973在自身弹力作用下相互分开，使得卡接轴1451卡入第二卡接孔11974，以实现所述连接部1197与壳体14的固定连接。
进一步的，如图44和图45所示，所述壳体14设置有第二弹性臂155，所述第二弹性臂155抵接于所述按键11，用于辅助所述按键11复位。其中，所述第二弹性臂155抵接于所述按键11的下表面可以理解为，所述第二弹性臂155由壳体14朝向按键11弯曲延伸，即第二弹性臂155向上翘起一定高度，第二弹性臂155末端的上表面抵靠于按键11下表面。所述第二弹性臂155用于辅助所述按键11复位可以理解为，由于按键11与壳体14固定连接，按键11被按压而产生弹性变形，并产生复位作用力，同时，第二弹性臂155对按键11也产生复位作用力，第二弹性臂155的复位作用力的目的在于，防止按键11长期使用失去原有的弹性，从而无法恢复至初始状态，导致经常使用的按键11向下塌陷，无法弹起，使得检测件12不能恢复至非触发的状态，影响正常使用；而且不常使用的按键11回弹正常，导致长期使用按键11上表面高低不一。因此，设置第二弹性臂155，用于辅助按键11恢复初始位置。
进一步的，如图44所示，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14设置有至少一第二卡勾1198，所述第二卡勾1198能够勾接于所述壳体14，使得各所述按键11的上表面高度保持一致；所述按键11的上表面被设置为所述按键11的背离所述壳体14的表面。所述第二卡勾1198能够勾接于所述壳体14可以理解为，壳体14于第二卡勾1198相应位置开设卡勾通孔146，当按键11处于未被按压的状态时，第二卡勾1198伸入所述卡勾通孔146，勾住卡勾通孔146的下边沿，以限制按键11向上弹起的极限位置。在一优选实施例中，每一按键11对应的第二卡勾1198有四个，分位于按键11的四角处，对称的为按键11提供限位力。其作用在于，由于第二弹性臂155存在制造误差，同一按键11对应的多个第二弹性臂155弹力大小以及向上翘起的高度存在差异，导致按键11上表面倾斜，各按键11上表面不在同一平面，影响美观；因此，按键11通过第二卡勾1198限制向上翘起的高度，使得各按键11上表面水平。在另一优选实施例中，所述第二卡勾1198设置在按键11端部(图中 未示出)，用以限制按键11端部向上弹起的极限位置，能够更加准确地保证各按键11上表面水平。
进一步的，如图11所示，所述壳体14包括上壳体141和下壳体142，所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142，且与所述下壳体142可拆卸地连接；所述的上壳体141盖设于下壳体142可以理解为，上壳体141朝向下壳体142凹设有容纳槽，能够容纳下壳体142至少部分部位，当上壳体141扣合于下壳体142时，下壳体142的至少部分容纳于容纳槽内。在一具体实施例中，上壳体141的侧边朝向下壳体142延伸出四个容纳槽侧壁，四个所述容纳槽侧壁相互围合，以形成所述容纳槽。所述的与下壳体142可拆卸地连接，包括磁吸、螺栓或者卡扣的连接方式可拆卸地连接。
进一步的，如图3、图11和图16所示，所述按键11与所述上壳体141活动连接，使得所述按键11可基于所述上壳体141发生相对运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件12。所述按键11与所述上壳体141活动连接可以理解为，上文记载了按键11与壳体14活动连接，并详细记载了具体的连接结构，此处具体限定按键11与壳体14中的上壳体141活动连接，其连接结构与上文记载的连接结构相同，此处不再赘述。所述智能开关还包括电源板17，设置于所述下壳体142，用于连接外部电源线；至少一PCB板16，电性连接于所述电源板17，藉由所述电源板17为所述PCB板16提供电能；其中，所述检测件12设置于所述PCB板16并与所述PCB板16电性连接。所述电源板17设置于所述下壳体142可以理解为，电源板17通过螺栓连接、卡接、夹持或者其它可实施的连接方式固定连接于下壳体142。所述电源板17用于连接外部电源线可以理解为，电源板17与外部220V的交流电连接，且电源板17上还设置有电子元器件能够将220V的交流电转换为直流电，为其它直流电电子元件供电。所述PCB板16电性连接于所述电源板17可以理解为，PCB板16可以通过金属触点连接、导线连接、排针161排母173连接等方式可导电地连接于电源板17。所述检测件12设置于所述PCB板16并与所述PCB板16电性连接可以理解为，检测件12焊接于PCB板16，或卡接于PCB板16并与PCB板16通过金属触点抵接或通过导电弹片抵接等。另外，在一优选实施例中，PCB板16固定安装于所述下壳体142。在开关的日常使用中，当开关按键11数量太多时，用户容易忘记按键11和灯的对应关系；智能开关引入后，开关除了代表单个灯，还可能代表很多场景模式，比如离家模式、全开模式，那么开关代表的功能更加复杂，用户记忆更加困难。基于此，现有技术中提供了一定的客户定制镭雕技术，可以选择在开关上镭雕客户需要的文字或图标。但是这种方案对于后续的按键11显示内容修改存在困难，所以，本发明将上壳体141与下壳体142可拆卸地连接，当按键11损坏或者想更换按键11显示内容时，不必更换整个开关，只需更换上壳体141以及按键11即可，进一步的，可将按键11与上壳体141组合成按键11模块整体更换。将所述PCB板16和电源板17设置于下壳体142，相应的，与PCB板16以及电源板17相连的开关的电子元器件也设置于下壳体142，而上壳体141只设置有按键11，当上壳体141更换时不会涉及到电路部分，能够减少更换上壳体141的成本。
进一步的，如图8和图11所示，所述上壳体141与所述下壳体142通过磁吸的方式连接；所述上壳体141设置有至少一磁铁1416，所述下壳体142设置有至少一磁吸件1422，所述磁吸件1422能够被所述磁铁1416吸引；所述上壳体141通过所述磁铁1416吸附于所述磁吸件1422，以而实现所述上壳体141与所述下壳体142的可拆卸连接。其中，所述的上壳体141设置有至少一磁铁1416可以理解为，上壳体141固定连接有一磁铁1416，固定连接的方式包括粘接、卡接、螺栓连接或者夹持等。所述下壳体142设置有至少一磁吸件1422可以理解为，下壳体142与至少一磁吸件1422固定连接，连接方式包括卡接、粘接、螺栓连接等。所述磁吸件1422采用铁质材料，以使磁吸件1422能够与所述磁铁 1416相互吸引；进一步的，所述磁吸件1422为钣金件14221，能够固定安装于一安装面，以使所述下壳体142与所述安装面固定连接。其中所述安装面可以理解为墙面。在一具体实施例中，所述钣金件14221上开设有至少一螺钉孔14222，所述螺钉孔14222的孔径适配于一螺钉，使得所述螺钉能够穿过所述螺钉孔14222，并将所述钣金件14221固定于所述安装面。其中，所述螺钉将所述钣金件14221固定于所述安装面可以理解为，螺钉螺帽17221的直径大于螺钉孔14222的孔径，螺钉的螺杆17222穿过螺钉孔14222后拧紧固定于安装面，并将钣金件14221抵压固定于安装面。所述磁吸件1422采用钣金件14221的有益效果为，钣金件14221是一般墙壁开关都具有的，墙壁开关需要通过钣金件14221安装到墙壁，而本发明的钣金件14221还作为磁吸件1422使用，使得下壳体142不必另外设置磁吸件1422来完成与上壳体141的磁吸连接，简化了结构，节约了成本。
上壳体141与下壳体142采用磁吸连接，好处在于，便于拆卸和更换上壳体141。当按键11表面磨损、损坏或者按键11表面的图案、文字需要更换时，可快捷地将上壳体141和按键11整体更换，即可获得一个全新的开关面板，且显示内容改变。
进一步的，如图13和图14所示，钣金件14221与下壳体142卡接，在一具体实施例中，所述钣金件14221的中心开设与所述下壳体142外形相适配的钣金件通孔，所述钣金件14221从所述下壳体142下方套入，卡接于所述下壳体142的外表面。其中，钣金件14221的中心开设形状与下壳体142外形相匹配的通孔可以理解为，钣金件14221的中心开设的通孔与下壳体142外侧壁相贴合，以便钣金件14221的所述通孔与下壳体142的外侧壁卡接。在一具体实施例中，所述下壳体142的外表面至少包括相互围合的第一外侧壁14231、第二外侧壁14232、第三外侧壁14233以及第四外侧壁14234，其中，所述第一外侧壁14231与所述第二外侧壁14232相对设置，所述第三外侧壁14233与所述第四外侧壁14234相对设置。所述第一外侧壁14231与所述第二外侧壁14232分别设置有两个钣金件卡扣14235，所述第一外侧壁14231于两个钣金件卡扣14235之间设置有第一抵靠部14236，所述第二外侧壁14232于两个钣金卡扣之间设置有第二抵靠部14237，所述第三外侧壁14233设置有两个第三抵靠部14238，所述第四外侧壁14234设置有两个第四抵靠部14239；所述第一抵靠部14236、所述第二抵靠部14237、所述第三抵靠部14238以及所述第四抵靠部14239处于同一水平高度。当所述钣金件14221从所述下壳体142下方套入时，所述钣金件14221的上表面抵靠于所述第一抵靠部14236、所述第二抵靠部14237、所述第三抵靠部14238以及所述第四抵靠部14239，以限制所钣金件14221向上的位移，同时，所述钣金件14221的下表面分别卡接于所述钣金件卡扣14235，以限制所述钣金件14221向下的位移；所述第一抵靠部14236、所述第二抵靠部14237、所述第三抵靠部14238以及所述第四抵靠部14239与所钣金件卡扣14235的水平高度相互配合，使得所述钣金件14221被卡紧于所述下壳体142。其中，所述的水平高度相互配合可以理解为，在竖直方向上，第一抵靠部14236、第二抵靠部14237、第三抵靠部14238以及第四抵靠部14239与钣金件卡扣14235的间距等于钣金件14221的厚度，使得钣金件14221能够被夹持固定。
进一步的，如图8、图11和图12所示，所述上壳体141朝向所述按键11一侧开设有至少一磁铁安装槽14161，所述磁铁安装槽14161的形状适配于所述磁铁1416，所述磁铁安装槽14161的侧壁凸设有磁铁限位筋，所述磁铁1416的下表面至少部分贴合于所述磁铁安装槽14161的底壁，所述磁铁限位筋夹持磁铁1416的侧表面以将所述磁铁1416限位。其中，所述的磁铁安装槽14161的形状适配于磁铁1416可以理解为，磁铁安装槽14161的外形稍大于磁铁1416，且磁铁安装槽14161朝向按键11一侧开放，磁铁安装槽14161的槽深大于或者等于磁铁1416的高度，使得磁铁1416从磁铁安装槽14161朝向按键11一侧放入后，磁铁1416上表面与上壳体141上表面齐平，或者低于上壳体141的上表面。所述的磁铁1416的下表面至少部分贴合于磁铁安装槽14161的底壁(如图21所示)，磁铁安装槽14161底部朝向磁吸件1422一侧的表面至少部分贴合于磁吸件1422，以缩小 磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的距离，从而增大磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的磁吸力，进而增大上壳体141与下壳体142之间的磁吸力，防止上壳体141脱落。所述磁铁限位筋夹持磁铁1416的侧表面以将磁铁1416限位可以理解为，各所述磁铁限位筋之间的距离匹配于磁铁1416的宽度，使得磁铁1416放入磁铁安装槽14161时，磁铁限位筋与磁铁1416过盈或者过渡配合，使得磁铁安装槽14161将磁铁1416夹持在中间，以防止磁铁1416在磁铁安装槽14161中晃动。所述磁铁限位筋的作用在于，第一，若没有磁铁限位筋，仅使用磁铁安装槽14161的侧壁将磁铁1416夹紧，由于制造误差会导致磁铁安装槽14161尺寸太小，磁铁1416无法装入，或者磁铁安装槽14161尺寸太大，无法夹紧磁铁1416，磁铁1416在磁铁安装槽14161内晃动。而本实施例采用磁铁限位筋夹紧磁铁1416，很好的避免了制造误差带来的影响，在尺寸设计时将磁铁限位筋与磁铁1416过盈配合，通过磁铁限位筋的变形来弥补过盈量，从而消除制造误差的影响，而磁铁限位筋在磁铁安装槽14161的入口处设置有导向斜面，帮助磁铁1416装入，防止出现磁铁限位筋的过盈量太大而磁铁1416无法装入的情况。磁铁限位筋的第二个作用在于，保证磁铁1416下表面贴合于磁铁安装槽14161的底壁，原因在于，若没有磁铁限位筋，通过磁铁安装槽14161的侧壁夹紧磁铁1416，磁铁安装槽14161的侧壁与底壁之间存在圆角，若此圆角大于磁铁1416的圆角，磁铁1416下表面将无法贴合于磁铁安装槽14161的底壁，减弱磁铁1416对磁吸件1422的吸引力。而本实施例采用磁铁限位筋，将磁铁1416顶离磁铁安装槽14161的侧壁，使得磁铁安装槽14161圆角对磁铁1416没有影响，磁铁1416下表面能够贴合于磁铁安装槽14161的底壁。
进一步的，如图8所示，所述磁铁1416形状为长方体，且所述磁铁1416有四个，两两一组分别位于所述上壳体141的两端，其中位于同一端的两个所述磁铁1416头尾相接，呈类似“一”字形间隔排布。在一具体实施例中，磁铁1416为长条形长方体，相应的，磁铁安装槽14161为长条形长方体槽；在其它实施例中，磁铁1416可以是正方体或者其它形状。其中，由于磁铁1416位于上壳体141的两端，由于杠杆原理，在按键11按压过程中，磁铁1416的磁吸力于上壳体141两端吸住上壳体141，按键11按压过程中上壳体141不易发生翘起，使得上壳体141不易脱离上壳体141。由于位于同一端的两个磁铁1416头尾相接，呈类似“一”字形间隔排布，使得两个磁铁1416能够尽可能覆盖上壳体141于磁铁1416分布方向的长度，提高磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的磁吸力。
进一步的，如图11所示，所述下壳体142的外侧壁设置有第一定位部1424，所述上壳体141的内侧壁设置有第二定位部1418，当所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142时，所述第二定位部1418套设于所述第一定位部1424，所述第二定位部1418的内表面至少部分抵接于所述第一定位部1424的外表面，使得所述上壳体141在水平方向上被所述下壳体142定位。在一具体实施例中，如图11所示，所述上壳体141的所述内侧壁包括设置有所述磁铁安装槽14161的两个第一内侧壁，以及与两个所述第一内侧壁相邻的两个第二内侧壁，两个所述第二内侧壁分别凸设有方形凸起14181，所述方形凸起14181与所述磁铁安装槽14161共同形成所述第二定位部1418。所述下壳体142于第一外侧壁14231、第二外侧壁14232分别向外凸设定位筋14241，所述定位筋14241与所述第三抵靠部14238以及第四抵靠部14239共同形成所述第一定位部1424。
进一步的，如图11所示，所述第一定位部1424朝向所述第二定位部1418设置有导向部14242，所述导向部14242被设置为一斜面，以便于所述第二定位部1418套入所述第一定位部1424。
进一步的，如图11所示，所述磁吸件1422至少部分被包容于所述上壳体141，且所述磁吸件1422的下表面与所述上壳体141的下端面齐平或者突出于所述上壳体141的下端面。其中，在一具体实施例中，所述磁铁安装槽14161朝向所述磁吸件1422一侧的表面与所述上壳体141下端面之间的距离小于或者等于所述磁吸件1422的厚度，使得所述 磁吸件1422的下表面与所述上壳体141的下端面齐平或者突出于所述上壳体141的下端面。有益效果为，磁吸件1422为钣金件14221，当钣金件14221拧紧于墙壁时，上壳体141不会抵接到墙壁表面，造成磁铁安装槽14161朝向钣金件14221一侧的面与钣金件14221不贴合的情况，导致磁吸力减小。
如图16和图15所示，电源板17设置于所述下壳体142的具体连接结构为，下壳体142内壁设置有电源板限位筋1425，用于抵接于电源板17的侧面，将电源板17预定位，下壳体142由下至上设置有电源板定位柱1429，电源板17于电源板定位柱1429相应位置设置有电源板定位孔174，所述电源板定位柱1429插设于电源板17的电源板定位孔174，以将电源板17在水平方向上定位，下壳体142设置有电源板安装部，电源板安装部开设电源板螺栓孔14291，电源板17放置于电源板安装部，以被电源板安装部支撑，并通过电源板17螺栓紧固于电源板螺栓孔14291。
进一步的，如图29所示，所述电源板17朝向所述下壳体142底部设置有至少三根接线柱171，用于连接所述外部电源线以及受控设备。其中，接线柱171与电源板17电连接，具体的，接线柱171焊接于电源板17，接线柱171为自电源板17朝向下壳体142底部延伸的金属导电柱，用于连接火线、零线以及被控电器。在本实施例中，电源板17焊接有6根接线柱171，其中2根接线柱171连接零线与火线，另外4根接线柱171电性连接4台被控设备的火线接口，其中，与被控电器相连的4根接线柱171通过继电器175电性连接于电源板17，电源板17能够通过继电器175控制4台被控设备的通电与断电，其中所述继电器175焊接于电源板17。
进一步的，如图17所示，所述下壳体142的侧表面沿竖直方向开设多个条形的散热孔1427，各所述散热孔1427在水平方向上并列排布，其中，所述散热孔1427由所述下壳体142底部向上延伸，其延伸高度小于13mm。由于电源板17上设置有交流直流转换模块176(如图29所示)，继电器175以及其它电子元件，电源板17的功能至少包括通过所述交流直流转换模块176将220V交流电转为直流电以及通过继电器175控制各被控设备的通断电，被控设备的电能来源于所述电源板17，所以电源板17会产生较多热量，为防止电源板17过热损坏电路，在下壳体142侧表面由下至上开设散热孔1427，散热孔1427的位置与电源板17上的电子元器件对应，用于帮助电源板17散热。另外，散热孔1427向上延伸高度的小于13mm，能够防止用户通过散热孔1427看到内部电子元器件，影响美观。
进一步的，如图16所示，所述下壳体142于所述接线柱171末端相应位置放置有接线模块172，所述接线模块172包括接线套筒1721以及接线螺栓1722，其中，所述接线套筒1721套设于所述接线柱171，所述接线套筒1721的侧壁开设有适配于所述接线螺栓1722的螺纹孔，所述接线螺栓1722能够拧入所述螺纹孔，并将所述接线柱171抵压于所述接线套筒1721的内壁。其中，接线螺栓1722将所述接线柱171抵压于所述接线套筒1721的内壁可以理解为，导线穿入接线套筒1721，并置于接线柱171与接线套筒1721的内壁之间，通过接线螺栓1722将接线柱171抵压于接线套筒1721的内壁，使得接线柱171与接线套筒1721将导线夹持固定，接线柱171与导线接触导电。值得注意的是，接线套筒1721在接线螺栓1722轴线方向的宽度至少大于接线柱171宽度的3倍，使得接线套筒1721与接线柱171之间留有间隙，以使导线穿过。接线柱171为弧形片状结构，接线套筒1721与接线柱171抵接的一面为适配于接线柱171形状的弧形，使得接线柱171与接线套筒1721将导线夹持得更紧，同时，接线柱171与接线套筒1721抵接的一面加工有横向的条纹，使得接线柱171抵压导线更稳固，防止导线脱落。
进一步的，如图16和图17所示，所述接线螺栓1722包括一体成型的螺帽17221和螺杆17222，所述下壳体142的侧表面于所述接线模块172相应位置开设多个第一接线通孔14261，所述第一接线通孔14261的孔径大于所述螺帽17221的直径，使得所述螺帽 17221由所述下壳体142内部插设于第一接线通孔14261，并至少部分部位暴露于所下壳体142外部。所述的至少部分部位暴露于下壳体142外部可以理解为，接线螺栓1722的螺帽17221远离螺杆17222的端部暴露于下壳体142外部，所述螺帽17221端部设置有“十”形或者“一”字形旋拧口，以便于螺丝刀旋拧。下壳体142的底面于接线柱171相应位置开设多个第二接线通孔14262，导线从第二接线通孔14262插入，至少穿过接线柱171与接线套筒1721之间，当接线螺栓1722朝向接线套筒1721内部旋拧至抵接于接线柱171时，接线螺栓1722继续旋拧将带动接线套筒1721左移，导线被夹持在接线柱171与接线套筒1721的内壁之间，使得导线与接线柱171抵压在一起，实现导电。
进一步的，如图17和图15所示，所述螺帽17221与所述螺杆17222之间设置有止挡部17223，所述止挡部17223为沿所述螺帽17221一周设置的圆环形结构；所述止挡部17223的外径大于所述螺帽17221的直径和所述第一接线通孔14261的孔径，使得所止挡部17223不能通过第一接线通孔14261；所述下壳体142的设置有所述第一接线通孔14261的内壁设为第一内壁，所述接线螺栓1722由所述下壳体142上方朝下置入，将所述螺帽17221置入所述第一接线通孔14261，由所述第一接线通孔14261限制所述接线螺栓1722竖直方向位移；所述螺杆17222远离所述螺帽17221的一端被所述接线柱171抵接，所述接线柱171与所述第一内壁将所述止挡部17223和所述螺杆17222夹在中间，以限制所述接线螺栓1722水平方向的位移。
具体的，所述接线螺栓1722由下壳体142上方朝下放入，被接线柱171抵压并推入第一接线通孔14261，由第一接线通孔14261限制接线螺栓1722竖直方向位移，同时，接线柱171与下壳体142内壁将接线螺栓1722夹在中间，以限制接线螺栓1722水平方向的位移。在一具体实施例中，所述下壳体142设置有接线模块放置槽14264，其形状适配于所述接线模块172，以限制接线模块172在水平方向上垂直于接线螺栓1722轴向的位移；接线模块放置槽14264由下壳体142上部朝向下壳体142底部设置有螺栓限位筋14265，将接线螺栓1722的螺帽17221限制在螺栓限位筋14265与下壳体142内壁之间，从而限制接线螺栓1722朝向下壳体142内侧运动；电源板17的侧边先抵靠电源板限位筋1425预定位，倾斜地向下放入下壳体142，使得接线柱171倾斜地放入下壳体142，再转为竖直状态，当接线柱171由倾斜转为竖直时，接线螺栓1722被接线柱171抵压并推入第一接线通孔14261。所述螺栓限位筋14265与下壳体142第一内壁之间的距离大于接线柱171螺栓的螺帽17221的高度，使得接线柱171螺栓能够由接线模块放置槽14264的上部向下放入接线模块放置槽14264。所述接线螺栓1722由下壳体142上方朝下置入，将螺帽17221推入第一接线通孔14261，由第一接线通孔14261限制接线螺栓1722竖直方向位移；当电源板17安装至下壳体142时，螺杆17222远离螺帽17221的一端被接线柱171抵压，使得接线柱171与第一内壁将接线螺栓1722的止挡部17223和螺杆17222夹在中间，以限制接线螺栓1722水平方向的位移。
进一步的，如图17所示，所述接线柱171抵接于所述螺杆17222的部位与所述第一内壁之间的距离小于所述接线螺栓1722的总长度。以使得，接线模块172从下壳体142上方放入接线模块放置槽14264后，将电源板17放入下壳体142时，接线柱171顶住接线螺栓1722的螺杆17222尾端，将接线螺栓1722推向第一侧壁，螺帽17221被推入第一接线通孔14261，使得接线模块172在竖直方向上被限位，防止接线模块172在运输过程中上下运动或者倾斜。
螺栓限位筋14265与所述第一侧壁之间的间距大于接线螺栓1722的螺帽17221与止挡部17223的厚度之和，以使得接线螺栓1722能够无干涉地放入所述接线模块放置槽14264。第一内壁于止挡部17223相应位置凸设有止挡限位部14266，止挡限位部14266能够限制止挡部17223向左的位移，使得接线螺栓1722在轴向方向上被限制在接线柱171与挡接限位部之间，进一步限制接线螺栓1722的位移，防止接线螺栓1722晃动；其中， 止挡限位部14266凸出于第一内壁的高度小于接线螺栓1722的螺帽17221高度，以使螺帽17221能够部分伸入第一接线通孔14261；接线柱171与挡接限位部之间的间距大于接线螺栓1722的螺杆17222长度与止挡部17223厚度之和，以使得接线柱171与接线螺栓1722无干涉，接线螺栓1722不会顶弯接线柱171。
进一步的，如图19所示，所述PCB板16与所述电源板17之间设置有能够相互配合的排针161和排母173，所述排针161和所述排母173中之一设于所述PCB板16，另一设于所述电源板17，所述排针161插设于所述排母173，以实现所述PCB板16与所述电源板17的电连接。在一具体实施例中，PCB板16设置于电源板17上方，PCB板16朝向电源板17焊接有排针161，电源板17于排针161相应位置焊接有能够与排针161相互配合的排母173，排针161插设于排母173，以实现PCB板16与电源板17的电连接。
另外，PCB板16与电源板17还可以通过金属触点连接，具体的，所述PCB板16朝向所述电源板17设置有多个金属触点(图中未示出)，所述电源板17于所述金属触点相应位置设置有具有导电能力的抵接柱，所述抵接柱与所述电源板17电连接，所述金属触点抵接于所述抵接柱，以实现PCB板16与电源板17的电连接；其中，所述抵接柱与所述电源板17之间设置有弹性连接件，所述抵接柱响应于所述金属触点的抵压力而压缩所述弹性连接件，所述弹性连接件产生弹性形变以及克服弹性形变的反作用力，使得所述抵接柱产生压缩位移以及反向于所述压缩位移的回弹力。弹性连接件的作用在于，由于多个抵接柱存在加工误差，长短不一，弹性连接件为抵接柱提供弹力，使得多个抵接柱均能抵接于金属触点，保证导电良好。
进一步的，如图19和图20所示，所述PCB板16设置于所述下壳体142；所述下壳体142的两个相对设置的侧壁向内凹陷，形成两个相对设置的U形凹陷1428，所述PCB板16于所述U形凹陷1428相对位置贯设有U形缺口162，所述U形缺口162的位置及形状与所述U形凹陷1428相配合，以将所述PCB板16在水平方向上定位。所述U形缺口162的位置及形状与所述U形凹陷1428相配合可以理解为，所述U形缺口162的宽度与U形凹陷1428的宽度相配合，两个U形缺口162之间的距离与两个U形凹陷1428之间的距离相配合，使得U形缺口162的外壁与U形凹陷1428的内壁抵接，PCB板16在水平方向上被下壳体142限位。
所述下壳体142设置有PCB板16支撑部，用于抵接于所述PCB板16下表面，以将所述PCB板16支撑；所述下壳体142上端设置有隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18向下延伸出PCB板抵接部181，用于抵接于所述PCB板16的上表面，以将所述PCB板16在竖直方向上限位。所述PCB板16支撑部可以理解为由下壳体142内部侧壁延伸出的支撑筋，所述PCB板抵接部181为由隔离盖18边缘一周朝向下壳体142延伸出的抵压筋。另外，如图13所示，钣金件14221于下壳体142的两个所述U形凹陷1428相对位置开设所述螺钉孔14222，以节省螺钉孔14222占用空间。
在一些实施例中，如图46所示，所述下壳体142朝向所述按键11一侧设置有水平仪147，用于指示所述智能开关安装于一安装面时的水平度；所述水平仪147被设置为圆柱形气泡水平仪147。在一具体实施例中，隔离盖18上设置有水平仪147卡扣，气泡水平仪147卡接固定于隔离盖18，用户在将开关安装至墙壁、立柜或者桌面等安装面时，能够通过气泡水平仪147看出开关安装是否歪斜，便于墙壁定位打孔。
在另一实施例中，如图47-图50所示，所述上壳体141朝向所述下壳体142设置一PCB板安装壳148，所述上壳体141盖设于所述PCB板安装壳148，与所述PCB板安装壳148形成一腔体，所述PCB板16设置于所述腔体内部，并与所述PCB板安装壳148固定连接。其中，所述上壳体141盖设于所述PCB板安装壳148可以理解为，PCB板安 装壳148为顶部开口的槽形结构，其固定安装于上壳体141下方，上壳体141盖设于PCB板安装壳148的顶部开口处。所述PCB板16设置于所述腔体内部可以理解为，PCB板16固定安装于PCB板安装壳148的所述槽形结构内部，并被盖设于上壳体141下方。将PCB板16设置于上壳体141的好处在于，缩短检测件12与抵触部113之间的误差尺寸链，使得抵触部113与检测件12之间的定位精度易于控制；具体的，由于按键11与上壳体141连接，而PCB板16则通过PCB板安装壳148与上壳体141固定连接，按键11和PCB板16的定位基准都是上壳体141，两者之间定位精度高，而检测件12焊接于PCB板16，抵触部113凸设于按键11，所以检测件12与抵触部113之间的定位误差很小，对加工精度要求降低，进而降低了制造成本。相比于上文实施例中将PCB板16固定安装于下壳体142，按键11设置于上壳体141，而下壳体142于上壳体141可拆卸连接，因此检测件12与抵触部113之间的定位基准经过多次转换，造成尺寸链累计，各个尺寸的误差累计形成较大的误差，需控制零件的加工精度来减小误差，会使制造成本的增加。而将PCB板16安装于上壳体141则不会有此问题，使得尺寸公差设计也得以简化。
进一步的，如图48所示，所述PCB板安装壳148的内部形状匹配于所述PCB板16的形状，所述PCB板安装壳148套设于所述PCB板16，并将所述PCB板16在水平方向上定位，所述PCB板16通过螺钉固定安装于所述PCB板安装壳148。其中，所述PCB板安装壳148的内部形状匹配于所述PCB板16的形状可以理解为，PCB板安装壳148的内壁至少部分抵接于PCB板16的侧壁，使得PCB板安装壳148将PCB板16在水平方向上定位。其中，如图49和图48所示，为使PCB板安装壳148能够套入底壳19，PCB板安装壳148的外形与底壳19的内壁形状一致，由于底壳19两侧面预留有螺栓安装孔位，所以底壳19两侧面向内凹陷，PCB板安装壳148的两侧壁向内凹陷，进而，PCB板16的两侧也向内凹陷。所述PCB板16通过螺钉固定安装于所述PCB板安装壳148可以理解为，PCB板安装壳148朝向PCB板16凸设有至少2根螺纹连接柱，支撑于PCB板16的下表面，螺纹连接柱加工有螺纹，PCB板16通过螺钉拧紧固定于螺纹连接柱，在本实施例中，PCB板16通过三个螺钉固定于所述螺纹连接柱。
进一步的，如图48所示，PCB板16焊接有所述检测件12，PCB板16于检测件12一周焊接有LED灯163(图中未示出)，检测件12与上壳体141之间设置有匀光片1881，LED灯163发出的光经匀光片1881匀光后投射至按键11下表面。其中，上壳体141朝向匀光片1881凹设有与匀光片1881外形相适配的匀光片安装槽1882，当上壳体141盖设于PCB板安装壳148时，匀光片1881被匀光片安装槽1882限位，且匀光片1881下表面抵接于检测件12，被检测件12所支撑。
进一步的，如图48和图49所示，所述上壳体141朝向所述PCB板安装壳148设置有PCB壳定位部1481以及PCB壳卡扣1482，所述PCB板安装壳148于所述PCB壳卡扣1482相应位置设置有适配于所述PCB壳卡扣1482的第二扣合位1483，当所述上壳体141盖设于所述PCB板安装壳148时，所述PCB壳定位部1481抵靠于所述PCB安装壳外侧壁，以将所述PCB安装壳定位；所述PCB壳卡扣1482扣合于所述第二扣合位1483，以使所述PCB安装壳固定安装于所述上壳体141。
进一步的，如图49所示，所述电源板17与所述PCB板安装壳148之间设置有隔绝板149，所述隔绝板149与所述下壳体142固定连接；所述隔绝板149于所述排针161相应位置开设排针通过孔1491，所述排针通过孔1491的尺寸适配于所述排针161和所述排母173的尺寸，使得所排针161穿过排针通过孔1491，进而插设于所排母173。其中，所述隔绝板149通过螺钉拧紧固定于所述下壳体142，且隔绝板149向下凸设电源板17抵接部，用于将电源板17抵压固定于下壳体142。隔绝板149的作用在于，隔绝电源板17；由于PCB与上壳体141连接，PCB板16与电源板17之间通过排针161和排母173电连接，当上壳体141揭开时，PCB板16与电源板17分离，为防止电源板17暴露在外，导 致用户有触电风险，在PCB板16与电源来之间设置隔绝板149，同时也是满足安规要求。
进一步的，所述下壳体142的外侧壁设置有第一定位部1424，所述上壳体141的内侧壁设置有第二定位部1418，当所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142时，所述第二定位部1418套设于所述第一定位部1424，所述第二定位部1418的内表面至少部分抵接于所述第一定位部1424的外表面，使得所述上壳体141在水平方向上被所述下壳体142定位。关于第一定位部1424和第二定位部1418的详细技术细节上文有陈述，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，如图50所示，所述电源板17上设置有通断开关177，能够控制所述电源板17的交流电源通断。所述通断开关177设置为机械开关，焊接于电源板17，能够切断交流电源，可以在开关安装时起到断电保护的作用、也可以限制该智能开关的使用，还可以实现该智能开关系统的断电重启。
进一步的，如图50所示，所述PCB板16于所述通断开关177相应位置贯设有第一避空孔1771，所述下壳体142朝向所述按键11一侧的表面于所述通断开关177相应位置贯设有第二避空孔1772，所述第一避空孔1771以及所述第二避空孔1772的形状与所述通断开关177相适配，使得所述通断开关177穿过所述第一避空孔1771和所述第二避空孔1772后至少部分凸出于所述下壳体142。所述下壳体142朝向所述按键11一侧的表面可以理解为下壳体142的上表面，即隔离盖18的上表面。通电开关设置于电源板17，并穿过上方的PCB板16、隔离盖18后露出隔离盖18，便于揭开上壳体141后按压通断开关177，通过通断开关177控制电源板17以及PCB板16的通断电。
进一步的，如图20和图21所示，所述PCB板16于各所述按键11相应位置分别设置有至少一LED灯163，所述LED灯163发出的光投射至所述按键11的第一表面；所述第一表面被设置为所述按键11的朝向所述壳体14的一面。其中，所述的第一表面即按键11的下表面。每个按键11对应的LED灯163有多个，LED灯163围绕按键11对应的检测件12一周对称布置，在一具体实施例中，PCB板16于各检测件12两侧对称焊接有4或者6个LED灯163。
进一步的，如图22所示，所述按键11设置有导光部114，所述LED灯163发出的光由所述导光部114导出至所述按键11的第三表面，所述第三表面被设置为所述按键11的背离所述壳体14的一面；其中，所述导光部114的形状被设置为一预定形状，使得所述导光部114在所述按键11的第三表面显示出与所述预定形状相对应的预定图案1141。所述导光部114一体成型或者固定连接于按键11，能够将按键11内侧的光导至按键11外侧，具体的，按键11采用透光材质注塑而成，在按键11外表面涂覆有不透光的涂层117，在按键11外表面镭雕出所述预定图案1141，使得所述不透光涂层117被镭雕去除，以形成所述导光部114，LED的光在按键11被镭雕的部位透出，在按键11外表面显示出所述预定图案1141。其中，所述预定图案1141包括图形或者文字。采用上壳体141磁吸配合按键11镭雕的方案，使得用户可以自由选择预定图案1141，或选择多种图案的组合，配合磁吸结构能够快速切换上壳体141，进而快速切换按键11显示内容。
进一步的，如图21所示，所述PCB板16设置于所述下壳体142；所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖设于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔内部。具体的，隔离盖18通过隔离盖卡扣186卡接于底壳19，所述隔离盖18的边沿朝向所述底壳19设置有至少一隔离盖卡扣186，所述隔离盖18通过所述隔离盖卡扣186卡接于所底壳19；所述底壳19为一上端开口的槽形壳体14，所述隔离盖18的形状适配于所述底壳19上端开口的形状，且所述隔离盖18边沿一周向外延伸出扣合檐182，所述隔离盖18盖设于所述底壳19的上端开口处，所述扣合檐182贴合于所述底壳19的上端面。隔离盖18具有电气隔离的作用，由于电源板 17上载有强电，电源板17以及PCB板16不能暴露在外，以防止用户揭开上壳体141后有触电风险。
进一步的，如图8和图11所示，所述上壳体141的朝向所述按键11的一面设置有第一正向标识14171，用于指示所述上壳体141的正方向；所述上壳体141的朝向所述隔离盖18的一面设置有第二正向标识14172，所述隔离盖18的朝向所述上壳体141的一面设置有第三正向标识185，所述第二正向标识14172与所述第三正向标识185的指示方向相对应，用于所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142时防呆。其中第一正向标识14171可以是箭头、文字或是形状标识，用于在按键11安装时防呆。
如图21和图19所示，所述隔离盖18设置于所述按键11与所述PCB板16之间，所述隔离盖18于各所述按键11相应位置分别设置有匀光罩183，所述匀光罩183罩设于各所述按键11对应的所述LED灯163，所述LED灯163发出的光经所述匀光罩183匀光后投射至所述按键11。其中，所述隔离盖18于各所述按键11相应位置分别设置有匀光罩183可以理解为，按键11中心位置的下方设置有所述匀光罩183，匀光罩183位于LED灯163上方，所述LED灯163发出的光经所述匀光罩183匀光后投射至所述按键11。具体的，匀光罩183朝向隔离板延伸出四个匀光罩卡扣1831，隔离板开设有形状匹配于匀光罩183的隔离盖通孔1832，隔离盖通孔1832的侧壁设置有匀光罩扣合位1833，所述的四个匀光罩卡扣1831扣合于所述匀光罩扣合位1833，以使匀光罩183卡接于隔离板。在一优选实施例中，匀光罩183采用透明材质经雾化处理，或采用不透明的材质制成，如白色透光塑料等，具有透光性以及匀光性，在一优选实施例中，匀光罩183采用PC塑料注塑而成。
进一步的，如图19和图21所示，所述匀光罩183于所述按键11的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案1141。其中，所述第三表面为按键11的上表面，由于匀光罩183的作用在于，将LED发出的光匀光后投射至导光部114，再由导光部114将光透出，以使导光部114透出的光亮度均匀，所以匀光罩183朝向按键11的表面需覆盖导光部114的预定图案1141，使得预定图案1141亮度均匀。
进一步的，如图19和图21所示，所述匀光罩183朝向所述按键11一侧的表面为长方形，所述匀光罩183为底部开口的长方体罩。其中，所述匀光罩183朝向所述按键11一侧的表面即匀光罩183的上表面，匀光罩183朝向按键11一侧的表面为长方形、正方形、圆形或者其它形状，在一优选实施例中，匀光罩183朝向按键11一侧的表面为长方形，匀光罩183为底部开口的长方体罩，有益效果为，按键11的所述预定图案1141一般为文字，包括中文或英文，文字一般为横向排布，采用长方形匀光罩183利于覆盖全部文字，使得文字透光均匀；且在一些优选实施例中，所述的智能开关有四个按键11，相应的匀光罩183也有四个，采用长方形匀光罩183具有防呆的作用。
进一步的，如图19和图21所示，所述检测件12被罩设于所述匀光罩183，所述匀光罩183于所述检测件12相应位置开设触压通孔1834，所述按键11于所述检测件12相应位置设置有抵触部113，所述抵触部113穿过所述触压通孔1834并置于所述检测件12上方，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部113抵压并触发所述检测件12。所述的匀光罩183于检测件12相应位置开设触压通孔1834可以理解为，匀光罩183罩设于检测件12上方，且于检测件12正上方开设触压通孔1834，以使抵触部113置于检测件12的正上方，提高触发检测件12的可靠性。如图9和图6所示，所述抵触部113为自所述按键11朝向所述检测件12延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述触压通孔1834的尺寸大于所述第一横截面的尺寸，所述抵触部113与所述触压通孔1834之间具有一定间隙。其中，所述第一形状由两个相互交叉且垂直的长方形组成可以理解为，所述第一形状为类似“十”字的形状，作用在于防止注塑时抵触部113局部胶厚引起缩水，影响检测件12的触发。由于按键11被按压时产生的运动是位 移加旋转的复合运动，且按键11可朝向多个方向倾斜，所以将抵触部113与触压通孔1834之间设置一定间隙，能够防止按键11运动时，抵触部113与触压通孔1834干涉。
进一步的，如图19和图21所示，所述匀光罩183凸设于所述隔离盖18，所述匀光罩183凸出于所述隔离盖18的高度适配于所述隔离盖18与所述PCB板16之间的距离，使得所述匀光罩183朝向所按键11一侧的表面与所述PCB板16之间的距离大于3mm。由于匀光罩183开设触压通孔1834，为防止用户触摸触压通孔1834触电，需使得匀光罩183与PCB板16之间具有足够的电气间隙以及爬电距离，所以设计匀光罩183凸出于隔离盖18的高度，使得匀光罩183上表面与PCB板16之间的距离大于3mm，保证用户的安全。
进一步的，如图8和图11所示，所述上壳体141于所述匀光罩183相应位置开设有形状与所述匀光罩183相匹配的匀光罩透光通孔1419，当所上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142时，所述匀光罩183容纳于所述匀光罩透光通孔1419内。具体的，匀光罩183为长方形，相应的，匀光罩透光通孔1419也为长方形通孔。匀光罩透光通孔1419的作用在于，第一，能够透光，使得匀光罩183的光能够投射至按键11下表面，第二，匀光罩183穿过匀光罩透光通孔1419后置于按键11下方，进一步缩短了匀光罩183与按键11之间的距离，减少了光的衰减。
在一优选实施例中，如图23所示，所述匀光罩183的数量比所述按键11数量多一个，相应的，所述匀光罩透光通孔1419的数量比所述按键11数量多一个。具体的，按键11有四个，匀光罩183有五个，相应的匀光罩透光通孔1419也有五个，且与匀光罩183对应设置。采用5个匀光罩183有利于按键11在单键与多键之间切换，详见下文描述。且由于四个按键11对称排布，与按键11对应的四个匀光罩183也对称排布，在安装上壳体141时难以区分匀光罩透光通孔1419与匀光罩183之间的对应关系，由此，匀光罩183设置为五个，具有防呆的作用，能够快速找到匀光罩透光通孔1419与匀光罩183之间的对应关系，进而快速安装上壳体141。在其它实施例中，匀光罩183数量与按键11数量相同，如图11所示，匀光罩183与按键11一一对应，能够减少匀光罩183的使用，节约成本。
在另一实施例中，如图51-图54所示，所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19之间设置有防水透光件41，所述防水透光件41与所述底壳19密封连接，进而与所述底壳19形成密封腔体，所述密封腔体将所述检测件12、所述无线通信模块13、所述PCB板16以及所述LED灯163容纳在内。其中，所述防水透光件41可以理解为具有防水功能的壳体14，采用硅胶、橡胶等软质材料制成，也可采用塑料制成，作用在于与底壳19密封连接，形成防水的密封腔体，将电子元件保护起来，防水防潮，同时起到电气隔离的作用。
进一步的，如图52和图53所示，所述隔离盖18的边缘一周朝向所述防水透光件41延伸出密封部187，所述密封部187将所述防水透光件41的边缘抵压于所述底壳19，以实现所述防水透光件41与所述底壳19的密封连接；其中，以所述隔离盖18指向所述底壳19底部的方向设为第五方向，在所述第五方向上，所述密封部187与所述底壳19之间的间隙小于所述防水透光件41边缘的厚度。其中所述密封部187可以理解为围绕隔离盖18一周的抵压筋，所述密封部187将所述防水透光件41的边缘抵压于所述底壳19可以理解为，密封部187与底壳19将防水透光件41的边缘夹持在中间，以实现防水透光件41与底壳19之间的密封连接。所述密封部187与所述底壳19之间的间隙小于所述防水透光件41边缘的厚度可以理解为，密封部187与底壳19将防水透光件41边缘过盈地夹持在中间，以提高密封性能。所述第五方向为如图52中箭头所指方向，在本实施例中，第五方向与第三方向同向。
进一步的，如图52所示，所述防水透光件41于所述LED灯163相应位置设置有透 光部411，所述透光部411与所述防水透光件41一体成型或者密封连接；所述透光部411被设置为能够将光由一侧透至另一侧。所述透光部411设置于按键11与LED灯163之间，透光部411采用透光材质制成，用于将LED灯163发出的光透出至按键11下表面，另外，透光部411具有匀光作用，能够将LED灯163发出的光匀光后投射至按键11的导光部114，使得按键11上表面显示的文字或图案发光均匀。所述密封连接可以理解为能够密封的连接方式，包括采用密封胶粘贴或者分体注塑成型或者其它可实施的连接方式。在一具体实施例中，透光部411与防水透光件41采用白色的硅胶一体注塑成型，使其具有透光性和匀光的作用。
进一步的，所述透光部411设置于所述导光部114与所述LED灯163之间，所述透光部411于所述按键11的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案1141。其中，所述第三表面即按键11的上表面，所述透光部411的作用在于将LED灯163发出的光匀光后投射至按键11的导光部114，使得按键11上表面的所述预定图案1141发光，所以，透光部411需覆盖所述预定图案1141，使得预定图案1141各部位均能发光，且发光均匀。
进一步的，如图52和图54所示，所述透光部411设置于所述按键11与所述检测件12之间，所述按键11抵接于所述透光部411，并藉由所述透光部411触发所述检测件12。其中，所述按键11藉由所述透光部411触发所述检测件12可以理解为，按键11抵接于透光部411的上表面，由于透光部411设置于按键11与检测件12之间，所以当按键11响应于所述操控力而产生位移时，抵压并带动透光部411部分部位产生位移，透光部411抵压并触发检测件12。按键11通过透光部411间接抵压检测件12的好处在于，由于透光部411采用软质材料制成，对按键11的按压具有缓冲作用，防止按键11按压力较大时损坏检测件12。
进一步的，如图53所示，所述隔离盖18于所述透光部411相应位置开设隔离盖通孔1832，所述透光部411穿过所述隔离盖通孔1832并至少部分暴露于所述隔离盖18上表面。由于隔离盖18将防水透光件41抵压固定于底壳19，而透光部411需穿过隔离盖18，将LED灯163的光投射至按键11下表面，所以隔离盖18开设隔离盖通孔1832，以供透光部411穿过隔离盖18。所述透光部411至少部分暴露于所述隔离盖18上表面可以理解为，透光部411可以是凸出于隔离盖18上表面，也可以是齐平或者低于隔离盖18上表面，使得按键11的抵触部113能够接触透光部411，由于按键11通过透光部411抵压并触发下方的检测件12，所以在一优选实施例中将透光部411凸设于隔离盖18，便于按键11抵压透光部411，同时透光部411为下方的检测件12预留放置空间。
进一步的，当所述按键11响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键11抵压所述透光部411产生弹性形变，当所述操控力撤去时，所述透光部411在自身弹力的作用下恢复初始状态，并带动所述按键11恢复至初始位置。其中，所述透光部411带动所述按键11恢复至初始位置可以理解为，透光部411具有弹性，能够发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的复位作用力作用于按键11。进一步的，如图54所示，按键11朝向透光部411凸设有抵触部113，所述抵触部113由四个方形的触压单元拼接而成，使得抵触部113占据透光部411大部分上表面，抵触部113均匀地抵压透光部411上表面，防止单点触压造成透光部411溜动，出现无法触发的情况。综上，本实施例的防水透光件41至少具有四个作用：1、密封防水，保护内部电子元件；2、匀光透光，将LED发出的光匀光后投射至按键11；3、缓冲按键11与检测件12之间的抵压力，防止按键11按压力较大时损坏检测件12；4、提供复位作用力，帮助按键11恢复初始位置。与传统的防水件相比，本实施例的防水透光件41一件多用，简化了开关内部结构，减少了零件数量，简化了装配步骤，使得制造成本降低。
在另一实施例中，如图55和图56所示，所述下壳体142设置有至少一发声器189， 所述发声器189与所述PCB板16电连接，用于响应于所述检测件12的触发而发出声音。其中，所述发声器189响应于所述检测件12的触发而发出声音可以理解为，将发声器189用作按键11反馈，通过发出声音提示用户已触发检测件12。一般开关都采用检测件12自身按压的段落感作为触发反馈，检测件12在按压过程中，弹力发生跳变，用户从手部触感判断是否易触发检测件12。但这种设计至少存在两个缺陷：1、当检测件12不灵敏或者损坏时，按压检测件12具有触感反馈，但开关无法检测到检测件12的信号，不能控制被控设备的通断电，此时按键11的反馈与被控设备的工作不对应，会导致用户出现误判，误以为被控设备通断生效，当被控设备是延迟生效的电器时，用户的误判会更明显；2、当检测件12反馈不明显，或者用户触感不敏感时，用户会出现感受不到检测件12触发的情况，对使用带来不便。本实施例采用发声器189作为触发反馈，发声器189焊接于PCB板16，其反馈与被控设备的控制同步，当检测件12损坏时，按压检测件12不会触发反馈，用户不会产生误判，而且发声器189的声音大小可调，对于感官不敏感的用户依旧能够感受到按键11反馈，使用方便。
进一步的，如图56所示，所述发声器189被设置为扬声器1891，所述下壳体142设置有扬声器安装位1892，所述扬声器1891与所述扬声器安装位1892固定连接。其中，所述发声器189还可以是蜂鸣器等可以发声的器件。所述扬声器安装位1892可以理解为凹陷于下壳体142表面的凹槽，其形状与扬声器1891外形相适配，使得扬声器1891安装于扬声器安装位1892时，扬声器1891上表面不会凸出下壳体142表面太多，上壳体141盖设于下壳体142时不会被扬声器1891顶起。或者扬声器安装位1892设置于下壳体142内部，所述扬声器1891的发声面朝向所述下壳体142外侧放入扬声器安装位1892。扬声器1891可设置于下壳体142的上表面，也可设置于下壳体142的侧面，当扬声器1891设置于下壳体142上表面时，上壳体141盖设于下壳体142，将扬声器1891隐藏于上壳体141下方，提高开关的美观性。所述扬声器1891与所述扬声器安装位1892固定连接包括卡接、螺钉连接、粘接或者其它可实施的连接方式。
在一具体实施例中，如图56所示，所述扬声器安装位1892为由隔离盖18朝向下方延伸而出的圆桶形结构，扬声器安装位1892的内径与扬声器1891间隙配合，扬声器1891包括扬声器主体1893以及设置于扬声器主体1893底部的扬声器底座1894，扬声器底座1894凸出于扬声器主体1893的外侧壁，扬声器1891从扬声器安装位1892下方装入，扬声器底座1894的上表面抵接于扬声器安装位1892的下表面，扬声器底座1894的上表面粘贴有粘胶，或者扬声器主体1893的侧表面粘贴有粘胶，使得扬声器1891通过粘胶固定连接于扬声器安装位1892。扬声器底座1894电性连接有扬声器导线1895，在扬声器导线1895的末端设置有扬声器接头1896，PCB板16焊接有与所述扬声器接头1896相适配的扬声器插接口1897，所述扬声器接头1896插接于所述扬声器插接口1897，以实现扬声器1891与PCB板16的电性连接。在安装隔离盖18时，现将扬声器1891固定于扬声器安装位1892，再将扬声器接头1896插设于扬声器插接口1897，最后将隔离盖18卡接于底壳19。进一步的，隔离盖18于扬声器1891相应位置开设至少一发声孔1898，所述发声孔1898为贯穿隔离盖18的通孔，用于扬声器1891发出的声音穿过隔离盖18。
在一些实施例中，如图24-图26所示，所述按键11可在单键与多键之间切换配置数目，同时，根据配置数目变化相应的配置尺寸，从而实现开关的单路或多路控制功能切换。具体的，如图24所示，为单按键11开关结构示意图，此时按键11尺寸增大，以覆盖整个上壳体141的上表面，按键卡扣112设置于按键11的四角处，按键卡扣112的位置与上壳体141四角处的所述扣合位1415对应。按键11的四角处分别设置按键定位销111，与第一定位孔1513的位置相对应，按键定位销111插设于第一定位孔1513定位；其中，将按键定位销111设置于按键11的四角处有益效果在于，能够尽量拉大按键定位销111之间的距离，使得定位更加精准。值得注意的是，该实施例的检测件12和匀光罩183皆 为一个，但匀光罩透光通孔1419有五个，并列排布于上壳体141的两端，其中一端排布有三个匀光罩透光通孔1419，且三个中位于中间位置的匀光罩透光通孔1419对应的匀光罩183下方设置有检测件12，按键11于该检测件12对应位置延伸出抵触部113，当按键11被按压时，抵触部113触发该检测件12。隔离盖18于其它匀光罩透光通孔1419的相应位置未设置匀光罩扣合位1833以及隔离盖通孔1832，进一步节省成本。
另外，按键11于远离抵触部113的一端朝向壳体14凸设有至少一撑接部1122，用于抵接于壳体14，从而支撑起按键11远离抵触部113的一端，阻止按键11这一端被按下。撑接部1122的作用在于，支撑起按键11，为按键11提供一支点，使得按键11整体被按下时，按键11基于撑接部1122枢转，靠近抵触部113的一端向下运动，从而抵触部113触发检测件12。同时，能够防止当用户按下按键11的远离抵触部113的一端时，不能触发检测件12，而用户仍然感受到了按键11按下，让用户误以为已触发检测件12。
如图25所示，为双按键11开关的结构示意图，此时按键11为长方形，两个按键11并列排布，按键11四角设置有所述按键卡扣112，扣合于中盖的所述扣合位1415，按键11的四角处分别设置按键定位销111，与第一定位孔1513的位置相对应，按键定位销111插设于第一定位孔1513定位。该实施例的检测件12和匀光罩183皆为两个，但匀光罩透光通孔1419有五个，按键11朝向下壳体142一面的两端各延伸出一抵触部113，抵触部113的位置与匀光罩183的触压通孔1834位置相对应，抵触部113穿过触压通孔1834后置于检测件12上方。如图26所示，为三按键11开关的结构示意图，此时按键11包括一个长方形按键11以及两个正方形按键11，三个按键11拼接排布于所述上壳体141，各按键11四角分别设置有所述按键卡扣112，以扣合于中盖的所述扣合位1415，该实施例的检测件12和匀光罩183皆为三个，但匀光罩透光通孔1419有五个，所述长方形按键11朝向下壳体142一面的两端各延伸出一抵触部113，所述两个正方形按键11的中间部位分别延伸出一抵触部113，各抵触部113的位置与匀光罩183的触压通孔1834位置相对应，抵触部113穿过触压通孔1834后置于检测件12上方。隔离盖18于其它匀光罩透光通孔1419的相应位置未设置匀光罩扣合位1833以及隔离盖通孔1832，进一步节省成本。值得注意的是，对比单按键11和多按键11的开关结构，仅按键11和隔离盖18的结构有差异，其它零部件相互通用，这样的设计节省了磨具成本、设计成本以及制造成本；且用户可灵活切换单键与多键，更换成本低。
另外，如图25和图26所示，当按键11为长条形且按键11覆盖两个匀光罩透光通孔1419时，按键11于远离抵触部113的一端朝向壳体14凸设有至少一撑接部1122，用于抵接于壳体14，从而支撑起按键11远离抵触部113的一端，阻止按键11这一端被按下。撑接部1122的作用在于，支撑起按键11，为按键11提供一支点，使得按键11整体被按下时，按键11基于撑接部1122枢转，靠近抵触部113的一端向下运动，从而抵触部113触发检测件12。同时，能够防止当用户按下按键11的远离抵触部113的一端时，不能触发检测件12，而用户仍然感受到了按键11按下，让用户误以为已触发检测件12。
本实施例提出一种智能开关系统包括：云端、网关、智能终端和至少一个智能开关；其中的智能开关，可以是任意配置了无线通信模块13的开关设备，其中的无线通信模块13可例如是蓝牙无线通信模块13、wifi无线通信模块13与射频无线通信模块13中的至少之一，本实施例中，所述智能开关为墙壁开关。其中的智能终端，可例如是手机、平板电脑、计算机、智能车机、智能家电等。所述智能终端可经过WIFI网络(路由器)与云端交互，也可通过蓝牙网关与云端交互。其中的网关，可以是任意能够分别与云端与智能开关通信的设备，例如可以是具备WIFI无线通信模块13与射频无线通信模块13的墙壁开关，也可以是专用于数据交互与处理的网络设备，例如WIFI网关、路由器等。本实施例中，所述网关配置有单独的语音模块，为语音网关。其中的云端，可以为任意的具有数据存储与处理能力，并能够与网关交互的设备或者设备的组合，可例如是服务器，该服务 器中可部署有所需的程序。
在一优选实施例中，如图27和图28所示，所述墙壁智能开关101还包括显示屏164，所述显示屏164与所述无线通信模块13电性连接；所述按键11与所述显示屏164的位置相匹配；
所述无线通信模块13用于：
控制所述显示屏164显示所述按键11的功能标识；所述功能标识用于表征所述按键11的当前功能；
直接或者间接获取所述按键11被触发的触发信号，并控制与所述当前功能对应的触发结果被执行；
其中，所述无线通信模块13还用于：
在所述按键11的功能发生变化时，直接或者间接接收并存储一智能终端发送的标识更新指令，并基于所述标识更新指令更新所述显示屏164上显示的与所述按键11对应的功能标识，以使得所述功能标识能够表征所述按键11的当前功能；所述标志更新指令中携带有所述按键11当前的功能信息。
当开关按键11数量太多时，用户容易忘记按键11和灯的对应关系；智能开关引入后，开关除了代表单个灯，还可能代表很多场景模式，比如离家模式、全开模式，那么开关代表的功能更加复杂，用户记忆更加困难。基于此，现有技术中提供了一定的客户定制镭雕技术，可以选择在开关上镭雕客户需要的文字或图标。但是这种方案在后续的修改上存在困难，并且定制服务流程复杂。另一方面，虽然很多智能家居的中控屏，提供全屋智能照明的控制或在中控屏上提供情景模式按键11，但是全尺寸的触摸屏成本高昂，而且触摸屏复杂的界面和操作对老人非常不友好。鉴于此，一种简洁的、低成本的、可动态配置显示按键11的功能的名称或图标的开关是需要的。而本发明技术方案提供的智能开关，携带有能够显示开关的物理按键11的功能的显示屏164，且显示屏164上所显示的各按键11的功能表示能够动态配置，对于按键11较多的智能开关，用户可以方便的基于各按键11当前的功能改变显示屏164上对应区域的功能表示，使得智能开关的按键11功能能够零活改变且能够零活标示。
进一步地，直接或者间接获取所述按键11被触发的触发信号，并控制与所述当前功能对应的触发结果被执行；包括：
获取所述按键11被触发的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号判定被触发的按键11的键值信息，进而基于所述键值信息在存储的功能映射表中匹配目标功能，并控制所述目标功能所指示的触发结果被执行；所述按键11功能映射表中定义了至少一个键值信息与至少一个触发结果间的触发关系，其是用户在智能终端自由确定后直接或者间接下发并存储在所述无线通信模块13的本地内存中的。
该实施例中，智能开关能够基于本地存储的功能映射表来控制触发信号对应的触发结果被执行，不用基于云端或者网关控制，实现了断网也能控制的目的。
进一步地，直接或者间接获取所述按键11被触发的触发信号，并控制与所述当前功能对应的触发结果被执行；还包括：
获取所述按键11被触发的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号判定被触发的按键11的键值信息；
将所述键值信息上传至云端；以使得所述云端基于所述键值信息在存储的功能映射表中匹配目标功能；所述功能映射表是用户通过智能终端定义并预先存储至云端的；所述按键11功能映射表中定义了至少一个键值信息与至少一个触发结果间的触发关系。
以上的触发结果，可以理解为至少一个受控设备的至少一个可执行功能。该触发结果所涉及的功能可以包括设备的打开或者关闭，还可包括设备的具体功能的切换，例如某受控的娱乐设备播放特定的音乐或者视频，还可例如是某窗帘控制设备关闭窗帘；本实施例 中，所述智能开关为具备多个继电器175控制通道的墙壁开关，则所述触发结果包括所述智能开关的至少一控制通道的继电器175的打开或者关闭。
该实施例中，所述智能开关将触发信号上传至云端，进而由云端来判断并下发对应的控制指令，能够实现更丰富多样的控制需求。
进一步地，在一些实施例中，所述当前控制指令也可是用户通过网关上传的语音控制指令；进而，所述无线通信模块13还用于：
根据直接或者间接接收的云端下发的控制指令，并控制所述控制指令所指示的触发结果被执行；其中，所述控制指令是所述云端解析一语音控制信息后基于解析结果在存储的功能映射表中匹配目标功能后基于目标功能生成的；所述语音控制信息为一网关响应于外部语音操控信息所生成的；所述解析结果中至少包含了对应的键值信息；所述功能映射表是用户通过智能终端定义并预先存储至云端的；所述按键11功能映射表中定义了至少一个键值信息与至少一个触发结果间的触发关系。
该实施例中，引入了语音控制，用户可以基于语音网关上传语音控制信息，进而云端基于对语音控制信息的解析来下发控制指令，解放了用户的双手，实现了更加智能的联动控制。
进一步地，在所述按键11的功能发生变化时，直接或者间接接收并存储一智能终端发送的标识更新指令，并基于所述标识更新指令更新所述显示屏164上显示的与所述按键11对应的功能标识；包括：
直接或者间接接收并存储一智能终端发送的标识更新指令，并基于所述标识更新指令更新所述显示屏164上显示的与所述按键11对应的功能标识；所述标识更新指令还用于触发所述智能终端将所述标识更新指令上传至云端，以使得云端根据所述标识更新指令中所携带键值信息与功能标识间的对应关系信息更新存储的功能映射表。
本实施例中，当一个智能开关或者某一按键11的功能发生改变时，用户会通过智能终端(例如手机)实时更新云端和智能开关中存储的功能映射表，使得功能映射表中的各智能开关的键值信息与对应的功能标识为更改后的对应关系，以防止按键11功能改变后与实际控制的触发结果不对应的问题。
以上的触发结果，可以理解为至少一个受控设备的至少一个可执行功能。该触发结果所涉及的功能可以包括设备的打开或者关闭，还可包括设备的具体功能的切换，例如某受控的娱乐设备播放特定的音乐或者视频，还可例如是某窗帘控制设备关闭窗帘；本实施例中，所述智能开关为具备多个继电器175控制通道的墙壁开关，则所述触发结果包括所述智能开关的至少一控制通道的继电器175的打开或者关闭。
本实施例中，所述智能开关为一墙壁开关，若所述墙壁开关具备多个按键11，则上述的键值信息可表征智能开关中的不同按键11，而不同的按键11可与墙壁开关中的不同继电器175通道对应。若所述墙壁开关仅有一个按键11，则所述键值信息亦可表示所述智能开关的开关信息，所述开关信息可例如为智能开关的ID；所述功能标识可以为与开关信息对应的，也可为与某一按键11信息对应的。
在一具体实施例中，如图27和图28所示，所述显示屏164包括一排线165，所述显示屏164通过所述排线165与所述PCB板16电性连接；所述按键11与所述显示屏164的位置相适配，所述显示屏164内设置为能够显示所述按键11的对应功能。其中，显示屏164通过所述排线165传输数据，排线165于远离显示屏164的端部设置有排线连接头1651，PCB板16上焊接有排线连接器166，所述排线连接头1651卡接于排线连接器166，以实现显示屏164与PCB板16的之间的电性连接；在另一实施例中，PCB板16上设置有数据传输触点(图中未示出)，排线165通过粘胶粘贴至数据传输触点，以实现显示屏164与PCB板16的之间的电性连接；或者将排线165焊接于PCB板16(图中未示出)，以实现显示屏164与PCB板16的之间的电性连接。所述按键11与所述显示屏164的位 置相适配可以理解为，显示屏164的位置能够与按键11对应起来，使得显示屏164显示的位置能够对应到相应的按键11，例如，按键11横向并列排布于壳体14的上表面，屏幕设置为长条形，横向布置于按键11的端部，其中，屏幕的长边方向与按键11排布的方向相同，屏幕能够在各按键11的端部对应位置显示出按键11对应的功能。或者，如图所示，按键11有四个，两两并列地拼接排布于壳体14的上表面，四个按键11分位于壳体14上表面的四角处，显示屏164为矩形，布置于四个按键11的交汇处，且屏幕分割为四个区域，四个区域分别对应四个按键11相应位置，屏幕的各区域能够分别显示对应按键11的功能。所述无线通信模块13焊接于PCB板16，以实现所述显示屏164与所述无线通信模块13电性连接。所述无线通信模块13根据按键11功能控制显示屏164的显示内容。
进一步的，如图27所示，所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖设于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔内部；所述隔离盖18的中心位置朝向所述按键11凸设一显示屏安装位184，所述显示屏安装位184为上下贯穿的通道形结构，所述显示屏164固定安装于所述显示屏安装位184的上端面，所述排线165穿过所述显示屏安装位184并与所述PCB板16电连接。所述的显示屏164固定安装于所述显示屏安装位184具体为，隔离盖18中间部位向上延伸出相互围合的第一侧部1841、第二侧部1842、第三侧部1843以及第四侧部1844，以形成所述显示屏安装位184，显示屏安装位184上端开口，显示屏164盖设并粘贴于显示屏安装位184的上表面，显示屏164的排线165穿过显示屏安装位184连接于PCB板16。
如图27和图28所示，所按键11于所述显示屏164相应位置贯设显示屏避空位115，所述显示屏164被围合于所述显示屏避空位115，且所显示屏164的上表面与所述按键11的上表面齐平。所述的按键11于显示屏164相应位置开设显示屏避空位115可以理解为，所述显示屏避空位115为通孔，各按键11拼接排布于上壳体141，各按键11于显示屏164相应位置开设通孔，以供显示屏164穿过，且显示屏避空位115与显示屏164之间存在间隙，以防止按键11运动过程中与显示屏164发生干涉。所述的显示屏164的上表面与按键11上表面齐平可以理解为，显示屏安装位184的高度与按键11的高度相互配合，使得显示屏164的上表面与按键11上表面处于同一平面，提高美观度。
进一步的，如图27所示，所述上壳体141于所述显示屏164相应位置开设显示屏164通过孔，所述显示屏164通过孔的形状适配于所述显示屏164，所述显示屏164穿过所述显示屏164通过孔后置于所述显示屏避空位115。由于显示屏安装位184由隔离盖18向上凸设出来，所以位于隔离盖18上方的上壳体141需开设所述显示屏164通过孔，以供所述显示屏安装位184通过。
进一步的，如图28所示，按键11于显示屏安装位184的所述第一侧部1841、第三侧部1843的相应位置朝向上壳体141延伸出所述按键卡扣112，所述第一侧部1841与第三侧部1843相对设置。具体的，以四按键11版本的开关结构为例，各按键11分别设置有4个按键卡扣112，其中，各按键11远离显示屏164的三个角各设置有所述按键卡扣112，靠近显示屏164的一角由于开设有显示屏避空位115，导致按键11具有一矩形缺口，按键11于靠近所述矩形缺口处设置所述按键卡扣112，使得四个按键卡扣112尽量位于按键11的边角位置，以为按键11提供平稳的限位。
根据本发明的另一方面，还提供一种无线智能开关102，与上文所述的墙壁智能开关101不同的是，该无线智能开关102采用电池供电，并与一接收器通信连接，通过接收器间接控制被控设备工作。在一具体实施例中，所述接收器为上文所述的墙壁智能开关101。使用时，所述无线智能开关102响应于用户的操控而触发检测件12，进而向所述接收器发送无线报文，所述接收器根据所述无线报文的内容控制被控设备工作，从而实现所述无 线智能开关102对被控设备的间接控制。其中，所述被控设备可以是灯、风扇等传统电器，通过控制通断电即可控制其开启与关闭；也可以是空调、电视、扫地机器人或者是智能窗帘电机等智能设备，通过接收器对被控设备施加控制指令，从而控制设备工作。
具体的，如图57和图58所示，本发明提供的无线智能开关102包括：壳体14、至少一按键11、检测件12、复位部15以及无线通信模块13，所述按键11设置于所述壳体14，所述按键11至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键11至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；所述检测件12可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；所述复位部15被设置为支撑所述按键11以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；所述无线通信模块13与检测件12通信连接，以接收对应的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号对外发送无线报文；
其中，所述检测件12和所述复位部15相配合，以使得：所述按键11运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键11自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；所述按键11在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
其中，所述无线通信模块13基于所述触发信号对外发送无线报文可以理解为，无线通信模块13与检测件12电连接，当检测件12被触发时，产生对应的触发信号，当无线通信模块13检测到该触发信号时，对外发送对应的无线报文。其它技术细节以及原理上文有详细说明，此处不多赘述。
如图57和图58所示，本发明提供的无线智能开关102，其结构与上文所述的墙壁智能开关101有诸多相同之处，如按键11、复位部15、上壳体141的结构以及匀光罩183结构与所述墙壁智能开关101相同，其技术细节以及原理上文有详细说明，此处不多赘述。不同之处在于：1、无线智能开关102没有电源板17以及与电源板17相关的电子元件，PCB板16使用电池供电；2、无线智能开关102的底壳19结构与墙壁智能开关101不同，具体包括PCB板16与底壳19的连接结构不同、磁吸件1422的结构不同、磁吸件1422与底壳19的连接结构不同以及底壳19没有散热孔1427等；3、隔离盖18开设有用于电池拆装的通孔，结构存在不同。下文将对无线智能开关102与墙壁智能开关101的区别技术特征进行详细说明。
首先，无线智能开关102的磁吸件结构与墙壁智能开关101的磁吸件不同，具体表现为，如图58和图59所示，在一些实施例中，所述下壳体142于所述磁铁安装槽14161相应位置设置有磁吸件固定部42，所述磁吸件固定部42与所述磁吸件1422固定连接。其中，所述磁吸件固定部42可以理解为，能够固定安装磁吸件1422的结构，其固定连接或者一体成型于下壳体142，磁吸件1422与磁吸件固定部42可以通过卡接、粘接、夹持固定、螺钉紧固以及其它可实施的方式固定连接。上壳体141的磁铁安装槽14161内固定安装有磁铁1416，其结构细节上文有详细说明，此处不多赘述，上壳体141通过磁铁1416吸合于下壳体142的磁吸件1422，以实现上壳体141与下壳体142的磁吸式可拆卸地连接。下壳体142设置有第一定位部1424，与上壳体141的第二定位部1418相配合，以使上壳体141被下壳体142定位，此技术细节在上文有详细说明，此处不再赘述。在一具体实施例中，磁铁1416固定部与上文中记载的所述磁铁1416的位置相对应，下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18(上文对此技术细节有详细说明)，磁吸件固定部42有两个，分位于底壳19的左右两端，以增加磁吸连接的稳定性。
进一步的，如图58和图59所示，所述磁吸件固定部42开设磁吸件通孔421，所述磁吸件通孔421的形状适配于所述磁铁安装槽14161，使得所述磁铁安装槽14161的下表面穿过所述磁吸件通孔421后贴合于所述磁吸件1422上表面。其中，所述磁吸件通孔421的形状适配于所述磁铁安装槽14161可以理解为，磁吸件通孔421稍大于磁铁安装槽 14161的下表面，使得磁铁安装槽14161能够穿过磁吸件通孔421。这样设计的好处在于，减小磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的间距，进而；而且，本发明的无线智能开关102能够吸贴在铁质表面上，增大磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的磁吸力，使得磁铁1416能够透过磁吸件1422吸引铁质安装面，防止开关因磁吸力太小而掉落。进一步的，如图57和图59所示，磁吸件固定部42的下表面于磁吸件1422相应位置粘贴一防滑贴43，防滑的上表面具有粘性，下表面具有防滑特性，既能防止磁吸件1422向下掉出磁吸件固定部42，又能起到防滑作用，当开关磁吸到一铁质安装面时，防滑贴43能够防止开关滑动。
在另一实施例中，如图60所示，所述磁吸件固定部42开设磁吸件通孔421，所述磁吸件1422的至少部分上表面穿过所述磁吸件通孔421后与所述磁吸件固定部42的上表面齐平，所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142时，所述磁吸件1422至少部分上表面贴合于所述磁铁安装槽14161的下表面。其中，所述磁吸件1422至少部分上表面与磁吸件固定部42的上表面齐平可以理解为，如图60所示，以底壳19指向按键11的方向为上方向，磁吸件通孔421的形状与磁吸件1422的上部形状一致，磁吸件1422的上部穿过磁吸件通孔421后，上表面与磁吸件固定部42上表面处于同一平面，使得磁铁安装槽14161的下表面能够同时贴合于磁吸件1422以及磁吸件固定部42，既能缩短磁铁1416与磁吸件1422的间距，以增强磁吸力，又能使磁铁安装槽14161得到磁吸件固定部42的支撑，按键11按压时上壳体141不会倾斜。在其它实施例中，磁吸件1422上表面能够略微下沉于磁吸件固定部42的上表面，以保证磁铁安装槽14161得到底壳19的支撑。
进一步的，如图60所示，所述磁吸件1422包括贴合部14223以及与所述贴合部14223一体成型的底座部14224，所述贴合部14223穿过所述磁吸件通孔421并与所述磁铁安装槽14161的下表面贴合，所述底座部14224的尺寸大于所述贴合部14223的尺寸，以使所述贴合部14223与所述底座部14224之间形成一第一台阶；所述磁吸件通孔421包括与所述贴合部14223相配合的第一通孔以及与所述底座部14224相配合的第二通孔，所述第二通孔的尺寸大于所述第一通孔的尺寸，以使所述第一通孔与所述第二通孔之间形成一第二台阶，所述第二台阶与所述第一台阶相抵接，通过所述第二台阶限制所述磁吸件1422竖直向上的位移。其中，所述贴合部14223与所述第一通孔过盈配合，使得所述贴合部14223穿过所述第一通孔并被夹持于所述第一通孔。
进一步的，所述磁吸件固定部42被设置为开口向下的凹槽，所述磁吸件固定部42与所述磁吸件1422过盈配合，使得所述磁吸件1422由所述磁吸件固定部42下方放置于所述磁吸件固定部42，并被夹持于所述磁吸件固定部42。进一步的，磁吸件固定部42的下表面于磁吸件1422相应位置粘贴一防滑贴43(图中未示出)，防滑的上表面具有粘性，下表面具有防滑特性，既能防止磁吸件1422向下掉出磁吸件固定部42，又能起到防滑作用。所述磁吸件1422的贴合部14223和底座部14224均为跑道圆形，好处在于，便于磁吸件1422装入磁吸件固定部42。
在一些实施例中，如图61-图62所示，所述磁吸件固定部42于所述下壳体142底面的投影图形设为第一投影图形，所述磁吸件固定部42朝向所述磁铁安装槽14161凸设磁吸件凸起44，所述磁吸件凸起44于所述下壳体142底面的投影图形设为第二投影图形，所述第二投影图形覆盖所述第一投影图形；所述磁铁安装槽14161的底部朝向所述磁吸件凸起44开设一镂空通孔14162，所述镂空通孔14162于所述下壳体142底部的投影图形设为第三投影图形，所述第三投影图形覆盖所述第二投影图形，所述磁吸件凸起44的高度大于或者等于所述磁铁安装槽14161底部的厚度，所述磁吸件凸起44穿过所述镂空通孔14162后贴合于所述磁铁1416下表面。其中，如图62所示，所述磁吸件凸起44可以理解为，由于底壳19厚度较薄，与磁吸件1422厚度相近，在磁吸件固定部42下表面开设一凹槽，用于安装容纳磁吸件1422，相应的，磁吸件固定部42在磁吸件1422上方设置磁吸件凸起44，以增强磁吸件固定部42在磁吸件1422上方的壁厚，增加磁吸件固定 部42的强度；另外，由于所述镂空通孔14162的投影面积大于磁吸件凸起44的投影面积，磁吸件凸起44能够穿过镂空通孔14162，磁吸件凸起44的厚度与磁铁安装槽14161底壁的厚度一致，使得磁铁1416下表面能够贴合于磁吸件凸起44的上表面。
在另一实施例中，如图63和图64所示，所述磁吸件固定部42贯设至少一磁吸件固定通孔422，所述磁吸件1422的部分部位向下凹设至少一磁吸件凹陷部14225，所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的尺寸与所述磁吸件固定通孔422的尺寸相适配，使得所述磁吸件凹陷部14225置于所述磁吸件通孔421，且所述磁吸件1422除所述磁吸件凹陷部14225以外的其它部位搭接于所述磁吸件固定部42的上表面，所述磁吸件1422与所述磁吸件固定部42粘接固定；其中，所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的尺寸与所述磁吸件固定通孔422的尺寸相适配可以理解为，磁吸件固定通孔422的尺寸大于所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的尺寸，使得磁吸件凹陷部14225能够下沉于磁吸件固定通孔422，在一具体实施例中，底壳19两端分别设置两个磁吸件固定通孔422，底壳19两端分别设置一磁吸件1422，每一磁吸件1422包括两个磁吸件凹陷部14225，分别置于磁吸件固定通孔422内，而磁吸件1422的除了磁吸件凹陷部14225以外的部位搭接于磁吸件固定部42的上表面，即磁吸件1422的部分下表面贴合于底壳19的部分上表面，并通过粘胶粘接固定。
如图64所示，所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的深度与所述磁吸件1422的厚度相适配，使得所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的上表面平齐于所述磁吸件固定部42的上表面，所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的位置与所述磁铁安装槽14161的位置相对应，且磁吸件凹陷部14225的长度大于所述磁铁安装槽14161下表面的长度，使得所述磁铁安装槽14161的下表面贴合于所述磁吸件凹陷部14225的上表面。
在一优选实施例中，上述磁吸件1422均为冲压件，节省制造成本。
在另一实施例中，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面铺设有匀光片1881(图中未示出)，所述匀光片1881设置于所述LED灯163与所述导光部114之间，所述LED灯163发出的光经所述匀光片1881匀光后投射至所述导光部114。其中，匀光片1881可以理解为，具有匀光作用的片状件，例如不透明塑料片、毛玻璃片等。在本实施例中，所述匀光片1881采用透光的白色塑料片制作，将匀光片1881直接粘贴于按键11下表面，省去了匀光罩183的结构，节省了成本，同时可以使开关做得更薄。
进一步的，所述按键11朝向所述壳体14的一面设为第一表面，所述第一表面于所述导光部114相应位置铺设有透光片1883(图中未示出)，所述透光片1883被设置为彩虹膜，能够将自然光反射为彩色光，所述透光片1883于所述第一表面的投影覆盖所述导光部114于所述第一表面的投影。所述彩虹膜也称七彩膜、炫彩膜，它是将两种或者多种不同折光指数的树脂熔融挤出并依次间隔迭加达100层以上，每层厚度仅为几百纳米的塑料复合薄膜。彩虹膜为透明薄膜，其表面在光照下反射出七彩光泽，本实施例将彩虹膜粘贴在按键11的第一表面，即彩虹膜设置在按键11的导光部114下方，使得从按键11上表面观看，按键11的导光部114反射出七彩光泽，提高按键11美观性。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述无线通信模块与所述检测件电连接方式可以是通过自发电模块电连接，还可以是通过电池电连接。
具体的，请参阅图57，在本发明一实施例中，所述无线智能开关102还包括电源模块21，所述电源模块21包括至少一个纽扣电池211以及PCB板16，所述PCB板16与所述纽扣电池211电连接，所述PCB板16设有所述无线通信模块13和所述检测件12，用以供所述无线通信模块13与所述检测件12电连接；如此，所述无线通信模块13和所述检测件12集成于所述PCB板16上，并由所述纽扣电池211向所述PCB板16提供电能，从而完成所述检测件12向所述无线通信模块13发送触发信号，所述无线通信模块13接收所述检测件12的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号对外发送无线报文的过程。更具 体的，在本发明一实施例中，所述纽扣电池211的型号为CR2032，CR2032纽扣电池211的比能量高，储存寿命长，自放电小，放电时间长，且放电电压平稳，使用温度范围为-20～70℃，十分适用于无线智能开关102产品，另外，CR2032纽扣电池211高能环保，不含铅、镉、汞，符合欧盟环保法规，满足现代绿色环保理念。
需要说明的是，所述纽扣电池211的数量不受限制，所述纽扣电池211可以设置一个，也可以设置两个等等。具体的，请参阅图57和图58，在本发明一实施例中，所述纽扣电池211设置有两个。
进一步的，基于上述“所述壳体14包括上壳体141和下壳体142，所述上壳体141盖设于所述下壳体142，且与所述下壳体142可拆卸地连接，所述按键11设于所述上壳体141；所述PCB板16设于所述下壳体142”的实施例，所述下壳体142上至少设有一个电池容置腔22，所述电池容置腔22具有一朝向所述上壳体141设置的开口，所述电池容置腔22用以容置所述纽扣电池211，也就是说，所述电源模块21、所述检测件12和所述无线通信模块13均设于所述下壳体142，以此减少更换所述上壳体141的成本。
需要说明的是，所述电池容置腔22的设置数量与所述纽扣电池211的设置数量相对应，具体的，请参阅图57和图58，在本发明一实施例中，所述纽扣电池211设置有两个，对应的，所述电池容置腔22也设置有两个。
进一步的，基于上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部”的实施例，即所述纽扣电池211也设于所述容纳腔191内；如此，所述电池容置腔22形成于所述底壳19和/或所述隔离盖18，也就是说，所述电池容置腔22可以是形成于所述底壳19，也可以是形成于所述隔离盖18，当然，还可以是所述电池容置腔22的一部分形成于所述底壳19，另一部分形成于所述隔离盖18，以此可减小所述下壳体142的厚度，使得所述无线智能开关102设计更加轻薄，便于携带运输。更具体的，形成于所述底壳19的所述电池容置腔22的一部分可以是形成于所述底壳19的底壁，即形成于所述底壳19远离所述上壳体141的一侧壁，当然，也可以是形成于位于所述底壳19内的所述PCB板16，以此减小所述下壳体142的厚度。具体的，请参阅图57，在本发明一实施例中，所述电池容置腔22的一部分形成于所述隔离盖18，另一部分形成于所述PCB板16。
需要说明的是，所述隔离盖18和所述底壳19的连接方式不受限制，具体的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19可拆卸连接，相较于不可拆卸地连接方式，在所述容纳腔191内的零部件出现问题时，维修人员可直接拆分所述隔离盖18和所述底壳19，十分方便维修或更换有问题的零部件，产品使用经济性较高；进一步的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19卡扣连接；在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19螺纹连接，该连接方式既可以保证所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19连接稳定，其操作也简单快捷，并且成本低。
当然，所述PCB板16和所述底壳19的连接方式也不受限制，具体的，所述PCB板16和所述底壳19可拆卸连接，相较于一些不可拆卸地连接方式，十分方便；进一步的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述PCB板16与所述底壳19卡接，该连接方式操作简单，且不需要工具辅助安装或拆卸，装配效率高。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，上述两个技术特征可以择一设置，也可以同时设置。具体的，请参阅图57、图58和图79，在本发明的一些实施例中，上述两个技术特征同时设置，即所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19螺纹连接，且所述PCB板16与所述底壳19卡接，也就是说，所述底壳19分别与所述隔离盖18和所述PCB板16的连接方式均采用可拆卸连接方式，方便安装拆卸，提高产品使用经济性。
进一步的，请参阅图58、图77至图80，在本发明一实施例中，所述底壳19的容纳 腔191底壁上设有多个沿其周向间隔分布的安装柱192，各所述安装柱192开设有一开口背向所述底壳19的第一安装孔193，所述隔离盖18对应多个所述第一安装孔193开设有多个第二安装孔18a，各所述第二安装孔18a与其对应的所述第一安装孔193依次用以供一螺钉穿插，以使得所述隔离盖18与所述底壳19螺纹连接；所述PCB板16对应多个所述安装柱192设有多个卡孔，各所述卡孔用以供其对应的所述安装柱192穿插，以使得所述PCB板16和所述底壳19通过多个所述安装柱192卡接；如此设置，所述底壳19通过设置的多个所述安装柱192既实现了与所述隔离盖18螺纹连接，又实现了与所述PCB板16卡接，大大简化了结构，节省空间。更具体的，多个所述安装柱192与所述容纳腔191的侧壁抵接，对此，多个所述卡孔形成于所述PCB板16的周缘，且各所述卡孔设为半圆孔，以在安装所述PCB板16时，各所述卡孔的内侧壁与其对应的所述安装柱192的部分外周壁适配抵接。
进一步的，请参阅图57、图58、图77和图78，在本发明一实施例中，所述隔离盖18包括隔离盖主体、以及设于所述隔离盖主体周缘的多个安装部，多个所述安装部用于与多个所述安装柱192一一对应螺纹连接，各所述安装部凸设于所述隔离盖主体远离所述底壳19的端部的周缘，如此，再通过尺寸设置，使得在所述隔离盖18与多个所述安装柱192螺纹连接后，会有部分所述隔离盖主体位于所述底壳19的容纳腔191内，且压设于所述PCB板16上，以与所述底壳19共同固定所述PCB板16，提高所述PCB板16的安装稳定性，同时，也减小了所述下壳体142的厚度。
具体的，为了使得所述纽扣电池211安装稳固，所述下壳体142上设有电池固定结构23，用以将所述纽扣电池211可拆卸地安装于所述电池容置腔22内，所述电池固定结构23的设置不仅用于固定所述纽扣电池211，还方便安装或拆卸电池，以方便更换新旧电池，延长所述无线智能开关102的使用寿命，提高实用性。
需要说明的是，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述纽扣电池211可直接卡设于所述电池容置腔22内，但是为了避免在所述无线智能开关102活动时，所述纽扣电池211随之活动，影响供电效果，甚至从所述电池容置腔22内脱落，且又由于所述电池容置腔22的侧壁在平行于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上限定了所述纽扣电池211，因此，进一步的，所述电池固定结构23包括活动卡扣231，所述活动卡扣231包括与所述下壳体142连接的连接部2311、以及与所述连接部2311连接的扣合部2312，所述扣合部2312设于所述连接部2311靠近所述电池容置腔22的一端，所述扣合部2312可靠近或远离所述电池容置腔22，且在靠近所述电池容置腔22时，用以与所述电池容置腔22底壁共同固定所述纽扣电池211；如此，通过设置所述活动卡扣231可在垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上与所述电池容置腔22底壁共同限位固定所述纽扣电池211，防止所述纽扣电池211从所述电池容置腔22内脱落，以此提高所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性；具体的，在安装或拆卸所述纽扣电池211时，所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312向远离所述电池容置腔22的方向活动，且活动至所述纽扣电池211的安装拆卸活动范围外，以此保证在安装或拆卸所述纽扣电池211的过程中，所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312与所述纽扣电池211不会发生干涉，使得所述纽扣电池211顺利放置于或取出于所述电池容置腔22内，其中，在安装所述纽扣电池211的过程中，所述纽扣电池211放置于所述电池容置腔22后，所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312向靠近所述电池容置腔22的方向活动，直至抵接于所述纽扣电池211的上壁，以此与所述电池容置腔22的底壁共同固定所述纽扣电池211，完成所述纽扣电池211的安装固定，避免在所述无线智能开关102活动时，所述纽扣电池211从所述电池容置腔22内脱出。
还需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312靠近或远离所述电池容置腔22的活动方式不受限制，可以是所述活动卡扣231相对所述下壳体142移动，也可以是所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312相对所述连接部2311转动，当然，还可以同时 采用上述两种方式，即所述活动卡扣231在相对所述电池容置腔22移动的同时，其扣合部2312还受力相对其连接部2311转动，以此快速完成所述纽扣电池211的安装或拆卸。
进一步的，请参阅图77和图78，在本发明一些实施例中，通过对所述活动卡扣231与所述下壳体142的连接部2311分的材质进行设置，使得所述活动卡扣231可相对所述下壳体142移动，具体的，所述下壳体142沿垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向贯设有第一避让孔18e，所述第一避让孔18e与所述电池容置腔22之间有弹性壁221，所述弹性壁221可受力向朝向或背向所述第一避让孔18e的方向发生弹性形变；所述活动卡扣231设于所述弹性壁221，以在所述弹性壁221的弹性形变过程中靠近或远离所述电池容置腔22；所述电池容置腔22的侧壁包括所述弹性壁221；也就是说，通过所述第一避让孔18e提供的活动空间，使得所述弹性臂因其材质特性可受力向朝向或背向所述第一避让孔18e的方向发生弹性形变，从而在所述活动卡扣231受力时，所述弹性臂受到自所述活动卡扣231传递的作用力作用发生弹性形变，从而使得所述活动卡扣231整体移动，以远离或靠近所述电池容置腔22，即使得所述扣合部2312远离或靠近所述电池容置腔22，实现所述纽扣电池211的安装或拆卸；更具体的，所述弹性壁221的材质为塑胶等等，成本低，加工简单。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述第一避让孔18e的延伸方向不受限制，具体的，请参阅图177和图78，在本发明一些实施例中，所述第一避让孔18e沿所述电池容置腔22的周向延伸设置，使得所述弹性壁221变形应力分布均匀。
进一步的，请参阅图77，在本发明一实施例中，所述下壳体142沿垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向贯设有两个补偿孔18b，两个所述补偿孔18b分设于所述弹性壁221的两侧，且各所述补偿孔18b与所述电池容置腔22连通，以在所述活动卡扣231受力远离所述电池容置腔22时，各所述补偿孔18b靠近所述弹性壁221的一侧壁向朝向所述活动卡扣231的方向发生弹性形变，补偿所述弹性壁221用于连接所述活动卡扣231的部分的弹性形变，如此，在所述活动卡扣231向远离所述电池容置腔22的方向活动时，所述弹性壁221整体受力，避免弹性壁221的变形应力集中于所述弹性壁221与所述活动卡扣231连接的部分，使得所述弹性壁221与所述活动卡扣231的连接处发生断裂，且所述补偿孔18b的设置使得所述弹性臂更加容易形变，进而使得安装或拆卸所述纽扣电池211也更加方便。
具体的，为了进一步减小所述下壳体142的厚度，请参阅图77，在本发明一实施例中，所述弹性壁221向朝向所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向凹陷一定的预设深度，所述第一避让孔18e与所述电池容置腔22连通，减小了所述活动卡扣231凸出于所述下壳体142的高度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计；同时，所述弹性壁221因其凹陷减小了厚度，因此在受力时更加容易发生弹性形变，方便操作。
具体的，请参阅图78，在本发明一些实施例中，所述第一避让孔18e的一端设为连通端，所述连通端与所述电池容置腔22连通；也就是说，所述连通端位于所述弹性壁221的一端与所述电池容置腔22的侧壁之间，那么，在所述活动卡扣231靠近或远离所述电池容置腔22的活动过程中，减小了所述电池容置腔22侧壁对所述弹性壁221的作用力，所述弹性壁221更易发生弹性形变，方便操作。
进一步的，所述活动卡扣231设于所述弹性壁221的位置不受限制，但是由于自所述弹性壁221远离所述连通端的一端至所述弹性壁221靠近所述连通端的一端，所述弹性壁221所受到的所述电池容置腔22侧壁的作用力逐渐减小，即所述弹性壁221靠近所述连通端的一端可相对所述电池容置腔22侧壁活动，因此，请参阅图78，在本发明一些实施例中，所述活动卡扣231靠近所述连通端设置，相较于远离所述连通端设置，所述活动卡扣231靠近所述连通端设置时的可活动范围较大，受力更容易发生活动，从而使得所述纽扣电池211的安装与拆卸更加方便。更具体的，所述活动卡扣231设于所述弹性壁221 靠近所述连通端的一端，提高所述纽扣电池211的安装拆卸效率。
请参阅图77和图78，在本发明一些实施例中，所述活动卡扣231发生移动的同时，其扣合部2312可受力相对其连接部2311转动，具体的，所述活动卡扣231被设置为一弹性卡扣，根据所述活动卡扣231的材质特性，在受力时，其扣合部2312弹性变形可相对其连接部2311转动；更具体的，所述活动卡扣231的材质为塑胶或橡胶等等，成本低，加工方便。
当然，在本发明的另一些实施例中，仅仅是通过所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312可相对所述连接部2311转动，便可实现所述扣合部2312靠近或远离所述电池容置腔22，具体的，所述电池容置腔22远离所述底壳19的开口端面的部分凹陷形成避让槽，所述活动卡扣231设于所述避让槽的底壁，且所述活动卡扣231与所述避让槽远离所述所述电池容置腔22的侧壁间隔设置，以形成第一避让空间，所述第一避让空间用以在所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312远离所述电池容置腔22时，供所述扣合部2312活动，所述第一避让空间的设置为所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312提供转动空间，保证在所述纽扣电池211的安装或拆卸过程中，所述扣合部2312能够有充足的空间转动以避让所述纽扣电池211，不与所述纽扣电池211发生干涉，以此保证所述纽扣电池211顺利安装与拆卸；另外，所述活动卡扣231设于所述避让槽，使得所述活动卡扣231齐平于或低于或略高于所述电池容置腔22的开口端面，相较于所述活动卡扣231直接设于所述电池容置腔22的开口端，可节省空间，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
具体的，基于上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部”的实施例，所述活动卡扣231设于所述底壳19或所述隔离盖18，所述活动卡扣231的设置位置根据所述电池容置腔22的设置位置确定。
具体的，当所述电池容置腔22仅仅形成于所述隔离盖18时，所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222，所述活动卡扣231设于所述隔离盖18或所述PCB板16；当所述电池容置腔22仅仅形成于所述PCB板16时，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第二容置通孔223，所述活动卡扣231设于所述底壳19、所述PCB板16或所述隔离盖18；当所述电池容置腔22的一部分形成于所述隔离盖18、以及另一部分形成于所述PCB板16时，所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223，所述活动卡扣231设于所述底壳19或所述隔离盖18。
更具体的，请参阅图1至图3，在本发明一实施例中，为了进一步减小所述下壳体142的厚度，实现所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计，所述电池容置腔22的一部分形成于所述隔离盖18、以及另一部分形成于所述底壳19，即所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223，所述活动卡扣231设于所述底壳19或所述隔离盖18，对此，所述活动卡扣231设置位置的不同，所述活动卡扣231的体积也有所不同；而相较于所述活动卡扣231设于所述底壳19，所述活动卡扣231设于所述隔离盖18时，其长度设置较短，进而在所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312转动时不易断裂，且其所占空间也较小。更具体的，请参阅图57和图77，在本发明一实施例中，所述活动卡扣231设于所述隔离盖18，且设于所述第一容置通孔222的侧壁，所述活动卡扣231可相对所述下壳体142移动，且所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312可相对所述连接部2311转动，其中，所述第一容置通孔222的侧壁包括所述弹性壁221，且所述弹性壁221为所述避让槽的底壁。
为了进一步提高所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性，所述电池固定结构23还包括限位 扣232，所述限位扣232设于所述电池容置腔22的侧壁或开口端，且与所述活动卡扣231相对设置，用以在垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上限位所述纽扣电池211，如此，通过设置所述限位扣232与所述活动卡扣231配合共同固定所述纽扣电池211，防止所述纽扣电池211在所述无线智能开关102的活动过程中从所述电池容置腔22内脱落。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述活动卡扣231的设置数量不受限制，可以是一个，也可以是两个，还可以是三个等等，具体的，请参阅图1至图3，在本发明一实施例中，基于上述“所述电池固定结构23还包括限位扣232，所述限位扣232设于所述电池容置腔22的侧壁或开口端，且与所述活动卡扣231相对设置，用以在垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上限位所述纽扣电池211”的实施例，所述活动卡扣231设置一个即可，既可以保证所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性，且操作人员只需要操作一个所述活动卡扣231便可实现所述纽扣电池211的安装或拆卸，简单方便。
具体的，为了方便操作所述活动卡扣231，所述活动卡扣231还具有握持部2313，所述握持部2313在垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上，设于所述连接部2311远离所述电池容置腔22的一侧，所述握持部2313与所述扣合部2312之间设有第二导向斜面；所述握持部2313的设置大大方便了操作人员施力于所述活动卡扣231，而所述第二导向斜面的设置则对所述纽扣电池211具有引导作用，所述纽扣电池211可直接沿着所述第二导向斜面滑入所述电池容置腔22内，使得所述纽扣电池211的安装更加简单方便。
具体的，一般为使得所述纽扣电池211安装稳定，所述纽扣电池211与所述电池容置腔22之间的间隙较小，从而导致没有足够的空间供操作人员操作，可直接快速地从所述电池容置腔22内取出所述纽扣电池211，进而影响所述纽扣电池211的拆卸效率，因此，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述电池容置腔22内设有弹性件24，所述弹性件24具有自然状态、以及被所述纽扣电池211压设的压紧状态，用以在所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312远离所述纽扣电池211时，所述弹性件24自所述压紧状态恢复至所述自然状态，且作用于所述纽扣电池211，以将部分所述纽扣电池211弹出所述电池容置腔22；如此，通过设置所述弹性件24，使得所述纽扣电池211在不受所述活动卡扣231的限制时，部分所述纽扣电池211受力于所述弹性件24的弹力弹出所述电池容置腔22，提高所述纽扣电池211取出的便利性。
需要说明的是，基于上述“所述电池固定结构23还包括限位扣232，所述限位扣232设于所述电池容置腔22的侧壁或开口端，且与所述活动卡扣231相对设置，用以在垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向上限位所述纽扣电池211”的实施例，所述弹性件24靠近所述活动卡扣231设置，如此，在所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312远离所述纽扣电池211时，靠近所述活动卡扣231的部分所述纽扣电池211受到的所述限位扣232的作用力小，且小于其受到的所述弹性件24的弹力，以此保证部分所述纽扣电池211顺利弹出所述电池容置腔22。
还需要说明的是，所述弹性件24的形式不受限制，可以是弹片或弹簧等等。
进一步的，所述电源模块21还包括电池弹片，所述电池弹片包括正极弹片213和负极弹片212，所述正极弹片213和所述负极弹片212分别与所述纽扣电池211的正负极电连接，且分别与所述PCB板16电连接；所述负极弹片212设于所述电池容置腔22的底壁，用以与所述纽扣电池211的底壁接触导电，所述弹性件24包括所述负极弹片212；由于所述负极弹片212具有弹性，且其设于所述电池容置腔22的底壁，因此，所述负极弹片212不仅具有电性连接所述纽扣电池211和所述PCB板16的作用，也可以在拆卸所述纽扣电池211时对所述纽扣电池211提供一定弹力，从而使得部分所述纽扣电池211从所述电池容置腔22内弹出，提高所述纽扣电池211取出的便利性，即具有所述弹性件24的作用，进而不需要再设置另一所述弹性件24，以此简化了结构，节省了内部空间，降低了生产成本。
具体的，还可利用工具取出所述纽扣电池211，方便拆卸，而一般为使得所述纽扣电池211安装稳定，所述纽扣电池211与所述电池容置腔22之间的间隙较小，没有足够的空间供工具伸入所述电池容置腔22内取出所述纽扣电池211，因此，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述下壳体142上开设有电池拆卸槽18c，所述电池拆卸槽18c与所述纽扣电池211容置腔连通，且靠近所述活动卡扣231设置；当所述活动卡扣231的扣合部2312远离所述电池容置腔22即远离所述纽扣电池211时，靠近所述活动卡扣231的部分所述纽扣电池211不再被所述扣合部2312固定，此时，可采用拆卸工具通过插入所述电池拆卸槽18c与所述纽扣电池211抵接，以施力作用于所述纽扣电池211，将靠近所述活动卡扣231的部分所述纽扣电池211撬出所述电池容置腔22，方便取出所述纽扣电池211；需要说明的是，所述拆卸工具的类型不限，只要能插入所述电池拆卸槽18c内将所述纽扣电池211取出即可，具体的，所述拆卸工具可以是螺丝刀等等。
需要说明的是，基于上述“所述下壳体142沿垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向贯设有两个补偿孔18b，两个所述补偿孔18b分设于所述弹性壁221的两侧，且各所述补偿孔18b与所述电池容置腔22连通，以在所述活动卡扣231受力远离所述电池容置腔22时，各所述补偿孔18b靠近所述弹性壁221的一侧壁向朝向所述活动卡扣231的方向发生弹性形变，补偿所述弹性壁221用于连接所述活动卡扣231的部分的弹性形变”的实施例，当所述补偿孔18b的尺寸设置为与拆卸工具相适配时，所述补偿孔18b即可为所述电池拆卸槽18c，也就是说，可将拆卸工具直接插入所述补偿孔18b实现所述纽扣电池211的拆卸。
具体的，为了提高所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性，所述电池容置腔22的侧壁与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁适配；如此，可增强所述电池容置腔22的侧壁对所述纽扣电池211的限位作用，提高所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性。
具体的，请参阅图57、图79至图95，在本发明一些实施例中，所述电源模块21还包括电池弹片，所述电池弹片包括正极弹片213和负极弹片212，所述正极弹片213和所述负极弹片212分别与所述纽扣电池211的正负极电连接，且分别与所述PCB板16电连接；所述纽扣电池211与所述PCB板16之间的电性连接通过所述正极弹片213和所述负极弹片212实现，进而供电于所述无线通信模块13和所述检测件12，使得所述检测件12可发出触发信号，以及所述无线通信模块13可接收触发信号并向外发送报文。
需要说明的是，所述负极弹片212和所述正极弹片213可以为一体成型结构，也可以为分体结构，具体的，请参阅图79至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极弹片212和所述正极弹片213均为一体成型结构，且均为一个基材片通过裁切、冲压、折弯等工艺加工后形成，以此增加电池弹片的可靠性，且加工简便。
进一步的，一般所述纽扣电池211的负极设置区域包括所述纽扣电池211的底壁，而在本发明中，所述纽扣电池211的底壁为所述纽扣电池211朝向所述底壳19的一侧壁，对应的，所述负极弹片212包括负极载流片2121、以及与所述负极载流片2121连接的负极弹性触臂2122，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16的负极接触导电，所述负极弹性触臂2122对应所述电池容置腔22设置，以与所述纽扣电池211的底壁接触导电；以此使得所述PCB板16的负极与所述纽扣电池211的负极电性连接。
进一步的，所述电池弹片的位置根据所述电池容置腔22的位置设置，而结合上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部；所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223”的实施例，所述纽扣电池211安装于所述电池容置腔22内时，所述纽扣电池211的底壁位于所述第二容置通 孔223，因此，所述负极弹片212设于所述底壳19与所述PCB板16之间，且所述负极弹性触臂2122对应所述第二容置通孔223设置，以与所述纽扣电池211的底壁接触导电，实现所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16的负极接触导电。
具体的，在本发明中，所述负极弹性触臂2122的形状不受限制，请参阅图79至图83、图86、图87、以及图92至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极弹性触臂2122呈条形设置，请参阅图84和图85，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极弹性触臂2122呈半圆形设置，请参阅图88至图91，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极弹性触臂2122呈U形设置，加工简单方便。
具体的，所述负极弹性触臂2122自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔22的方向倾斜延伸设置；相较于所述负极弹性触臂2122呈水平设置，所述负极弹性触臂2122倾斜设置，可以与所述纽扣电池211抵接地更加紧密，并通过弹性形变，可在一定的活动范围内保持与所述纽扣电池211良好接触，提高所述负极弹片212的可靠性。
需要说明的是，上述两个技术特征可以择一设置，也可以同时设置，具体的，请参阅图79至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，上述两个技术特征同时设置，即所述负极弹性触臂2122呈条形、半圆形或U形设置，以及，所述负极弹性触臂2122自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔22的方向倾斜延伸设置，保证所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211接触良好。
进一步的，请参阅图79和图83、，在本发明一些实施例中，所述负极弹性触臂2122呈条形设置，所述负极弹性触臂2122自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔22的方向倾斜延伸设置，且其远离所述负极载流片2121的一端向朝向所述负极载流片2121的方向弯折形成第一接触端子2123，所述第一接触端子2123与负极载流片2121平行，以此增大所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211的接触面积，提高接触可靠性，从而保证所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211导电顺利。
在本发明中，所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述负极载流片2121的相对位置的设置不受限制，具体的，请参阅图84至图91，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极弹性触臂2122设于所述负极载流片2121的周缘；更具体的，请参阅图87至图86，基于上述“所述负极弹性触臂2122自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔22的方向倾斜延伸设置”的实施例，所述负极弹性触臂2122设有多个，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122间隔设置，实现与所述纽扣电池211多点位接触，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122中只要有一个所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211的负极接触良好，便能实现与所述纽扣电池211的电连接，避免断触等问题发生，导电效果好，进一步提高了所述负极弹片212与所述纽扣电池211的接触可靠性和接触稳定性。
还请参阅图79至图83、以及图92至图95，在本发明的另一些实施例中，部分所述负极载流片2121经裁切形成有放置孔2121i、以及连接于所述放置孔2121i一内侧壁的所述负极弹性触臂2122，所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述放置孔2121i的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙，且所述负极弹性触臂2122自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔22的方向倾斜延伸设置；如此，所述负极弹性触臂2122受力相对所述负极载流片2121弹性活动时，不会与所述放置孔2121i的内侧壁发生干涉，从而可在其弹性活动范围内与所述纽扣电池211的负极保持良好接触，提高接触稳定性。
需要说明的是，所述放置孔2121i的形状不受限制，具体的，为了使得加工简单，生产成本低，请参阅图80至图83、以及图88至图93，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述放置孔2121i为方孔，请参阅图79、图94和图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述放置孔2121i为圆孔。
还需要说明的是，所述负极弹性触臂2122的数量不受限制，在本发明的一些实施例 中，所述负极弹性触臂2122设有多个，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122间隔设置；多个所述负极弹性触臂2122的设置实现与所述纽扣电池211多点位接触，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122中只要有一个所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211的负极接触良好，便能实现与所述纽扣电池211的电连接，避免断触等问题发生，导电效果好，进一步提高了所述负极弹片212与所述纽扣电池211的接触可靠性和接触稳定性。
进一步的，上述两个技术特征可以择一设置，也可以同时设置，具体的，在本发明的一些实施例中，上述两个技术特征同时设置，即所述放置孔2121i为方孔或圆孔，以及所述负极弹性触臂2122设有多个，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122间隔设置；更具体的，请参阅图1至图3，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述放置孔2121i为方孔；所述负极弹性触臂2122设有多个，多个所述负极弹性触臂2122沿所述放置孔2121i的一内侧壁间隔设置；既方便加工，减小生产成本，又能提高所述负极弹片212与所述纽扣电池211的接触稳定性和可靠性。
具体的，在本发明中，所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16的连接方式也不受限制，可以是固定连接方式，请参阅图92至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16焊接，实现所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16固定连接，保证两者接触良好，防止发生断触问题。
需要说明的是，请参阅图80至图82，在本发明一实施例中，结合上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部；所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223；所述负极弹片212设于所述底壳19与所述PCB板16之间，且所述负极弹性触臂2122对应所述第二容置通孔223设置，以与所述纽扣电池211的底壁接触导电”的实施例，所述底壳19的底壁对应所述负极弹片212开设有第一避让容置槽198，所述第一避让容置槽198用以容置所述负极弹片212，使得所述PCB板16与所述底壳19的底壁贴接，如此可减小所述下壳体142的厚度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
还需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16之间的焊接结构的设置也不受限制，请参阅图80和图81，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121上凸设有至少一个第一焊脚2124，所述PCB板16对应所述第一焊脚2124开设有第一焊接孔16b，所述第一焊接孔16b用以供其对应的所述第一焊脚2124插设焊接，如此，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16既采用了焊接方式，也采用了插接方式，进一步提高了所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16的接触可靠性和接触稳定性。
当然，也可采用其它的焊接结构形式，请参阅图82至图83，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121上开设有第一爬锡孔2121a，如此可直接在所述第一爬锡孔2121a内灌焊锡，十分简单方便。
另外，在本发明中，所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16也可以采用可拆卸连接方式，相较于焊接等不可拆卸连接方式，在所述负极弹片212或所述PCB板16出现问题时，可直接拆卸更换有问题的零部件，而不用更换所有，以此降低维修成本；具体的，请参阅图79、以及图84至图87，在本发明的另一些实施例中，基于上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部；所述隔离盖18开设有第一容置通孔222，所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223”的实施例，所述负极载流片2121被所述底壳19的底壁和所述PCB板16夹持固定设置，以此固定所述负极载流片2121，保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触稳定， 且装配简单。
进一步的，所述底壳19的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖18设置的第一限位槽194，所述第一限位槽194用以容置所述负极弹片212；所述PCB板16压设于所述底壳19的底壁上，且所述PCB板16的第二容置通孔223与部分所述第一限位槽194对应连通，以使得所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211的负极接触；如此在平行于所述底壳19底壁的水平方向上，所述负极弹片212被所述第一限位槽194的内侧壁限定活动，在垂直于所述底壳19底壁的方向上，所述负极载流片2121被所述PCB板16压紧限定活动，以此保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触稳定、以及所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211接触稳定，该结构设计简单，方便拆卸；且所述第一限位槽194的设置有利于减小所述下壳体142的厚度，实现所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
当然，在平行于所述底壳19底壁的水平方向上，除了通过设置限位槽的方式限位所述负极弹片212，还可以通过设置定位柱的方式实现限位，具体的，在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述底壳19上设有至少一个第一定位柱195；所述负极载流片2121对应所述第一定位柱195贯设有第一限位孔2121b，所述第一限位孔2121b与所述第一定位柱195适配，用以供所述第一定位柱195穿插，以限位所述负极载流片2121；所述PCB板16贯设有第二避让孔16a，用以供所述第一定位柱195穿插，以使得所述PCB板16避让于所述第一定位柱195；如此，通过所述第一定位柱195限定了所述负极载流片2121在平行于所述底壳19底壁的水平方向上的活动，再通过所述PCB板16的压紧限定了所述负极载流片2121在垂直于所述底壳19底壁的方向上的活动，以此保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触稳定；另外，所述PCB板16通过设置所述第二避让孔16a避免了在安装时与所述第一定位柱195发生干涉，保证所述PCB板16安装顺利。
需要说明的是，一般在生产过程中会因加工误差等因素，出现所述第二避让孔16a与所述第一定位柱195位置不对应或尺寸不适配的问题，使得所述PCB板16在安装定位于所述底壳19的容纳腔191内时，会与所述第一定位柱195发生干涉，进而导致所述底壳19与所述PCB板16组装失败，因此，进一步的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二避让孔16a的直径大于所述第一定位柱195的直径，保证所述第一定位柱195能够充分插入所述第二避让孔16a内，避免所述PCB板16与所述第一定位柱195发生干涉，以此提高组装成功率。
还需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述第一定位柱195的数量不受限制，可以是一个，也可以是两个，还可以是三个等等，具体的，请参阅图79、以及图84至图87，在本发明一些实施例中，所述底壳19上设有两个所述第一定位柱195；所述负极载流片2121对应开设有两个所述第一限位孔2121b；如此，既可以提高所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16的接触稳定性，且生产成本较低，提高产品性价比。
进一步的，请参阅图84和图85，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121呈相对设置的两端分别内凹形成有所述第一限位孔2121b，以使得所述负极载流片2121夹设于两个所述第一定位柱195之间；或者，请参阅图84和图87，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121开设有限位容置孔2121c，所述限位容置孔2121c的呈相对设置的两侧壁分别内凹形成有所述第一限位孔2121b，以使得所述负极载流板设于两个所述第一定位柱195外周；上述两种设置方式中，所述第一限位孔2121b均呈半孔设置，又由于所述负极弹片212具有弹性，因此所述第一限位孔2121b可适配于一定尺寸范围内的所述第一定位柱195，减小加工误差的影响，保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触稳定。
另外需要说明的是，所述第一限位槽194和所述第一定位柱195可以择一设置，也可以同时设置，具体的，请参阅图79、以及图84至图87，在本发明一实施例中，所述第一限位槽194和所述第一定位柱195同时设置，以共同限定所述负极载流片2121的活动， 提高安装稳定性，同时减小所述下壳体142的厚度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
具体的，请参阅图88至图91，在本发明的再一些实施例中，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16卡接，安装或拆卸简单方便。
进一步的，所述底壳19的底壁对应所述负极弹片212也开设有所述第一避让容置槽198，所述第一避让容置槽198用以容置所述负极弹片212，使得所述PCB板16与所述底壳19的底壁贴接，减小所述下壳体142的厚度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16之间的卡接结构设置不受限制，例如设置卡持结构，具体的，请参阅图90和图91，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121包括负极载流片主体2121d，所述负极载流片主体2121d的一端的一部分连接有所述负极弹性触臂2122，另一部分向背向所述负极载流片主体2121d的方向弯折形成第一弯折连接臂2121e，所述第一弯折连接臂2121e远离所述负极载流片主体2121d的一端向背向所述负极弹性触臂2122的方向弯折形成有第一夹臂2121f，所述第一夹臂2121f与所述第一弯折连接臂2121e呈夹角设置，所述负极载流片主体2121d、所述第一弯折连接臂2121e和所述第一夹臂2121f共同形成第一卡持结构，用以卡合于所述PCB板16的第二容置通孔223一侧壁；所述第一卡持结构的设置实现了所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16的卡接，其加工简单，操作方便，便于拆卸更换。
需要说明的是，所述负极弹片212可受力弹性变形，以此使得所述第一夹臂2121f与所述第一弯折连接臂2121e之间的夹角可适应性调整，即使得所述第一夹臂2121f与所述负极载流片主体2121d之间的卡持距离可调整适配于不同型号尺寸的PCB板16的厚度，保证了所述第一卡持结构与所述第二容置通孔223的侧壁卡合稳定，防止出现因加工误差导致所述第一卡持结构无法卡合固定于所述PCB板16的问题，提高了所述负极弹片212的实用性。
进一步的，请参阅图91，在本发明一实施例中，所述第一夹臂2121f远离所述第一弯折连接臂2121e的一端设有第一操作臂2121g，所述第一操作臂2121g自其与所述第一夹臂2121f连接的一端向背向所述负极载流片主体2121d的方向倾斜设置；所述第一操作臂2121g用于供人握持并施力作用于所述第一夹臂2121f，方便调整所述第一夹臂2121f与所述第一弯折连接臂2121e之间的夹角。
当然，还可通过设置卡扣结构实现所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16卡接，具体的，请参阅图88和图89，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121上凸设有多个第一卡臂2125，多个所述第一卡臂2125中至少有两个所述第一卡臂2125相对设置，各所述第一卡臂2125远离所述负极载流片2121的一端设有两个第一卡扣2126，两个所述第一卡扣2126相背设置；所述PCB板16对应所述第一卡臂2125贯设有第一扣合孔16c，各所述第一扣合孔16c用以与其对应的所述第一卡臂2125的两个第一卡扣2126扣合；如此，通过所述第一卡扣2126与所述第一扣合孔16c扣合，实现所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16扣持连接，且各所述第一卡臂2125上设有两个所述第一卡扣2126提高了所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16的扣合强度，而多个所述第一卡扣2126中至少有两个所述第一卡臂2125相对设置则提高了所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16的卡接稳定性。
当所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16可拆卸连接时，基于加工误差等因素、或者遇到所述无线智能开关102活动特别是震动等情况时，所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16之间会出现间隙进而接触不良，因此，请参阅图79、图84至图91，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极载流片2121设有用以与所述PCB板16负极接触导电的第一弹性触脚2127，所述第一弹性触脚2127自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向 所述PCB板16的方向倾斜延伸设置，如此，在所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16安装时，所述第一弹性触脚2127受力弹性压缩于所述PCB板16，而在所述无线智能开关102活动特别是在震动时，所述PCB板16受力活动与所述负极载流片2121之间产生间隙，但是所述第一弹性触脚2127因其弹性可在一定范围内弹性活动，以与所述PCB板16保持稳定接触，从而保证持续性导电。
需要说明的是，有时所述第一弹性触脚2127会因过载或变形较大等因素出现弹性变形失效，即失去了弹性功能，可能会与所述PCB板16接触不良，因此，进一步的，请参阅图88和图89，在本发明一实施例中，所述第一弹性触脚2127设置有多个，多个所述第一弹性触脚2127间隔设置；如此，多个所述第一弹性触脚2127中只要有一个所述第一弹性触脚2127能够与所述PCB板16接触良好，便能保证供电正常，提高稳定性。
还需要说明的是，为了满足不同的结构设计需求以及方便开模，所述第一弹性触脚2127的设置位置不受限制，具体的，请参阅图84和图85，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第一弹性触脚2127形成于所述负极载流片2121的周缘；当然，所述第一弹性触脚2127也可以设于所述负极载流片2121的中部，具体的，请参阅图79、图86至图91，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述负极载流片2121经裁切形成第一放置通孔2121h、以及连接于所述第一放置通孔2121h的一内侧壁的所述第一弹性触脚2127，所述第一弹性触脚2127与所述第一放置通孔2121h的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙；如此，在所述第一弹性触脚2127受力弹性活动时，避免了与所述第一放置通孔2121h的内侧壁之间发生干涉，以此保证所述第一弹性触脚2127和所述PCB板16接触良好。
需要说明的是，在上述“所述负极载流片2121开设有限位容置孔2121c，所述限位容置孔2121c的呈相对设置的两侧壁分别内凹形成有所述第一限位孔2121b，以使得所述负极载流板设于两个所述第一定位柱195外周”的实施例中，所述第一放置通孔2121h可为所述限位容置孔2121c，以此简化结构，精简加工工艺。
具体的，请参阅图85和图89，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第一弹性触脚2127远离所述负极载流片2121的一端弯折形成第二接触端子2128，所述第二接触端子2128与所述PCB板16平行设置，用以与所述PCB板16的负极接触导电，所述第二接触端子2128的设置使得所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16负极间的接触为面接触，所述负极弹片212与所述PCB板16接触更加紧密，从而进一步提高了接触稳定性和导电效果。
具体的，在上述“所述底壳19的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖18的第一限位槽194，所述第一限位槽194用以容置所述负极弹片212；所述PCB板16压设于所述底壳19的底壁上，且所述PCB板16的第二容置通孔223与部分所述第一限位槽194对应连通，以使得所述负极弹性触臂2122与所述纽扣电池211的负极接触”的实施例中，一般为了保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触导电，所述第一限位槽194的槽深相同于或略小于所述负极载流片2121的厚度，即所述负极载流片2121背向所述底壳19的一侧面齐平于或略高于所述第一限位槽194的开口端面；但是结合“所述负极载流片2121设有用以与所述PCB板16负极接触导电的第一弹性触脚2127，所述第一弹性触脚2127自其与所述负极载流片2121连接的一端沿朝向所述PCB板16的方向倾斜延伸设置”的设置，在本发明一实施例中，所述负极载流片2121背向所述底壳19的一侧面齐平于或低于所述第一限位槽194的开口端面，且至少部分所述第一弹性触脚2127伸出所述第一限位槽194设置，如此通过所述第一弹性触脚2127的倾斜设置和其弹性性能可以保证所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16接触良好，同时由于所述负极载流片2121完全位于所述第一限位槽194内，因此可以进一步减小所述下壳体142的厚度。
另外，一般所述纽扣电池211的正极设置区域包括所述纽扣电池211的上壁和/或外周壁，而在本发明中，所述纽扣电池211的上壁为所述纽扣电池211背向所述底壳19的一侧壁，对应的，所述正极弹片213包括正极载流片2131、以及与所述正极载流片2131 连接的正极弹性触臂2132，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16的正极接触导电，所述正极弹性触臂2132对应所述电池容置腔22设置，以与所述纽扣电池211的上壁和/或外周壁接触导电；以此使得所述PCB板16的正极与所述纽扣电池211的正极电性连接。
进一步的，基于上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部”的实施例，所述电池容置腔22可以贯穿所述隔离盖18设置，也可以贯穿所述PCB板16设置，当然也可以依次贯穿所述隔离盖18和所述PCB板16设置，具体的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述隔离盖18对应所述纽扣电池211开设有第一容置通孔222、以及对应所述正极弹片213开设有第二放置通孔18d，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二放置通孔18d连通；所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第二容置通孔223与所述第一容置通孔222连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223；如此，至少部分所述正极弹片213位于所述第二放置通孔18d，以此可减小所述下壳体142的厚度，实现所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计；其中，当所述正极弹片213低于或齐平于所述第二放置通孔18d远离所述PCB板16的开口端面时，提高了外观美观性。
在本发明中，所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16的连接方式不受限制，可以是固定连接方式，具体的，请参阅图79至图83、以及图92至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16焊接，通过焊接的方式实现所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16固定连接，保证两者接触良好，防止发生断触问题。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16之间的焊接结构形式也不受限制，具体的，请参阅图80和图81，在本发明一实施例中，所述正极载流片2131上凸设有至少一个第二焊脚2133，所述PCB板16对应所述第二焊脚2133开设有第二焊接孔，所述第二焊接孔用以供其对应的所述第一焊脚2124插设焊接；如此，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16既采用了焊接方式，也采用了插接方式，进一步提高了所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16的接触可靠性和接触稳定性。
当然，也可采用其它的焊接结构形式，请参阅图92至图95，在本发明一实施例中，所述正极载流片2131上开设有第二爬锡孔2131a，如此可直接在所述第二爬锡孔2131a内灌焊锡即可，十分简单方便。
另外，在本发明中，所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16也可以采用可拆卸连接方式，具体的，请参阅图84至图87，在本发明的另一些实施例中，基于上述“所述隔离盖18对应所述纽扣电池211开设有第一容置通孔222、以及对应所述正极弹片213开设有第二放置通孔18d，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二放置通孔18d连通；所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第二容置通孔223与所述第一容置通孔222连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223”的实施例，所述正极载流片2131被所述底壳19和所述PCB板16夹持固定设置，以此固定所述正极载流片2131，保证所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16接触稳定，且装配简单。
需要说明的是，所述第一容置通孔222朝向所述底壳19的一端凸设有压紧筋，所述压紧筋与所述PCB板16抵接，以压紧所述PCB板16，进而提高所述PCB板16和所述底壳19对所述电池弹片的夹持稳定性。
进一步的，所述底壳19的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖18设置的第二限位槽196，所述正极载流片2131设于所述第二限位槽196；所述PCB板16对应所述正极弹片213开设有第三放置通孔16f，所述第三放置通孔16f与所述第二放置通孔18d和所述电池容置腔22连通；所述PCB板16压设于所述底壳19上，且所述电池容置腔22与部分所述第二限位槽196对应连通，以使得所述正极弹性触臂2132可与所述纽扣电池211的正极接触；如此，所述第二放置通孔18d和所述第三放置通孔16f的设置使得所述正极弹片 213设于所述第二限位槽196，且穿设于所述隔离盖18和所述PCB板16，实现与所述纽扣电池211的正极接触导电；另外，在平行于所述底壳19底壁的水平方向上，所述正极弹片213被所述第二限位槽196的内侧壁限定活动，在垂直于所述底壳19底壁的方向上，所述正极载流片2131被所述PCB板16压紧限定活动，以此保证所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16接触稳定、以及所述正极弹性触臂2132与所述纽扣电池211接触稳定，该结构设计简单，方便拆卸；且所述第二限位槽196的设置有利于减小所述下壳体142的厚度，实现所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
当然，除了通过设置限位槽的方式限位所述正极弹片213，还可以通过设置定位柱的方式实现限位，具体的，在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述底壳19上设有至少一个第二定位柱197；所述正极载流片2131对应所述第二定位柱197贯设有第二限位孔2131b，所述第二限位孔2131b与所述第二定位柱197适配，用以供所述第二定位柱197穿插，以限位所述正极载流片2131；所述PCB板16贯设有第三避让孔16d，用以供所述第二定位柱197穿插，以使得所述PCB板16避让所述第二定位柱197；如此，通过所述第二定位柱197限定了所述正极载流片2131在平行于所述底壳19底壁的水平方向方向上的活动，再通过所述PCB板16的压紧限定了所述正极载流片2131在垂直于所述底壳19底壁的方向上的活动，以此保证所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16接触稳定；另外，所述PCB板16通过设置所述第三避让孔16d避免了在安装时与所述第二定位柱197发生干涉，保证所述PCB板16安装顺利。
需要说明的是，一般在生产过程中会因加工误差等因素，出现所述第三避让孔16d与所述第二定位柱197位置不对应或尺寸不适配的问题，使得所述PCB板16在安装定位于所述底壳19的容纳腔191内时，会与所述第二定位柱197发生干涉，进而导致所述底壳19与所述PCB板16组装失败，因此，进一步的，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第三避让孔16d的直径大于所述第二定位柱197的直径，保证所述第二定位柱197能够充分插入所述第三避让孔16d内，避免所述PCB板16与所述第二定位柱197发生干涉，以此提高组装成功率。
还需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述第二定位柱197的数量不受限制，可以是一个，也可以是两个，还可以是三个等等，具体的，请参阅图87，在本发明一实施例中，所述底壳19上设有一个所述第二定位柱197；所述正极载流片2131对应开设有一个所述第二限位孔2131b；更具体的，所述第二限位孔2131b设于所述正极载流片2131的中部。
另外需要说明的是，所述第二限位槽196和所述第二定位柱197可以择一设置，也可以同时设置，具体的，请参阅图84至图87，在本发明一实施例中，所述第二限位槽196和所述第二定位柱197同时设置，以共同限定所述正极载流片2131的活动，提高安装稳定性，同时减小所述下壳体142的厚度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
具体的，请参阅图88至图91，在本发明的另一些实施例中，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16卡接，安装或拆卸简单方便。
进一步的，请参阅图88至图91，在本发明一实施例中，结合上述“所述下壳体142包括底壳19和隔离盖18，所述隔离盖18盖合于所述底壳19，且与所述底壳19形成一容纳腔191，所述PCB板16容纳于所述容纳腔191内部；所述隔离盖18对应所述纽扣电池211开设有第一容置通孔222、以及对应所述正极弹片213开设有第二放置通孔18d，所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二放置通孔18d连通；所述PCB板16开设有第二容置通孔223，所述第二容置通孔223与所述第一容置通孔222连通，所述电池容置腔22包括所述第一容置通孔222和所述第二容置通孔223”的实施例，所述底壳19的底壁对应所述负极弹片212开设有第二避让容置槽199，所述第二避让容置槽199用以容置所述正极弹片213，使得所述PCB板16与所述底壳19的底壁贴接，如此可减小所述下壳体142的厚度，有利于所述无线智能开关102轻薄化设计。
需要说明的是，在本发明中，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16之间的卡接结构设置不受限制，例如设置卡持结构，具体的，请参阅图90和图91，在本发明一实施例中，所述正极载流片2131包括正极载流片主体2131c，所述正极载流片主体2131c的一端的一部分连接有所述正极弹性触臂2132，另一部分向背向所述正极连接板的方向弯折形成第二弯折连接臂2131d，所述第二弯折连接臂2131d远离所述正极连接板主板的一端向背向所述正极弹性触臂2132的方向弯折形成有第二夹臂2131e，所述正极载流片主体2131c、所述第二弯折连接臂2131d和所述第二夹臂2131e共同形成第二卡持结构，用以卡合所述第二容置通孔223的一侧壁；所述第二卡持结构的设置实现了所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16的卡接，其加工简单，操作方便，便于拆卸更换。
需要说明的是，所述正极弹片213的因其弹性可受力弹性变形，以此使得所述第二夹臂2131e与所述第二弯折连接臂2131d之间的夹角可适应性调整，以使得所述第二夹臂2131e与所述正极载流片主体2131c之间的卡持距离适配于所述第二容置通孔223的厚度，保证了所述第二卡持结构与所述第二容置通孔223的侧壁卡合稳定，避免了因加工误差导致所述第二卡持结构无法卡合固定于所述PCB板16的问题，同时，所述第二夹臂2131e与所述第二弯折连接臂2131d之间夹角的可调整性使得所述正极弹片213可应用于不同型号尺寸的PCB板16，提高了所述负极弹片212的实用性。
进一步的，请参阅图91，在本发明一实施例中，所述第二夹臂2131e远离所述第二弯折连接臂2131d的一端设有第二操作臂2131f，所述第二操作臂2131f自其与所述第二夹臂2131e连接的一端向背向所述正极载流片主体2131c的方向倾斜设置；所述第二操作臂2131f用于供人握持并施力作用于所述第二夹臂2131e，方便调整所述第二夹臂2131e与所述第二弯折连接臂2131d之间的夹角。
当然，还可通过设置卡扣结构实现所述负极载流片2121与所述PCB板16卡接，具体的，请参阅图88和图89，在本发明一实施例中，所述正极载流片2131上凸设有多个第二卡臂2134，多个所述第二卡臂2134中至少有两个相对设置，各所述第二卡臂2134远离所述正极载流片2131的一端设有两个第二卡扣2135，两个所述第二卡扣2135背向设置；所述PCB板16对应多个所述第二卡臂2134开设有多个第二扣合孔16e，各所述第二扣合孔16e用以与其对应的所述第二卡臂2134的两个第二卡扣2135扣合；如此，通过所述第二卡扣2135与所述第二扣合孔16e扣合，实现所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16扣持连接，且各所述第二卡臂2134上设有两个所述第二卡扣2135提高了所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16的扣合强度，而多个所述第二卡扣2135中至少有两个所述第二卡臂2134相对设置则提高了所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16的卡接稳定性。
当所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16可拆卸连接时，基于加工误差等因素、或者遇到所述无线智能开关102活动特别是震动等情况时，所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16之间会因出现间隙而接触不良，因此，请参阅图84至图89，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述正极载流片2131设有用以与所述PCB板16正极接触导电的第二弹性触脚2136，所述第二弹性触脚2136自其与所述正极载流片2131连接的一端向朝向所述PCB板16的方向倾斜延伸设置；如此，在所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16安装时，所述第二弹性触脚2136受力弹性压缩于所述PCB板16，而在所述无线智能开关102活动特别是在震动时，所述PCB板16受力活动与所述正极载流片2131之间产生间隙，但是所述第二弹性触脚2136因其弹性可在一定范围内弹性活动，以与所述PCB板16稳定接触，从而保证持续性导电。
需要说明的是，有时所述第二弹性触脚2136会因过载、或变形较大等因素出现弹性变形失效，即失去了弹性功能，可能会与所述PCB板16接触不良，因此，进一步的，请参阅图84至图87，在本发明一实施例中，所述第二弹性触脚2136设置有多个，多个所述第二弹性触脚2136间隔设置；如此，多个所述第二弹性触脚2136中只要有一个所述弹 性触脚能够与所述PCB板16接触良好，便能保证供电正常，提高稳定性。
还需要说明的是，所述第二弹性触脚2136的设置位置不受限制，为了满足不同的结构设计需求以及方便开模，具体的，请参阅图84至图87，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二弹性触脚2136设于所述正极载流片2131的周缘；当然，所述第二弹性触脚2136也可以设于所述正极载流片2131的中部，具体的，请参阅图88和图89，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述正极载流片2131经裁切形成第四放置通孔2131g、以及连接于所述第四放置通孔2131g的一内侧壁的所述第二弹性触脚2136，所述第二弹性触脚2136与所述第四放置通孔2131g的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙；如此，在所述第二弹性触脚2136受力弹性活动时，避免了与所述第四放置通孔2131g的内侧壁之间发生干涉，以此保证所述第二弹性触脚2136和所述PCB板16接触良好。
具体的，请参阅图85、图87以及图89，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述第二弹性触脚2136远离所述正极载流片2131的一端弯折形成第三接触端子2137，所述第三接触端子2137与PCB板16平行设置，用以与所述PCB板16的正极接触导电；所述第三接触端子2137的设置使得所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16的正极间的接触为面接触，进而使得所述正极弹片213与所述PCB板16接触更加紧密，从而进一步提高了接触稳定性和导电效果。
具体的，基于“所述底壳19的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖18的第二限位槽196，所述正极载流片2131设于所述第二限位槽196；所述PCB板16压设于所述底壳19上，且所述电池容置腔22与部分所述第二限位槽196对应连通，以使得所述正极弹性触臂2132可与所述纽扣电池211的正极接触”的实施例中，一般为了保证所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16接触导电，所述第二限位槽196的槽深相同于或略小于所述正极载流片2131的厚度，即所述正极载流片2131背向所述底壳19的一侧面齐平于或略高于所述第二限位槽196的开口端面；但是结合“所述正极载流片2131设有用以与所述PCB板16正极接触导电的第二弹性触脚2136，所述第二弹性触脚2136自其与所述正极载流片2131连接的一端向朝向所述PCB板16的方向倾斜延伸设置”的设置，在本发明一实施例中，所述正极载流片2131背向所述底壳19的一侧面齐平于或低于所述第二限位槽196的开口端面，且至少部分所述第二弹性触脚2136伸出所述第二限位槽196设置，如此可通过所述第二弹性触脚2136的倾斜设置和其弹性性能可以保证所述正极载流片2131与所述PCB板16接触良好，同时由于所述正极载流片2131完全位于所述第二限位槽196内，因此可以进一步减小所述下壳体142的厚度。
另外，所述正极弹性触臂2132包括连接片21321和至少一个导电片21322，所述连接片21321与所述正极载流片2131连接，且与所述正极载流片2131呈夹角设置，所述导电片21322设于所述连接片21321的外周缘，可相对所述连接片21321受力弹性活动，所述导电片21322的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池211的上壁或外周壁接触，以此实现所述正极弹片213与所述纽扣电池211电性连接。更具体的，所述连接片21321自所述正极载流片2131的一端弯折形成，且所述连接片21321与所述正极载流片2131之间的弯折连接部2311分呈弧面设置，避免该弯折连接处发生断裂，从而延长所述正极弹片213的使用寿命。
需要说明的是，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321的连接位置不受限制，请参阅图79、图82至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述连接片21321具有与所述正极载流片2131连接的第一端、以及与所述第一端相对的第二端；其中，所述连接片21321的第二端弯折形成有所述导电片21322，所述导电片21322位于所述连接片21321背向所述正极载流片2131的一侧，且与所述连接片21321呈夹角设置，以与所述纽扣电池211的上侧壁或外周壁接触导电。
当然，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321之间的夹角设置不同，所述导电片21322 与所述纽扣电池211的接触位置也不同，具体的，请参阅图79、图82至图91，在本发明一些实施例中，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321之间的夹角为锐角，所述导电片21322背向所述连接片21321的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁抵接；同时，请参阅图92至图95，在本发明一些实施例中，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321之间的夹角为直角或钝角，所述导电片21322朝向所述连接片21321的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池211的上侧壁抵接。
另外，基于上述“所述连接片21321具有与所述正极载流片2131连接的第一端、以及与所述第一端相对的第二端”的实施例，所述连接片21321还具有设于所述第一端和所述第二端之间且相对设置的第三端和第四端；所述第三端和所述第四端中的一端弯折形成有所述导电片21322，所述导电片21322位于所述连接片21321背向所述正极载流片2131的一侧，且与所述连接片21321之间呈夹角设置，用以与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁接触导电。
其中，相较于所述导电片21322与所述纽扣电池211的上壁接触的结构，所述导电片21322与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁接触的结构，与所述纽扣电池211的接触面积较大，导电性更加稳定；而相较于所述导电片21322与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁接触的结构，所述导电片21322与所述纽扣电池211的上壁接触的结构，在具有导电作用的同时，还具有与所述电池容置腔22的底壁共同沿垂直于所述电池容置腔22底壁的方向限定所述纽扣电池211的作用，提高了所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性，以及所述纽扣电池211与所述负极弹片212导电稳定性。
更具体的，请参阅图80和图81，在本发明一实施例中，所述第三端和所述第四端中的一端弯折形成有所述导电片21322，所述导电片21322位于所述连接片21321背向所述正极载流片2131的一侧，且与所述连接片21321之间呈锐角设置，且与所述连接片21321基本平行，所述导电片21322背向所述连接片21321的一侧用以与所述纽扣电池211的外周壁接触导电，所述导电片21322远离所述连接片21321的一端向背向所述连接片21321的方向弯折形成贴接片，所述导电片21322与所述贴接片之间的弯折连接部2311分呈弧面设置，以适配于所述纽扣电池211的外周壁，增大所述正极弹片213与所述纽扣电池211的接触面积，提高导电稳定性。
另外，所述导电片21322的数量设置也不受限制，所述导电片21322可以设置一个，也可以设置两个等等，如此，多个所述导电片21322中只要有一个所述导电片21322与所述纽扣电池211接触良好便能实现导电；进一步的，多个所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321的连接位置也不受限制，多个所述导电片21322可以间隔设于所述连接片21321的一端，例如，请参阅图95，在本发明一实施例中，所述导电片21322设有两个，两个所述导电片21322间隔设于所述连接片21321的第二端，以与所述纽扣电池211的上壁接触导电，且与所述电池容置腔22的底壁共同限位所述纽扣电池211；另外，多个所述导电片21322也可以间隔设于所述连接片21321的外周，请参阅图93，在本发明一实施例中，所述导电片21322设置有三个，三个所述导电片21322分别设于所述连接片21321的第二端、第三端和第四端，用以与所述纽扣电池211的上侧壁和外周壁接触导电，且使得所述纽扣电池211被设于所述连接片21321的第二端的导电片21322和电池容置腔22底壁共同固定；如此，在本实施例中，多个所述导电片21322的设置既使得所述正极弹片213与所述纽扣电池211的接触面积较大，提高了导电稳定性，同时又限位了所述纽扣电池211，提高了所述纽扣电池211的安装稳定性，以及所述纽扣电池211与所述负极弹片212的导电稳定性；其中，又由于多个所述导电片21322中只要有一个所述导电片21322能够与所述纽扣电池211接触导电，便能保证所述正极弹片213与所述纽扣电池211导电正常，从而提高了所述正极弹片213的可靠性。
还需要说明的是，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321的弯折连接处可以呈尖角设 置，也可以呈弧面设置，具体的，请参阅图79至图95，在本发明的一些实施例中，所述导电片21322与所述连接片21321的弯折连接处呈弧面设置，以此避免该弯折连接处发生断裂，从而延长所述正极弹片213的使用寿命。
根据本发明的另一方面，如图65-图68所示，还提供一种开关安装架3，包括一连体边框31，被设置为能够安装上文所述的墙壁智能开关101和/或无线智能开关102；所述连体边框31上设置有至少一开关安装位32，所述墙壁智能开关101或者所述无线智能开关102可拆卸地连接于所述开关安装位32。所述的可拆卸地连接包括磁吸式可拆卸连接、螺栓连接、卡接、夹持固定或者其它可实施的可拆卸地固定连接方式。开关安装架3的作用在于，1、便于多个开关快速安装以及整齐地排列；2、上文提供的墙壁智能开关101与无线智能开关102具有磁吸结构，将开关安装架3采用铁质材料制作，并安装在墙壁上，配合无线智能开关102的磁吸结构使用，使得无线智能开关102能够快速从墙壁上拿下，随身携带，且能快速装入开关安装架3，并保持各开关整齐排列，方便快捷。3、对墙壁智能开关101的安装具有预固定的作用，便于墙壁智能开关101固定至墙壁。
进一步的，如图65和图66所示，所述墙壁智能开关101和所述无线智能开关102分别设置有壳体14；所述开关安装位32开设有与所述壳体14形状相适配的第二定位槽321，所述第二定位槽321的侧壁套设于所述壳体14的侧壁，以将所述壳体14在水平方向上定位，所述第二定位槽321的底壁贴合于所述壳体14的至少一下表面，以限制所述壳体14竖直向下的位移。其中，所述第二定位槽321与所述智能开关的壳体14形状相适配可以理解为，第二定位槽321的尺寸稍大于壳体14外轮廓的尺寸，使得壳体14安装至开关安装位32时，第二定位槽321套设于壳体14外表面，第二定位槽321的内侧壁贴合于壳体14的外侧壁，通过第二定位槽321将所述智能开关在水平方向上定位。需要注意的是，所述水平方向指的是图中所示的水平方向，并非是所述智能开关安装至墙壁时的水平方向。所述第二定位槽321的底壁贴合于所述壳体14的至少一下表面可以理解为，所述壳体14存在至少一表面与第二定位槽321的底壁相接触，使得壳体14在竖直方向上被第二定位槽321定位，需要注意的是，所述竖直方向和所述底壁需根据图确定方向，并非是指所述智能开关安装至墙壁时的方向。所述壳体14的至少一下表面可以理解为，壳体14的至少一朝向下方的表面，并非特指壳体14底部的下表面。
另外，所述第二定位槽321中心开设一形状适配于所述壳体14的壳体通过孔324，所述壳体14穿过所述壳体通过孔324，以使所述第二定位槽321的底壁贴合于所述壳体14的至少一下表面；开设壳体通过孔324的目的在于，当所述智能开关为墙壁开关时，由于墙壁开关有电源板17，需接电源线，以及需控制被控电器的通断电，导致墙壁开关的壳体14体积大，而壳体通过孔324能够让墙壁开关的部分壳体14穿过，置于墙壁内部，使得开关安装架3同时安装墙壁开关和无线开关时，墙壁开关在外观上厚度与无线开关一致。
进一步的，如图65和图66所示，所述开关安装位32还包括第三卡扣322，所述第三卡扣322延伸于所述第二定位槽321的侧壁，所述第三卡扣322卡接于所述壳体14，以限制所述壳体14竖直向上的位移，从而使得所述壳体14可拆卸地固定于所述开关安装位32。在一具体实施例中，所述第三卡扣322有四个，两两一对地设置于所述第二定位槽321的左右两侧，所述壳体14包括上壳体141和下壳体142，所述按键11设置于所述上壳体141，所述上壳体141于所述第三卡扣322对应位置设置有适配于所述第三卡扣322的第三扣合位323，当所述智能开关安装于所述开关安装位32时，所述第三卡扣322卡接于所述第三扣合位323，以实现所述智能开关与所述开关安装位32固定连。
在另一实施例中，所述开关安装位32设置有螺栓孔(图中未示出)，所述壳体14于所述螺栓孔相应位置开设有螺栓通过孔，所述螺栓通过孔的孔径与所述螺栓孔相适配， 使得一螺栓穿过所述螺栓通过孔后旋拧入所述螺栓孔，以将所述智能开关固定于所述开关安装位32。
在另一实施例中，如图67和图68所示，所述开关安装位32开设一形状适配于所述壳体14的壳体通过孔324，所述壳体14穿过所述壳体通过孔324，并至少部分朝向所述开关安装位32的表面贴合于所述开关安装位32；所述开关安装位32凸设有至少一定位凸起325，所述壳体14于所述定位凸起325相应位置设置有形状适配于所述定位凸起325的定位孔326，所述定位凸起325插设于所述定位孔326，以将所述壳体14在水平方向上定位。其中，如图68所示，墙壁智能开关101的所述定位孔326开设在钣金件14221上，无线智能开关102的所述定位孔326开设在底壳19上，在将墙壁智能开关101安装至墙壁时，开关安装架3对墙壁开关具有定位作用，便于墙壁智能开关101排列整齐。开设壳体通过孔324的目的在于，当所述智能开关为墙壁开关时，由于墙壁开关有电源板17，需接电源线，以及需控制被控电器的通断电，导致墙壁开关的壳体14体积大，而壳体通过孔324能够让墙壁开关的部分壳体14穿过，置于墙壁内部，使得开关安装架3同时安装墙壁开关和无线开关时，墙壁开关在外观上厚度与无线开关一致。在本实施例中，所述定位凸起325一体成型于所述开关安装支架。
进一步的，如图67和图68所示，各所述开关安装位32对应的所述定位凸起325有两个，两个所述定位凸起325分别设置于所述开关安装位32的对角处。其中，将所述定位凸起325设置于所述开关安装位32的对角处可以使两个定位凸起325之间的间距最大化，从而提高定位凸起325的定位精度。在其他实施例中，所述定位凸起325也可以是单个，单个定位凸起325配合壳体通过孔324以实现壳体14的定位。或者，所述定位凸起325可以是三个或者三个以上，共同对壳体14定位。
进一步的，所述开关安装位32至少部分部位采用铁质材料制成，所述壳体14设置有磁铁1416，所述壳体14通过所述磁铁1416吸附于所述开关安装位32，以实现所述墙壁智能开关101或者所述无线智能开关102可拆卸地连接于所述开关安装位32。其中，所述智能开关设置有磁铁1416，该技术方案的细节在上文有详细说明，此处不再赘述。所述开关安装位32至少部分部位采用铁质材料制成可以理解为，所述开关安装位32部分部位设置有铁片，或者开关安装位32全部使用铁质材料制成，或者在另一实施例中，整个开关安装支架采用铁质材料一体成型。其中，所述无线智能开关102的磁吸结构配合定位凸起325使用，能够实现无线智能开关102快速拆装，使得无线智能开关102能够快速从墙壁上拿下，随身携带，且能快速装入开关安装架3，并保持各开关整齐排列，方便快捷。
进一步的，如图62所示，所述壳体14包括上壳体141和下壳体142，所述磁铁1416设置于所述上壳体141，所述下壳体142于所述磁铁1416相应位置设置有至少一磁吸件1422，所述磁铁1416与所述磁吸件1422相互吸引，以实现上壳体141与下壳体142的磁吸连接；其中，所述磁吸件1422位于所述磁铁1416与所述开关安装位32之间，所述磁铁1416和所述磁吸件1422吸附于所述开关安装位32。其中，所述智能开关的磁吸结构上文有详细记载，磁铁1416设置于所述上壳体141，磁吸件1422设置于下壳体142，磁铁1416吸引磁吸件1422，以使上壳体141吸附于下壳体142，同时，磁铁1416吸引开关安装位32，使得上壳体141和下壳体142吸附于所述开关安装位32。由于磁铁1416距磁吸件1422的距离大于磁铁1416距开关安装位32的距离，所以当所述智能开关吸附于开关安装位32时，所述磁铁1416透过磁吸件1422吸引开关安装位32，磁铁1416与磁吸件1422之间的磁吸力大于磁铁1416与开关安装位32之间的磁吸力，当所述智能开关从开关安装位32取下时，用户只需手持上壳体141向外拉扯，即可将上壳体141和下壳体142一起从开关安装位32取下，不会出现只取下上壳体141，而未取下下壳体142的情况。这样设置的好处在于，由于所述智能开关安装于开关安装位32时，只有上壳体141暴露于开关安装位32外侧，其他部位被隐藏，用户只能拿取上壳体141，在取下上壳体141 的同时，即可将整个开关取下，方便用户更换电池、接线等操作。
进一步的，如图66和图67所示，所述开关安装位32有多个，各所述开关安装位32之间并列排布；以各所述开关安装位32并列排布的方向设为第四方向，所述墙壁智能开关101与所述无线智能开关102在第四方向上的长度相同，且所述无线智能开关102在第四方向上的长度被设置为第一长度；在第四方向上，两相邻所述开关安装位32的中心位置之间的距离大于或者等于所述第一长度。使得当所述智能开关安装于开关安装位32时，两相邻的智能开关之间具有足够的间隙，使得两相邻智能开关不会发生干涉。
进一步的，在第四方向上，两相邻所述开关安装位32的中心位置之间的距离与所述第一长度的差值小于或者等于5mm。使得当所述智能开关安装于所述开关安装位32时，两相邻智能开关之间的间距小于或者等于5mm。
对于本领域技术人员而言，显然本发明不限于上述示范性实施例的细节，而且在不背离本发明的精神或基本特征的情况下，能够以其他的具体形式实现本发明。因此，无论从哪一点来看，均应将实施例看作是示范性的，而且是非限制性的，本发明的范围由所附权利要求而不是上述说明限定，因此旨在将落在权利要求的等同要件的含义和范围内的所有变化囊括在本发明内。不应将权利要求中的任何附图标记视为限制所涉及的权利要求。

Claims (308)

  1. 一种墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，包括：
    壳体；
    至少一按键，设置于所述壳体，所述按键至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；
    检测件，可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；
    复位部，被设置为支撑所述按键以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；
    无线通信模块，与检测件电连接以接收所述检测件的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号控制所述墙壁智能开关的通断；
    其中，所述检测件和所述复位部相配合，以使得：所述按键运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；
    所述按键在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部还被设置为能够利用所述复位作用力传动所述按键发生复位运动，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一回弹位置、第二回弹位置和第三回弹位置；
    所述检测件和所述复位部相配合，以使得：所述按键在第一回弹位置时，所述反作用力为F3，且在所述按键自第一回弹位置回弹至第二回弹位置时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4，所述第三回弹位置的所述反作用力为0；其中，F4>F3≥22g，F2＜F1，且F3/F1＞0.3。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，F1与F3的差值小于或者等于70g。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体活动连接；所述按键朝向所述检测件设置有抵触部，用于抵压并触发所述检测件；
    所述检测件于所述抵触部相应位置设置有导力件，所述导力件响应于所述抵触部的抵压而产生运动，并产生所述第一回弹力，当所述导力件运动至一预设位置时，所述第一回弹力发生跳变，所述抵触部相对于所述按键的位置关系适配于所述导力件，以使所述按键发生所述按压运动时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2，且所述按键发生所述复位运动时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件还包括一弹力跳变器，所述导力件抵接于所述弹力跳变器，并能响应于所述操控力而施加于所述弹力跳变器一抵压力，所述弹力跳变器能够接收所述抵压力而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的第二回弹力，当所述操控力增加到F1时，所述抵压力达到一预设值，所述第二回弹力发生跳变；以使按键的反作用力由所述F1跳变至所述F2；
    当所述按键发生所述复位运动时，所述操控力逐渐减小至F3，所述导力件作用于所述弹力跳变器的抵压力达到另一预设值，所述弹力跳变器的所述第二回弹力发生跳变，以使所述按键反作用力由所述F3跳变至所述F4。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键在所述第一按压位置时的所述反作用力F1与所述按键在所述第二按压位置时的所述反作用力F2的差值设为F3，且F3＜0.5F1。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键响应于所述操控力而 产生所述位移的最大值设为S4，当所述按键位于所述第一按压位置时，所述按键的位移设为S3，其中，操控位移余量比(S4-S3)/S4≥0.2。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体活动连接，所述壳体能够限制所述按键至少两个位移自由度以及至少一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键能够发生位移和/或旋转的运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部被设置为至少一弹性限位件，所述壳体于所述按键相应位置设置所述弹性限位件；
    所述弹性限位件为悬臂梁结构，包括固定端以及远离所述固定端的自由端，所述固定端固定连接或者一体成型于所述壳体，所述自由端抵接于所述按键，为所述按键提供复位作用力。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件的所述自由端与所述按键定位连接，以限制所述按键水平方向上的两个位移自由度以及水平方向上的一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键能够在竖直方向上发生位移加旋转的叠加运动。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述自由端设置有第一定位孔，所述按键于所述第一定位孔相应位置凸设有按键定位销，所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔，以实现所述按键与所述自由端的定位连接。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，每一所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件有多个，相应的，各所述按键对应的所述第一定位孔以及所述按键定位销也有多个；
    所述按键定位销包括一体成型于所述按键的根部，以及远离所述根部的端部，所述按键定位销为所述根部直径大于所述端部直径的圆台形。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一定位孔为圆台形孔，其朝向所述按键一侧的孔径小于其远离所述按键一侧的孔径，所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔后热熔固定。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，在第一方向上，各所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件从所述按键的中间位置朝向所述按键的边缘延伸，所述第一方向为平行于所述按键一侧面且平行于所述按键上表面的方向。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，各所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件有四个，在所述第一方向上，四个所述弹性限位件两两对称分布，在第二方向上，四个所述弹性限位件两两并列排布；所述第二方向平行于所述按键上表面设置，且所述第二方向与所第一方向垂直设置。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，在所述第一方向上，所述弹性限位件的长度大于所述按键长度的1/4。
  17. 根据权利要求12所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键定位销的所述根部设置有加强座，当所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔时，所述加强座抵接于所述弹性限位件。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述加强座被设置为四个加强单元，所述加强单元沿所述按键定位销的所述根部周向均布；所述加强单元、所述按键定位销以及所述按键一体成型。
  19. 根据权利要求11所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键的一面在所述第一定位孔相应位置平行于所述按键。
  20. 根据权利要求10所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述弹性限位件开设第一定位槽，所述第一定位槽的宽度和长度分别适配于所述弹性限位件的宽度和长度，当所述按键安装于所述壳体，所述第一定位槽套设于所述弹性限位件的所述自由端，使得所述第一定位槽被所述弹性限位件定位，以实现所述按键与所述自由端的定位连接。
  21. 根据权利要求9所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件由所述壳体延伸而出，所述固定端与所述壳体一体成型。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件为长条形片状结构，其厚度小于所述壳体的厚度，其两端的宽度宽于中间部位的宽度；所述弹性限位件能够响应于所述按键的压力而发生弹性形变，当所述压力撤去时，所述弹性限位件的所述弹性形变恢复。
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件沿朝向所述按键的方向倾斜延伸设置，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面设为第一表面，所述弹性限位件的延伸方向与所述按键的第一表面的夹角小于或者等于40°。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件的所述自由端朝向所述检测件延伸出抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键抵压所述弹性限位件发生所述形变，所述弹性限位件带动所述抵触部触发所述检测件。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件于所述抵触部相应位置朝向所述按键凸设有承接部，所述承接部被设置为圆弧形凸起，用于抵接于所述按键，并带动所述弹性限位件产生所述形变。
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置四个按键卡扣，所述按键卡扣的端部设置有卡勾部，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，当所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位时，所述按键卡扣通过所述卡勾部勾住所述扣合位的边沿，以限制所述按键向上运动的极限位置；其中，任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣的卡勾部的设置方向相互垂直。
  27. 根据权利要求23所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件与所述壳体的连接处采用圆弧过渡。
  28. 根据权利要求21所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体朝向所述按键一侧的表面设为第二表面，所述弹性限位件的延伸方向平行于所述第二表面，且所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键一侧的表面与所述第二表面共面。
  29. 根据权利要求21所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体于所述弹性限位件远离所述按键一侧开设避让部，所述避让部被设置为形状适配于所述弹性限位件的通孔或者凹槽，所述弹性限位件响应于所述按键的抵压而发生变形，其至少部分部位被容纳于所述避让部。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件包括第一侧面、第二侧面以及第三侧面，所述壳体于所述第一侧面相应位置贯设第一条形通孔，于所述第二侧面相应位置贯设第二条形通孔，于所述第三侧面相应位置贯设第三条形通孔，所述第一条形通孔与所述第二条形通孔相对设置，所述第三条形通孔与所述弹性限位件的所述固定端相对设置；所述第一条形通孔、所述第二条形通孔以及所述第三条形通孔相互连通以将所述壳体分割出所述弹性限位件，所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键翘起，以使所述壳体于所述弹性限位件相应位置形成所述避让部。
  31. 根据权利要求9所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置有多个按键卡扣，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位，使得所述按键向上运动的极限位置被限制。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面为矩形，所述按键卡扣有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，由所述按键朝向所述壳体延伸设置。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键卡扣的端部设置有卡勾部，所述按键卡扣通过所述卡勾部勾接于所述扣合位的下边沿，以限制所述按键向上 运动的极限位置；所述卡勾部的朝向设置为由所述按键的所述四角处指向所述按键中心的方向。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面设为第一表面，所述按键卡扣在所述第一表面的投影为第一圆弧形，所述第一圆弧形的圆心朝向所述按键中心指向所述按键卡扣的方向，相应的，所述卡勾部在所述第一表面的投影为第二圆弧形，所述第二圆弧形的圆心与所述第一圆弧形的圆心位置相同。
  35. 根据权利要求31所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体于所述扣合位相应位置开设卡扣活动空间，所述活动空间被设置为形状适配于所述扣合位的凹槽，以防止所述按键卡扣在运动时与所述壳体发生干涉。
  36. 根据权利要求31所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣的长度与所述抵触部的长度相适配，使得当所述按键未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部与所述检测件之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键指向所述壳体的方向。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm，当所述位移达到所述极限值时，所述按键至少部分部位与所述壳体抵接。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键的边沿朝向所述壳体延伸出按键包围部，所述按键包围部相互围合，以遮挡所述壳体的部分部位；其中，在所述第三方向上，所述按键包围部与所述壳体之间的间距大于或者等于1.2mm，使得所述按键产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm。
  40. 根据权利要求36所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述抵触部为由所述按键朝向所述检测件延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述第一横截面的形状设置为由两个相互交叉且垂直的长方形组成。
  41. 根据权利要求9所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件为微动开关。
  42. 根据权利要求8所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部被设置为至少一弹性复位件，所述弹性复位件设置于所述按键与所述壳体之间，能够响应于所述按键的所述位移而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的所述复位作用力。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性复位件为弹簧；所述按键于所述弹簧相对位置朝向所述壳体延伸出弹簧限位部，所述弹簧套设于所述弹簧限位部，使得所述弹簧在水平方向上被限位。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面为矩形，所述弹簧限位部有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，相应的，所述弹簧也有四个，分别套设于四个所述弹簧限位部。
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体于所述弹簧限位部相应位置设置有避空位，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键带动所述弹簧限位部运动，所述避空位在所述弹簧限位部相应位置设置避让空间，以防止所述弹簧限位部与所述壳体干涉。
  46. 根据权利要求43所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹簧限位部朝向所述按键的一端与所述弹簧过盈配合，所述弹簧限位部远离所述按键的一端与所述弹簧间隙配合。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹簧限位部为柱形，所述弹簧为上端直径小于下端直径的圆台形，其上端被设置为朝向所述按键的一端，其下端 被设置为远离所述按键的一端；所述弹簧上端的直径小于所述弹簧限位部的轴径，以使所述弹簧上端与所述弹簧限位部过盈配合；所述弹簧下端的直径大于所述弹簧限位部的轴径，以使所述弹簧下端与所述弹簧限位部间隙配合。
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹簧为柱形，所述弹簧限位部为上端直径大于下端直径的圆台形，其上端被设置为朝向所述按键的一端，其下端被设置为远离所述按键的一端；所述弹簧限位部上端的直径大于所述弹簧限位部的轴径，以使所述弹簧限位部上端与所述弹簧过盈配合；所述弹簧限位部下端的直径小于所述弹簧的轴径，以使所述弹簧限位部下端与所述弹簧间隙配合。
  49. 根据权利要求43所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置四个按键卡扣，所述按键卡扣的端部设置有卡勾部，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，当所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位时，所述按键卡扣通过所述卡勾部勾住所述扣合位的边沿，以限制所述按键向上运动的极限位置；其中，任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣的卡勾部的设置方向相互垂直。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹簧的长度与所述按键卡扣的长度相匹配，使得所述按键未产生所述位移时，所述弹簧处于压缩状态。
  51. 根据权利要求49所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣的长度与所述抵触部的长度相适配，使得当所述按键未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部与所述检测件之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键指向所述壳体的方向。
  53. 根据权利要求8所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键包括功能盖与表层盖，所述表层盖至少部分覆盖于所述功能盖，并与所述功能盖固定连接；所述功能盖与所述壳体活动连接，且能够直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部被设置为簧片，所述簧片包括位于中间部位的夹持部和位于所述夹持部两端的变形部，所述夹持部被夹持在所述功能盖与所述表层盖之间，所述变形部朝向所述壳体弯曲；当所述按键产生所述位移时，所述变形部被所述壳体抵压而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的所述复位作用力。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述功能盖朝向所述夹持部凹设有夹持部放置槽，所述夹持部放置槽的形状能够包容所述夹持部，所述夹持部放置槽的深度大于或者等于所述夹持部的厚度，以使所述表层盖盖设于所述功能盖时，所述表层盖与所述功能盖相贴合。
  56. 根据权利要求54所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述簧片的所述夹持部开设有至少一定位通孔，所述功能盖于所述定位通孔相应位置凸设有定位凸台，所述定位凸台的尺寸适配于所述定位通孔，使得所述定位凸台插设于所述定位通孔，将所述簧片定位。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述定位通孔至少有两个，延所述夹持部的长边方向间隔排布。
  58. 根据权利要求54所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述变形部的末端贴合于所述壳体的上表面，所述壳体的上表面为所述壳体朝向所述按键的一面。
  59. 根据权利要求54所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体的与所述簧片接触的部位设置有耐磨件，当所述按键运动时，所述簧片的末端抵压所述耐磨件并与所述耐磨件发生相对运动。
  60. 根据权利要求54所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置 有多个按键卡扣，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位，使得所述按键向上运动的极限位置被限制。
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面为矩形，所述按键卡扣有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，由所述按键朝向所述壳体延伸设置；各按键卡扣相互配合以限制按键水平方向上的两个位移自由度和一个旋转自由度。
  62. 根据权利要求60所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键卡扣的长度与所述变形部朝向所述壳体弯曲的高度相适配，使得所述按键未发生所述位移时，所述变形部的末端抵压于所述壳体。
  63. 根据权利要求60所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣的长度与所述抵触部的长度相适配，使得当所述按键未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部与所述检测件之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键指向所述壳体的方向。
  65. 根据权利要求53所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述表层盖与所述功能盖的材质不同。
  66. 根据权利要求8所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体枢转连接，以限制所述按键三个位移自由度以及两个旋转自由度；
    所述按键响应于所述操控力而基于所述壳体做枢转运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件。
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键中间位置与所述壳体枢转连接，所述按键两端能够接收所述操控力以产生所述枢转运动。
  68. 根据权利要求66所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键的一端与所述壳体枢转连接，另一端能够接收所述操控力以产生所述枢转运动。
  69. 根据权利要求66-68任一项所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述检测件设置有抵触部，所述按键响应于所述操控力而基于所述壳体做枢转运动，带动所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体之间设置有间隙配合的枢转轴和转轴孔，所述枢转轴和所述转轴孔中之一设于所述按键，另一设于所述壳体，所述枢转轴插设于所述转轴孔，使得所述按键能够基于所述枢转轴做枢转运动。
  71. 根据权利要求69所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体之间设置有第一卡爪和第一转轴，所述第一卡爪和所述第一转轴中之一设于所述按键，另一设于所述壳体；所述第一卡爪卡接于所述第一转轴且与所述第一转轴间隙配合，使得所述第一卡爪与所述第一转轴能够发生相对转动，从而使得所述按键能够基于所述第一转轴做枢转运动。
  72. 根据权利要求69所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部被设置为由所述壳体延伸而出的至少一第一弹性臂，所述第一弹性臂抵接于所述按键的至少部分部位，为所述按键提供所述复位作用力；所述按键的下表面为所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面。
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键边缘设置有第一卡勾，用于勾接于所述壳体，以限制所述按键向上运动的极限位置。
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一弹性臂朝向所述按键翘起一预设高度，所述第一卡勾的长度与所述预设高度相匹配，使得所述按键未发生所 述位移时，所述第一弹性臂处于被所述按键抵压的状态。
  75. 根据权利要求72所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一弹性臂至少部分设置于所述按键与所述检测件之间，所述按键通过所述第一弹性臂抵压并触发所述检测件。
  76. 根据权利要求1所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键包括按键本体和连接部，所述按键通过所述连接部与所述壳体固定，所述按键本体能够响应于所述操控力而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述形变的所述复位作用力，进而所述按键本体形成所述复位部；
    所述按键本体朝向所述检测件设置有抵触部，当所述操控力作用于所述按键时，所述按键本体发生弹性形变，带动所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件；当操控力撤去时，所述按键本体的所述形变恢复，带动所述抵触部恢复原位。
  77. 根据权利要求76所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接部设置于所述按键的中间位置，所述壳体于所述按键两端分别设置所述抵触部，所述按键的两端能够分别响应于所述操控力而产生位移，进而带动所述抵触部触发所述检测件。
  78. 根据权利要求76所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接部设置于所述按键的一端，所述壳体于所述按键的远离所述一端的另一端设置所述抵触部，所述按键的所述另一端能够响应于所述操控力而产生位移，进而带动所述抵触部触发所述检测件。
  79. 根据权利要求77-78任一项所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接部通过螺栓连接或者铆接或者卡接的方式与所述壳体固定连接。
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接部卡接于所述壳体；所述连接部朝向所述壳体设置有第一卡接部，所述壳体于所述第一卡接部对应位置设置有第二卡接部，所述第二卡接部与所述第一卡接部形状及尺寸相适配，使得所述第一卡接部卡接于所述第二卡接部，实现所述连接部与所述壳体的固定连接。
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一卡接部包括至少一第二卡爪，所述第二卡接部包括至少一卡接轴，所述第二卡爪卡接于所述卡接轴且与所述卡接轴过盈配合，所述过盈配合的过盈量能够使得所述第二卡爪与所述卡接轴之间在所述按键的预设形变范围内不能发生相对转动，以实现所述第二卡爪与所述卡接轴固定连接；其中，所述按键的预设形变范围是指所述按键在按压行程内的形变范围。
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体设置有第二弹性臂，所述第二弹性臂抵接于所述按键，用于辅助所述按键复位。
  83. 根据权利要求81所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置有至少一第二卡勾，所述第二卡勾能够勾接于所述壳体，使得各所述按键的上表面高度保持一致；所述按键的上表面被设置为所述按键的背离所述壳体的表面。
  84. 根据权利要求1-68、70-78、80-83任一项所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体包括上壳体和下壳体，所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体，且与所述下壳体可拆卸地连接；所述按键与所述上壳体活动连接，使得所述按键可基于所述上壳体发生相对运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件。
  85. 根据权利要求84所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体与所述下壳体通过磁吸的方式连接；
    所述上壳体设置有至少一磁铁，所述下壳体设置有至少一磁吸件，所述磁吸件能够被所述磁铁吸引；所述上壳体通过所述磁铁吸附于所述磁吸件，以而实现所述上壳体与所述下壳体的可拆卸连接。
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件为钣金件，能够固定安装于一安装面，以使所述下壳体与所述安装面固定连接。
  87. 根据权利要求86所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述钣金件上开设有至少一螺钉孔，所述螺钉孔的孔径适配于一螺钉，使得所述螺钉能够穿过所述螺钉孔，并将所述 钣金件固定于所述安装面。
  88. 根据权利要求86所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述钣金件的中心开设与所述下壳体外形相适配的钣金件通孔，所述钣金件从所述下壳体下方套入，卡接于所述下壳体的外表面。
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体的外表面至少包括相互围合的第一外侧壁、第二外侧壁、第三外侧壁以及第四外侧壁，其中，所述第一外侧壁与所述第二外侧壁相对设置，所述第三外侧壁与所述第四外侧壁相对设置；
    所述第一外侧壁与所述第二外侧壁分别设置有两个钣金件卡扣，所述第一外侧壁于两个钣金卡扣之间设置有第一抵靠部，所述第二外侧壁于两个钣金卡扣之间设置有第二抵靠部，所述第三外侧壁设置有两个第三抵靠部，所述第四外侧壁设置有两个第四抵靠部；所述第一抵靠部、所述第二抵靠部、所述第三抵靠部以及所述第四抵靠部处于同一水平高度；
    当所述钣金件从所述下壳体下方套入时，所述钣金件的上表面抵靠于所述第一抵靠部、所述第二抵靠部、所述第三抵靠部以及所述第四抵靠部，以限制所钣金件向上的位移，同时，所述钣金件的下表面分别卡接于所述钣金件卡扣，以限制所述钣金件向下的位移；所述第一抵靠部、所述第二抵靠部、所述第三抵靠部以及所述第四抵靠部与所钣金件卡扣的水平高度相互配合，使得所述钣金件被卡紧于所述下壳体。
  90. 根据权利要求86所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体朝向所述按键一侧设置有水平仪，用于指示所述智能开关安装于一安装面时的水平度；所述水平仪被设置为圆柱形气泡水平仪。
  91. 根据权利要求85所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体朝向所述按键一侧开设有至少一磁铁安装槽，所述磁铁安装槽的形状适配于所述磁铁，所述磁铁安装槽的侧壁凸设有磁铁限位筋，所述磁铁的下表面至少部分贴合于所述磁铁安装槽的底壁，所述磁铁限位筋夹持磁铁的侧表面以将所述磁铁限位。
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁铁形状为长方体，且所述磁铁有四个，两两一组分别位于所述上壳体的两端，其中位于同一端的两个所述磁铁头尾相接，呈类似“一”字形间隔排布。
  93. 根据权利要求91所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体的外侧壁设置有第一定位部，所述上壳体的内侧壁设置有第二定位部，当所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述第二定位部套设于所述第一定位部，所述第二定位部的内表面至少部分抵接于所述第一定位部的外表面，使得所述上壳体在水平方向上被所述下壳体定位。
  94. 根据权利要求93所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一定位部朝向所述第二定位部设置有导向部，所述导向部被设置为一斜面，以便于所述第二定位部套入所述第一定位部。
  95. 根据权利要求93所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体的所述内侧壁包括设置有所述磁铁安装槽的两个第一内侧壁，以及与两个所述第一内侧壁相邻的两个第二内侧壁，两个所述第二内侧壁分别凸设有方形凸起，所述方形凸起与所述磁铁安装槽共同形成所述第二定位部。
  96. 根据权利要求95所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件至少部分被包容于所述上壳体，且所述磁吸件的下表面与所述上壳体的下端面齐平或者突出于所述上壳体的下端面。
  97. 根据权利要求85所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，还包括：
    电源板，设置于所述下壳体，用于连接外部电源线；
    至少一PCB板，电性连接于所述电源板，藉由所述电源板为所述PCB板提供电能；其中，所述检测件设置于所述PCB板并与所述PCB板电性连接。
  98. 根据权利要求97所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述电源板朝向所述下壳体 底部设置有至少三根接线柱，用于连接所述外部电源线以及受控设备。
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体于所述接线柱末端相应位置放置有接线模块，所述接线模块包括接线套筒以及接线螺栓，其中，所述接线套筒套设于所述接线柱，所述接线套筒的侧壁开设有适配于所述接线螺栓的螺纹孔，所述接线螺栓能够拧入所述螺纹孔，并将所述接线柱抵压于所述接线套筒的内壁。
  100. 根据权利要求99所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述接线螺栓包括一体成型的螺帽和螺杆，所述下壳体的侧表面于所述接线模块相应位置开设多个第一接线通孔，所述第一接线通孔的孔径大于所述螺帽的直径，使得所述螺帽由所述下壳体内部插设于第一接线通孔，并至少部分部位暴露于所下壳体外部。
  101. 根据权利要求100所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述螺帽与所述螺杆之间设置有止挡部，所述止挡部为沿所述螺帽一周设置的圆环形结构；所述止挡部的外径大于所述螺帽的直径和所述第一接线通孔的孔径，使得所止挡部不能通过第一接线通孔；
    所述下壳体的设置有所述第一接线通孔的内壁设为第一内壁，所述接线螺栓由所述下壳体上方朝下置入，将所述螺帽置入所述第一接线通孔，由所述第一接线通孔限制所述接线螺栓竖直方向位移；
    所述螺杆远离所述螺帽的一端被所述接线柱抵接，所述接线柱与所述第一内壁将所述止挡部和所述螺杆夹在中间，以限制所述接线螺栓水平方向的位移。
  102. 根据权利要求101所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述接线柱抵接于所述螺杆的部位与所述第一内壁之间的距离小于所述接线螺栓的总长度。
  103. 根据权利要求97所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板与所述电源板之间设置有能够相互配合的排针和排母，所述排针和所述排母中之一设于所述PCB板，另一设于所述电源板，所述排针插设于所述排母，以实现所述PCB板与所述电源板的电连接。
  104. 根据权利要求103所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板设置于所述下壳体；所述下壳体的两个相对设置的侧壁向内凹陷，形成两个相对设置的U形凹陷，所述PCB板于所述U形凹陷相对位置贯设有U形缺口，所述U形缺口的位置及形状与所述U形凹陷相配合，以将所述PCB板在水平方向上定位。
  105. 根据权利要求104所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体设置有PCB板支撑部，用于抵接于所述PCB板下表面，以将所述PCB板支撑；
    所述下壳体上端设置有隔离盖，所述隔离盖向下延伸出PCB板抵接部，用于抵接于所述PCB板的上表面，以将所述PCB板在竖直方向上限位。
  106. 根据权利要求103所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体朝向所述下壳体设置一PCB板安装壳，所述上壳体盖设于所述PCB板安装壳，与所述PCB板安装壳形成一腔体，所述PCB板设置于所述腔体内部，并与所述PCB板安装壳固定连接。
  107. 根据权利要求106所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板安装壳的内部形状匹配于所述PCB板的形状，所述PCB板安装壳套设于所述PCB板，并将所述PCB板在水平方向上定位，所述PCB板通过螺钉固定安装于所述PCB板安装壳。
  108. 根据权利要求107所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体朝向所述PCB板安装壳设置有PCB壳定位部以及PCB壳卡扣，所述PCB板安装壳于所述PCB壳卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述PCB壳卡扣的第二扣合位，当所述上壳体盖设于所述PCB板安装壳时，所述PCB壳定位部抵靠于所述PCB安装壳外侧壁，以将所述PCB安装壳定位；所述PCB壳卡扣扣合于所述第二扣合位，以使所述PCB安装壳固定安装于所述上壳体。
  109. 根据权利要求107所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述电源板与所述PCB板安装壳之间设置有隔绝板，所述隔绝板与所述下壳体固定连接；所述隔绝板于所述排针 相应位置开设排针通过孔，所述排针通过孔的尺寸适配于所述排针和所述排母的尺寸，使得所排针穿过排针通过孔，进而插设于所排母。
  110. 根据权利要求107所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体的外侧壁设置有第一定位部，所述上壳体的内侧壁设置有第二定位部，当所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述第二定位部套设于所述第一定位部，所述第二定位部的内表面至少部分抵接于所述第一定位部的外表面，使得所述上壳体在水平方向上被所述下壳体定位。
  111. 根据权利要求97所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板朝向所述电源板设置有多个金属触点，所述电源板于所述金属触点相应位置设置有具有导电能力的抵接柱，所述抵接柱与所述电源板电连接，所述金属触点抵接于所述抵接柱，以实现PCB板与电源板的电连接；
    其中，所述抵接柱与所述电源板之间设置有弹性连接件，所述抵接柱响应于所述金属触点的抵压力而压缩所述弹性连接件，所述弹性连接件产生弹性形变以及克服弹性形变的反作用力，使得所述抵接柱产生压缩位移以及反向于所述压缩位移的回弹力。
  112. 根据权利要求97所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体的侧表面沿竖直方向开设多个条形的散热孔，各所述散热孔在水平方向上并列排布，其中，所述散热孔由所述下壳体底部向上延伸，其延伸高度小于13mm。
  113. 根据权利要求97所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述电源板上设置有通断开关，能够控制所述电源板的交流电源通断。
  114. 根据权利要求113所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板于所述通断开关相应位置贯设有第一避空孔，所述下壳体朝向所述按键一侧的表面于所述通断开关相应位置贯设有第二避空孔，所述第一避空孔以及所述第二避空孔的形状与所述通断开关相适配，使得所述通断开关穿过所述第一避空孔和所述第二避空孔后至少部分凸出于所述下壳体。
  115. 根据权利要求84所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，还包括至少一PCB板，所述检测件设置于所述PCB板，且与所述PCB板电连接。
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板于各所述按键相应位置分别设置有至少一LED灯，所述LED灯发出的光投射至所述按键的第一表面；所述第一表面被设置为所述按键的朝向所述壳体的一面。
  117. 根据权利要求116所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键设置有导光部，所述LED灯发出的光由所述导光部导出至所述按键的第三表面，所述第三表面被设置为所述按键的背离所述壳体的一面；其中，所述导光部的形状被设置为一预定形状，使得所述导光部在所述按键的第三表面显示出与所述预定形状相对应的预定图案。
  118. 根据权利要求117所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板设置于所述下壳体；所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部。
  119. 根据权利要求118所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖的边沿朝向所述底壳设置有至少一隔离盖卡扣，所述隔离盖通过所述隔离盖卡扣卡接于所底壳；所述底壳为一上端开口的槽形壳体，所述隔离盖的形状适配于所述底壳上端开口的形状，且所述隔离盖边沿一周向外延伸出扣合檐，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳的上端开口处，所述扣合檐贴合于所述底壳的上端面。
  120. 根据权利要求118所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体的朝向所述按键的一面设置有第一正向标识，用于指示所述上壳体的正方向；所述上壳体的朝向所述隔离盖的一面设置有第二正向标识，所述隔离盖的朝向所述上壳体的一面设置有第三正向标识，所述第二正向标识与所述第三正向标识的指示方向相对应，用于所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时防呆。
  121. 根据权利要求118所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖设置于所述按键与所述PCB板之间，所述隔离盖于各所述按键相应位置分别设置有匀光罩，所述匀光罩罩设于各所述按键对应的所述LED灯，所述LED灯发出的光经所述匀光罩匀光后投射至所述按键。
  122. 根据权利要求121所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩于所述按键的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案。
  123. 根据权利要求122所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩朝向所述按键一侧的表面为长方形，所述匀光罩为底部开口的长方体罩。
  124. 根据权利要求121所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件被罩设于所述匀光罩，所述匀光罩于所述检测件相应位置开设触压通孔，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，所述抵触部穿过所述触压通孔并置于所述检测件上方，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部抵压并触发所述检测件。
  125. 根据权利要求124所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述抵触部为自所述按键朝向所述检测件延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述触压通孔的尺寸大于所述第一横截面的尺寸，所述抵触部与所述触压通孔之间具有一定间隙。
  126. 根据权利要求121所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩凸设于所述隔离盖，所述匀光罩凸出于所述隔离盖的高度适配于所述隔离盖与所述PCB板之间的距离，使得所述匀光罩朝向所按键一侧的表面与所述PCB板之间的距离大于3mm。
  127. 根据权利要求126所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体于所述匀光罩相应位置开设有形状与所述匀光罩相匹配的匀光罩透光通孔，当所上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述匀光罩容纳于所述匀光罩透光通孔内。
  128. 根据权利要求126所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩的数量比所述按键数量多一个，相应的，所述匀光罩透光通孔的数量比所述按键数量多一个。
  129. 根据权利要求118所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖与所述底壳之间设置有防水透光件，所述防水透光件与所述底壳密封连接，进而与所述底壳形成密封腔体，所述密封腔体将所述检测件、所述无线通信模块、所述PCB板以及所述LED灯容纳在内。
  130. 根据权利要求129所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖的边缘一周朝向所述防水透光件延伸出密封部，所述密封部将所述防水透光件的边缘抵压于所述底壳，以实现所述防水透光件与所述底壳的密封连接；其中，以所述隔离盖指向所述底壳底部的方向设为第五方向，在所述第五方向上，所述密封部与所述底壳之间的间隙小于所述防水透光件边缘的厚度。
  131. 根据权利要求129所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述防水透光件于所述LED灯相应位置设置有透光部，所述透光部与所述防水透光件一体成型或者密封连接；所述透光部被设置为能够将光由一侧透至另一侧。
  132. 根据权利要求131所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述透光部设置于所述导光部与所述LED灯之间，所述透光部于所述按键的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案。
  133. 根据权利要求132所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述透光部设置于所述按键与所述检测件之间，所述按键抵接于所述透光部，并藉由所述透光部触发所述检测件。
  134. 根据权利要求133所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖于所述透光部相应位置开设隔离盖通孔，所述透光部穿过所述隔离盖通孔并至少部分暴露于所述隔离盖上表面。
  135. 根据权利要求133所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键抵压所述透光部产生弹性形变，当所述操控力撤去时， 所述透光部在自身弹力的作用下恢复初始状态，并带动所述按键恢复至初始位置。
  136. 根据权利要求116所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，每一所述按键对应的所述LED灯有多个，所述LED灯围绕所述按键对应的所述检测件一周布置。
  137. 根据权利要求115所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体设置有至少一发声器，所述发声器与所述PCB板电连接，用于响应于所述检测件的触发而发出声音。
  138. 根据权利要求137所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述发声器被设置为扬声器，所述下壳体设置有扬声器安装位，所述扬声器与所述扬声器安装位固定连接。
  139. 根据权利要求115所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，还包括：显示屏，所述显示屏包括一排线，所述显示屏通过所述排线与所述PCB板电性连接；所述按键与所述显示屏的位置相适配，所述显示屏内设置为能够显示所述按键的对应功能。
  140. 根据权利要求139所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述隔离盖的中心位置朝向所述按键凸设一显示屏安装位，所述显示屏安装位为上下贯穿的通道形结构，所述显示屏固定安装于所述显示屏安装位的上端面，所述排线穿过所述显示屏安装位并与所述PCB板电连接。
  141. 根据权利要求140所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所按键于所述显示屏相应位置贯设显示屏避空位，所述显示屏被围合于所述显示屏避空位，且所显示屏的上表面与所述按键的上表面齐平。
  142. 根据权利要求141所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体于所述显示屏相应位置开设显示屏通过孔，所述显示屏通过孔的形状适配于所述显示屏，所述显示屏穿过所述显示屏通过孔后置于所述显示屏避空位。
  143. 根据权利要求84所述的墙壁智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键可在单键与多键之间切换配置数目，同时，根据配置数目变化相应的配置尺寸，从而实现开关的单路或多路控制功能切换。
  144. 一种无线智能开关，其特征在于，包括：
    壳体；
    至少一按键，设置于所述壳体，所述按键至少部分部位可响应一操控力而发生按压运动，进而产生位移，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一按压位置和第二按压位置，并产生反作用力；
    检测件，可基于所述位移而被触发，并产生抵抗所述位移的第一回弹力；
    复位部，被设置为支撑所述按键以直接或间接响应于所述按压运动而发生形变，并产生克服所述形变的复位作用力；
    无线通信模块，与检测件通信连接，以接收对应的触发信号，并基于所述触发信号对外发送无线报文；
    其中，所述检测件和所述复位部相配合，以使得：所述按键运动至所述第一按压位置时，所述反作用力为F1，且在所述按键自所述第一按压位置运动至所述第二按压位置时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2；其中，F2＜F1＜400g；
    所述按键在所述第一按压位置的位移S1和所述第二按压位置的位移S2满足关系式：S2-S1≤2mm。
  145. 根据权利要求144所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部还被设置为能够利用所述复位作用力传动所述按键发生复位运动，使得所述按键至少依次经过第一回弹位置、第二回弹位置和第三回弹位置；
    所述复位件的所述复位作用力与所述检测件的所述第一回弹力相配合，使得所述按键在第一回弹位置时，所述反作用力为F3，且在所述按键自第一回弹位置回弹至第二回弹 位置时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4，所述第三回弹位置的所述反作用力为0；其中，F4>F3≥22g，F2＜F1，且F3/F1＞0.3。
  146. 根据权利要求145所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，F1与F3的差值小于或者等于70g。
  147. 根据权利要求145所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体活动连接；所述按键朝向所述检测件设置有抵触部，用于抵压并触发所述检测件；
    所述检测件于所述抵触部相应位置设置有导力件，所述导力件响应于所述抵触部的抵压而产生运动，并产生所述第一回弹力，当所述导力件运动至一预设位置时，所述第一回弹力发生跳变，所述抵触部相对于所述按键的位置关系适配于所述导力件，以使所述按键发生所述按压运动时，所述反作用力由F1跳变至F2，且所述按键发生所述复位运动时，所述反作用力由F3跳变至F4。
  148. 根据权利要求147所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件还包括一弹力跳变器，所述导力件抵接于所述弹力跳变器，并能响应于所述操控力而施加于所述弹力跳变器一抵压力，所述弹力跳变器能够接收所述抵压力而发生弹性形变，并产生克服所述弹性形变的第二回弹力，当所述操控力增加到F1时，所述抵压力达到一预设值，所述第二回弹力发生跳变；以使按键的反作用力由所述F1跳变至所述F2；
    当所述按键发生所述复位运动时，所述操控力逐渐减小至F3，所述导力件作用于所述弹力跳变器的抵压力达到另一预设值，所述弹力跳变器的所述第二回弹力发生跳变，以使所述按键反作用力由所述F3跳变至所述F4。
  149. 根据权利要求148所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键在所述第一按压位置时的所述反作用力F1与所述按键在所述第二按压位置时的所述反作用力F2的差值设为F3，且F3＜0.5F1。
  150. 根据权利要求148所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移的最大值设为S4，当所述按键位于所述第一按压位置时，所述按键的位移设为S3，其中，操控位移余量比(S4-S3)/S4≥0.2。
  151. 根据权利要求144所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键与所述壳体活动连接，所述壳体能够限制所述按键至少两个位移自由度以及至少一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键能够发生位移和/或旋转的运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件。
  152. 根据权利要求151所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述复位部被设置为至少一弹性限位件，所述壳体于所述按键相应位置设置所述弹性限位件；
    所述弹性限位件为悬臂梁结构，包括固定端以及远离所述固定端的自由端，所述固定端固定连接或者一体成型于所述壳体，所述自由端抵接于所述按键，为所述按键提供复位作用力。
  153. 根据权利要求152所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件的所述自由端与所述按键定位连接，以限制所述按键水平方向上的两个位移自由度以及水平方向上的一个旋转自由度，使得所述按键能够在竖直方向上发生位移加旋转的叠加运动。
  154. 根据权利要求153所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述自由端设置有第一定位孔，所述按键于所述第一定位孔相应位置凸设有按键定位销，所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔，以实现所述按键与所述自由端的定位连接。
  155. 根据权利要求154所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，每一所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件有多个，相应的，各所述按键对应的所述第一定位孔以及所述按键定位销也有多个；
    所述按键定位销包括一体成型于所述按键的根部，以及远离所述根部的端部，所述按键定位销为所述根部直径大于所述端部直径的圆台形。
  156. 根据权利要求155所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一定位孔为圆台形 孔，其朝向所述按键一侧的孔径小于其远离所述按键一侧的孔径，所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔后热熔固定。
  157. 根据权利要求155所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，在第一方向上，各所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件从所述按键的中间位置朝向所述按键的边缘延伸，所述第一方向为平行于所述按键一侧面且平行于所述按键上表面的方向。
  158. 根据权利要求157所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，各所述按键对应的所述弹性限位件有四个，在所述第一方向上，四个所述弹性限位件两两对称分布，在第二方向上，四个所述弹性限位件两两并列排布；所述第二方向平行于所述按键上表面设置，且所述第二方向与所第一方向垂直设置。
  159. 根据权利要求158所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，在所述第一方向上，所述弹性限位件的长度大于所述按键长度的1/4。
  160. 根据权利要求155所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键定位销的所述根部设置有加强座，当所述按键定位销插设于所述第一定位孔时，所述加强座抵接于所述弹性限位件。
  161. 根据权利要求160所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述加强座被设置为四个加强单元，所述加强单元沿所述按键定位销的所述根部周向均布；所述加强单元、所述按键定位销以及所述按键一体成型。
  162. 根据权利要求154所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键的一面在所述第一定位孔相应位置平行于所述按键。
  163. 根据权利要求153所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述弹性限位件开设第一定位槽，所述第一定位槽的宽度和长度分别适配于所述弹性限位件的宽度和长度，当所述按键安装于所述壳体，所述第一定位槽套设于所述弹性限位件的所述自由端，使得所述第一定位槽被所述弹性限位件定位，以实现所述按键与所述自由端的定位连接。
  164. 根据权利要求152所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件由所述壳体延伸而出，所述固定端与所述壳体一体成型。
  165. 根据权利要求164所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件为长条形片状结构，其厚度小于所述壳体的厚度，其两端的宽度宽于中间部位的宽度；所述弹性限位件能够响应于所述按键的压力而发生弹性形变，当所述压力撤去时，所述弹性限位件的所述弹性形变恢复。
  166. 根据权利要求164所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件沿朝向所述按键的方向倾斜延伸设置，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面设为第一表面，所述弹性限位件的延伸方向与所述按键的第一表面的夹角小于或者等于40°。
  167. 根据权利要求166所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件的所述自由端朝向所述检测件延伸出抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键抵压所述弹性限位件发生所述形变，所述弹性限位件带动所述抵触部触发所述检测件。
  168. 根据权利要求167所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件于所述抵触部相应位置朝向所述按键凸设有承接部，所述承接部被设置为圆弧形凸起，用于抵接于所述按键，并带动所述弹性限位件产生所述形变。
  169. 根据权利要求167所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置四个按键卡扣，所述按键卡扣的端部设置有卡勾部，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，当所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位时，所述按键卡扣通过所述卡勾部勾住所述扣合位的边沿，以限制所述按键向上运动的极限位置；其中，任意两个相邻的所述按键卡扣的卡勾部的设置方向相互垂直。
  170. 根据权利要求166所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件与所述壳 体的连接处采用圆弧过渡。
  171. 根据权利要求164所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体朝向所述按键一侧的表面设为第二表面，所述弹性限位件的延伸方向平行于所述第二表面，且所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键一侧的表面与所述第二表面共面。
  172. 根据权利要求164所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体于所述弹性限位件远离所述按键一侧开设避让部，所述避让部被设置为形状适配于所述弹性限位件的通孔或者凹槽，所述弹性限位件响应于所述按键的抵压而发生变形，其至少部分部位被容纳于所述避让部。
  173. 根据权利要求172所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性限位件包括第一侧面、第二侧面以及第三侧面，所述壳体于所述第一侧面相应位置贯设第一条形通孔，于所述第二侧面相应位置贯设第二条形通孔，于所述第三侧面相应位置贯设第三条形通孔，所述第一条形通孔与所述第二条形通孔相对设置，所述第三条形通孔与所述弹性限位件的所述固定端相对设置；所述第一条形通孔、所述第二条形通孔以及所述第三条形通孔相互连通以将所述壳体分割出所述弹性限位件，所述弹性限位件朝向所述按键翘起，以使所述壳体于所述弹性限位件相应位置形成所述避让部。
  174. 根据权利要求152所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体设置有多个按键卡扣，所述壳体于所述按键卡扣相应位置设置有适配于所述按键卡扣的扣合位，所述按键卡扣扣入所述扣合位，使得所述按键向上运动的极限位置被限制。
  175. 根据权利要求174所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面为矩形，所述按键卡扣有四个，分布于所述矩形的四角处，由所述按键朝向所述壳体延伸设置。
  176. 根据权利要求175所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键卡扣的端部设置有卡勾部，所述按键卡扣通过所述卡勾部勾接于所述扣合位的下边沿，以限制所述按键向上运动的极限位置；所述卡勾部的朝向设置为由所述按键的所述四角处指向所述按键中心的方向。
  177. 根据权利要求176所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面设为第一表面，所述按键卡扣在所述第一表面的投影为第一圆弧形，所述第一圆弧形的圆心朝向所述按键中心指向所述按键卡扣的方向，相应的，所述卡勾部在所述第一表面的投影为第二圆弧形，所述第二圆弧形的圆心与所述第一圆弧形的圆心位置相同。
  178. 根据权利要求174所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体于所述扣合位相应位置开设卡扣活动空间，所述活动空间被设置为形状适配于所述扣合位的凹槽，以防止所述按键卡扣在运动时与所述壳体发生干涉。
  179. 根据权利要求174所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部直接或者间接抵压并触发所述检测件。
  180. 根据权利要求179所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，在第三方向上，所述按键卡扣的长度与所述抵触部的长度相适配，使得当所述按键未产生所述位移时，所述抵触部与所述检测件之间的间隙小于或者等于1.5mm；所述第三方向为所述按键指向所述壳体的方向。
  181. 根据权利要求180所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm，当所述位移达到所述极限值时，所述按键至少部分部位与所述壳体抵接。
  182. 根据权利要求181所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键的边沿朝向所述壳体延伸出按键包围部，所述按键包围部相互围合，以遮挡所述壳体的部分部位；其中，在所述第三方向上，所述按键包围部与所述壳体之间的间距大于或者等于1.2mm，使得 所述按键产生所述位移的极限值大于或者等于1.2mm。
  183. 根据权利要求179所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述抵触部为由所述按键朝向所述检测件延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述第一横截面的形状设置为由两个相互交叉且垂直的长方形组成。
  184. 根据权利要求152所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件为微动开关。
  185. 根据权利要求144-184任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体包括上壳体和下壳体，所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体，且与所述下壳体可拆卸地连接；所述按键与所述上壳体活动连接，使得所述按键可基于所述上壳体发生相对运动，并在运动过程中触发所述检测件。
  186. 根据权利要求185所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体与所述下壳体通过磁吸的方式连接；
    所述上壳体设置有至少一磁铁，所述下壳体设置有至少一磁吸件，所述磁吸件能够被所述磁铁吸引；所述上壳体通过所述磁铁吸附于所述磁吸件，以而实现所述上壳体与所述下壳体的可拆卸连接。
  187. 根据权利要求186所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体朝向所述按键一侧开设有至少一磁铁安装槽，所述磁铁安装槽的形状适配于所述磁铁，所述磁铁安装槽的侧壁凸设有磁铁限位筋，所述磁铁的下表面至少部分贴合于所述磁铁安装槽的底壁，所述磁铁限位筋夹持磁铁的侧表面以将所述磁铁限位。
  188. 根据权利要求187所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁铁形状为长方体，且所述磁铁有四个，两两一组分别位于所述上壳体的两端，其中位于同一端的两个所述磁铁头尾相接，呈类似“一”字形间隔排布。
  189. 根据权利要求187所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体的外侧壁设置有第一定位部，所述上壳体的内侧壁设置有第二定位部，当所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述第二定位部套设于所述第一定位部，所述第二定位部的内表面至少部分抵接于所述第一定位部的外表面，使得所述上壳体在水平方向上被所述下壳体定位。
  190. 根据权利要求189所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一定位部朝向所述第二定位部设置有导向部，所述导向部被设置为一斜面，以便于所述第二定位部套入所述第一定位部。
  191. 根据权利要求189所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体的所述内侧壁包括设置有所述磁铁安装槽的两个第一内侧壁，以及与两个所述第一内侧壁相邻的两个第二内侧壁，两个所述第二内侧壁分别凸设有方形凸起，所述方形凸起与所述磁铁安装槽共同形成所述第二定位部。
  192. 根据权利要求185所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，还包括至少一PCB板，所述检测件设置于所述PCB板，且与所述PCB板电连接。
  193. 根据权利要求192所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板于各所述按键相应位置分别设置有至少一LED灯，所述LED灯发出的光投射至所述按键的第一表面；所述第一表面被设置为所述按键的朝向所述壳体的一面。
  194. 根据权利要求193所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键设置有导光部，所述LED灯发出的光由所述导光部导出至所述按键的第三表面，所述第三表面被设置为所述按键的背离所述壳体的一面；其中，所述导光部的形状被设置为一预定形状，使得所述导光部在所述按键的第三表面显示出与所述预定形状相对应的预定图案。
  195. 根据权利要求194所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述PCB板设置于所述下壳体；所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部。
  196. 根据权利要求195所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖的边沿朝向所 述底壳设置有至少一隔离盖卡扣，所述隔离盖通过所述隔离盖卡扣卡接于所底壳；所述底壳为一上端开口的槽形壳体，所述隔离盖的形状适配于所述底壳上端开口的形状，且所述隔离盖边沿一周向外延伸出扣合檐，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳的上端开口处，所述扣合檐贴合于所述底壳的上端面。
  197. 根据权利要求195所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体的朝向所述按键的一面设置有第一正向标识，用于指示所述上壳体的正方向；所述上壳体的朝向所述隔离盖的一面设置有第二正向标识，所述隔离盖的朝向所述上壳体的一面设置有第三正向标识，所述第二正向标识与所述第三正向标识的指示方向相对应，用于所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时防呆。
  198. 根据权利要求195所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖设置于所述按键与所述PCB板之间，所述隔离盖于各所述按键相应位置分别设置有匀光罩，所述匀光罩罩设于各所述按键对应的所述LED灯，所述LED灯发出的光经所述匀光罩匀光后投射至所述按键。
  199. 根据权利要求198所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩于所述按键的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案。
  200. 根据权利要求199所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩朝向所述按键一侧的表面为长方形，所述匀光罩为底部开口的长方体罩。
  201. 根据权利要求198所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述检测件被罩设于所述匀光罩，所述匀光罩于所述检测件相应位置开设触压通孔，所述按键于所述检测件相应位置设置有抵触部，所述抵触部穿过所述触压通孔并置于所述检测件上方，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述抵触部抵压并触发所述检测件。
  202. 根据权利要求201所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述抵触部为自所述按键朝向所述检测件延伸的柱体，其垂直于延伸方向的横截面设为第一横截面，所述触压通孔的尺寸大于所述第一横截面的尺寸，所述抵触部与所述触压通孔之间具有一定间隙。
  203. 根据权利要求198所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩凸设于所述隔离盖，所述匀光罩凸出于所述隔离盖的高度适配于所述隔离盖与所述PCB板之间的距离，使得所述匀光罩朝向所按键一侧的表面与所述PCB板之间的距离大于3mm。
  204. 根据权利要求203所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体于所述匀光罩相应位置开设有形状与所述匀光罩相匹配的匀光罩透光通孔，当所上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述匀光罩容纳于所述匀光罩透光通孔内。
  205. 根据权利要求203所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光罩的数量比所述按键数量多一个，相应的，所述匀光罩透光通孔的数量比所述按键数量多一个。
  206. 根据权利要求195所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖与所述底壳之间设置有防水透光件，所述防水透光件与所述底壳密封连接，进而与所述底壳形成密封腔体，所述密封腔体将所述检测件、所述无线通信模块、所述PCB板以及所述LED灯容纳在内。
  207. 根据权利要求206所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖的边缘一周朝向所述防水透光件延伸出密封部，所述密封部将所述防水透光件的边缘抵压于所述底壳，以实现所述防水透光件与所述底壳的密封连接；其中，以所述隔离盖指向所述底壳底部的方向设为第五方向，在所述第五方向上，所述密封部与所述底壳之间的间隙小于所述防水透光件边缘的厚度。
  208. 根据权利要求206所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述防水透光件于所述LED灯相应位置设置有透光部，所述透光部与所述防水透光件一体成型或者密封连接；所述透光部被设置为能够将光由一侧透至另一侧。
  209. 根据权利要求208所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述透光部设置于所述导 光部与所述LED灯之间，所述透光部于所述按键的所述第三表面的投影覆盖所述预定图案。
  210. 根据权利要求209所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述透光部设置于所述按键与所述检测件之间，所述按键抵接于所述透光部，并藉由所述透光部触发所述检测件。
  211. 根据权利要求210所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖于所述透光部相应位置开设隔离盖透光通孔，所述透光部穿过所述隔离盖透光通孔并凸设于所述隔离盖。
  212. 根据权利要求210所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，当所述按键响应于所述操控力而产生所述位移时，所述按键抵压所述透光部产生弹性形变，当所述操控力撤去时，所述透光部在自身弹力的作用下恢复初始状态，并带动所述按键恢复至初始位置。
  213. 根据权利要求194所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键朝向所述壳体的一面铺设有匀光片，所述匀光片设置于所述LED灯与所述导光部之间，所述LED灯发出的光经所述匀光片匀光后投射至所述导光部。
  214. 根据权利要求213所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述匀光片与所述按键固定连接，且所述匀光片与所述按键之间夹持一透光片，所述透光片被设置为彩虹膜，能够将自然光反射为彩色。
  215. 根据权利要求193所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，每一所述按键对应的所述LED灯有多个，所述LED灯围绕所述按键对应的所述检测件一周布置。
  216. 根据权利要求192所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体设置有至少一发声器，所述发声器与所述PCB板电连接，用于响应于所述检测件的触发而发出声音。
  217. 根据权利要求216所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述发声器被设置为扬声器，所述下壳体设置有扬声器安装位，所述扬声器与所述扬声器安装位固定连接。
  218. 根据权利要求192所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，还包括：显示屏，所述显示屏包括一排线，所述显示屏通过所述排线与所述PCB板电性连接；所述按键与所述显示屏的位置相适配，所述显示屏内设置为能够显示所述按键的对应功能。
  219. 根据权利要求218所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖设于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述隔离盖的中心位置朝向所述按键凸设一显示屏安装位，所述显示屏安装位为上下贯穿的通道形结构，所述显示屏固定安装于所述显示屏安装位的上端面，所述排线穿过所述显示屏安装位并与所述PCB板电连接。
  220. 根据权利要求219所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所按键于所述显示屏相应位置贯设显示屏避空位，所述显示屏被围合于所述显示屏避空位，且所显示屏的上表面与所述按键的上表面齐平。
  221. 根据权利要求220所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述上壳体于所述显示屏相应位置开设显示屏通过孔，所述显示屏通过孔的形状适配于所述显示屏，所述显示屏穿过所述显示屏通过孔后置于所述显示屏避空位。
  222. 根据权利要求185所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述按键可在单键与多键之间切换配置数目，同时，根据配置数目变化相应的配置尺寸，从而实现开关的单路或多路控制功能切换。
  223. 根据权利要求187所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体于所述磁铁安装槽相应位置设置有磁吸件固定部，所述磁吸件固定部与所述磁吸件固定连接。
  224. 根据权利要求223所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件固定部开设磁吸件通孔，所述磁吸件通孔的形状适配于所述磁铁安装槽，使得所述磁铁安装槽的下表面穿过所述磁吸件通孔后贴合于所述磁吸件上表面。
  225. 根据权利要求223所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件固定部开设磁吸件通孔，所述磁吸件的至少部分上表面穿过所述磁吸件通孔后与所述磁吸件固定部的上表面齐平，所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体时，所述磁吸件至少部分上表面贴合于所述磁铁安装槽的下表面。
  226. 根据权利要求225所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件包括贴合部以及与所述贴合部一体成型的底座部，所述贴合部穿过所述磁吸件通孔并与所述磁铁安装槽的下表面贴合，所述底座部的尺寸大于所述贴合部的尺寸，以使所述贴合部与所述底座部之间形成一第一台阶；所述磁吸件通孔包括与所述贴合部相配合的第一通孔以及与所述底座部相配合的第二通孔，所述第二通孔的尺寸大于所述第一通孔的尺寸，以使所述第一通孔与所述第二通孔之间形成一第二台阶，所述第二台阶与所述第一台阶相抵接，通过所述第二台阶限制所述磁吸件竖直向上的位移；
    其中，所述贴合部与所述第一通孔过盈配合，使得所述贴合部穿过所述第一通孔并被夹持于所述第一通孔。
  227. 根据权利要求223所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件固定部被设置为开口向下的凹槽，所述磁吸件固定部与所述磁吸件过盈配合，使得所述磁吸件由所述磁吸件固定部下方放置于所述磁吸件固定部，并被夹持于所述磁吸件固定部。
  228. 根据权利要求227所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件固定部于所述下壳体底面的投影图形设为第一投影图形，所述磁吸件固定部朝向所述磁铁安装槽凸设磁吸件凸起，所述磁吸件凸起于所述下壳体底面的投影图形设为第二投影图形，所述第二投影图形覆盖所述第一投影图形；所述磁铁安装槽的底部朝向所述磁吸件凸起开设一镂空通孔，所述镂空通孔于所述下壳体底部的投影图形设为第三投影图形，所述第三投影图形覆盖所述第二投影图形，所述磁吸件凸起的高度大于或者等于所述磁铁安装槽底部的厚度，所述磁吸件凸起穿过所述镂空通孔后贴合于所述磁铁下表面。
  229. 根据权利要求223所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述磁吸件固定部贯设至少一磁吸件固定通孔，所述磁吸件的部分部位向下凹设至少一磁吸件凹陷部，所述磁吸件凹陷部的尺寸与所述磁吸件固定通孔的尺寸相适配，使得所述磁吸件凹陷部置于所述磁吸件通孔，且所述磁吸件除所述磁吸件凹陷部以外的其它部位搭接于所述磁吸件固定部的上表面，所述磁吸件与所述磁吸件固定部粘接固定；
    所述磁吸件凹陷部的深度与所述磁吸件的厚度相适配，使得所述磁吸件凹陷部的上表面平齐于所述磁吸件固定部的上表面，所述磁吸件凹陷部的位置与所述磁铁安装槽的位置相对应，且磁吸件凹陷部的长度大于所述磁铁安装槽下表面的长度，使得所述磁铁安装槽的下表面贴合于所述磁吸件凹陷部的上表面。
  230. 根据权利要求144所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述无线智能开关还包括电源模块，所述电源模块包括：
    至少一个纽扣电池；以及，
    PCB板，与所述纽扣电池电连接，所述PCB板设有所述无线通信模块和所述检测件，用以供所述无线通信模块与所述检测件电连接。
  231. 根据权利要求230所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述壳体包括上壳体和下壳体，所述上壳体盖设于所述下壳体，且与所述下壳体可拆卸地连接；
    所述按键设于所述上壳体；
    所述PCB板设于所述下壳体，所述下壳体上至少设有一个电池容置腔，所述电池容置腔具有一朝向所述上壳体设置的开口，所述电池容置腔用以容置所述纽扣电池。
  232. 根据权利要求231所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖合于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述电池容置腔形成于所述底壳和/或所述隔离盖。
  233. 根据权利要求232所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖与所述底壳螺纹连接；和/或，
    所述PCB板与所述底壳卡接。
  234. 根据权利要求233所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳的容纳腔底壁上设有多个沿其周向间隔分布的安装柱，各所述安装柱开设有一开口背向所述底壳的第一安装孔，所述隔离盖对应多个所述第一安装孔开设有多个第二安装孔，各所述第二安装孔与其对应的所述第一安装孔依次用以供一螺钉穿插，以使得所述隔离盖与所述底壳螺纹连接；
    所述PCB板对应多个所述安装柱设有多个卡孔，各所述卡孔用以供其对应的所述安装柱穿插，以使得所述PCB板和所述底壳通过多个所述安装柱卡接。
  235. 根据权利要求231所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体上设有电池固定结构，用以将所述纽扣电池可拆卸地安装于所述电池容置腔内。
  236. 根据权利要求235所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电池固定结构包括活动卡扣，所述活动卡扣包括与所述下壳体连接的连接部、以及与所述连接部连接的扣合部，所述扣合部设于所述连接部靠近所述电池容置腔的一端，所述扣合部可靠近或远离所述电池容置腔，且在靠近所述电池容置腔时，用以与所述电池容置腔底壁共同固定所述纽扣电池。
  237. 根据权利要求236所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述活动卡扣可相对所述下壳体移动，以靠近或远离所述电池容置腔；和/或，
    所述活动卡扣的扣合部可相对所述连接部转动，以靠近或远离所述电池容置腔。
  238. 根据权利要求237所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体沿垂直于所述电池容置腔底壁的方向贯设有第一避让孔，所述第一避让孔与所述电池容置腔之间有弹性壁，所述弹性壁可受力向朝向或背向所述第一避让孔的方向发生弹性形变；
    所述活动卡扣设于所述弹性壁，以在所述弹性壁的弹性形变过程中靠近或远离所述电池容置腔；
    所述电池容置腔的侧壁包括所述弹性壁。
  239. 根据权利要求238所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体沿垂直于所述电池容置腔底壁的方向贯设有两个补偿孔，两个所述补偿孔分设于所述弹性壁的两侧，且各所述补偿孔与所述电池容置腔连通，以在所述活动卡扣受力远离所述电池容置腔时，各所述补偿孔靠近所述弹性壁的一侧壁向朝向所述活动卡扣的方向发生弹性形变，补偿所述弹性壁用于连接所述活动卡扣的部分的弹性形变。
  240. 根据权利要求238所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述弹性壁向朝向所述电池容置腔底壁的方向凹陷一定的预设深度，所述第一避让孔与所述电池容置腔连通。
  241. 根据权利要求238所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一避让孔的一端设为连通端，所述连通端与所述电池容置腔连通。
  242. 根据权利要求241所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述活动卡扣靠近所述连通端设置。
  243. 根据权利要求237所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电池容置腔的开口端面的部分凹陷形成避让槽，所述活动卡扣设于所述避让槽的底壁，且所述活动卡扣与所述避让槽远离所述电池容置腔的侧壁间隔设置，以形成第一避让空间，所述第一避让空间用以在所述活动卡扣的扣合部远离所述电池容置腔时，供所述扣合部转动。
  244. 根据权利要求236至243中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖合于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述活动卡扣设于所述底壳或所述隔离盖。
  245. 根据权利要求244所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述隔离盖开设有第一容置通孔，所述电池容置腔包括所述第一容置通孔，所述活动卡扣设于所述隔离盖或所述PCB板；和/或，
    所述PCB板开设有第二容置通孔，所述电池容置腔包括所述第二容置通孔，所述活动卡扣设于所述底壳、所述PCB板或所述隔离盖。
  246. 根据权利要求236至243中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电池固定结构还包括限位扣，所述限位扣设于所述电池容置腔的侧壁或开口端，且与所述活动卡扣相对设置，用以在垂直于所述电池容置腔底壁的方向上限位所述纽扣电池。
  247. 根据权利要求236至243中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述活动卡扣还具有握持部，所述握持部在垂直于所述电池容置腔底壁的方向上，设于所述连接部远离所述电池容置腔的一侧，所述握持部与所述扣合部之间设有第二导向斜面。
  248. 根据权利要求236至243中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电池容置腔内设有弹性件，所述弹性件具有自然状态、以及被所述纽扣电池压设的压紧状态，用以在所述活动卡扣的扣合部远离所述纽扣电池时，所述弹性件自所述压紧状态恢复至所述自然状态，且作用于所述纽扣电池，以将部分所述纽扣电池弹出所述电池容置腔。
  249. 根据权利要求248所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电源模块还包括电池弹片，所述电池弹片包括正极弹片和负极弹片，所述正极弹片和所述负极弹片分别与所述纽扣电池的正负极电连接，且分别与所述PCB板电连接；
    所述负极弹片设于所述电池容置腔的底壁，用以与所述纽扣电池的底壁接触导电，所述弹性件包括所述负极弹片。
  250. 根据权利要求236至243中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体上开设有电池拆卸槽，所述电池拆卸槽与所述纽扣电池容置腔连通，且靠近所述活动卡扣设置。
  251. 根据权利要求231所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述电源模块还包括电池弹片，所述电池弹片包括正极弹片和负极弹片，所述正极弹片和所述负极弹片分别与所述纽扣电池的正负极电连接，且分别与所述PCB板电连接，以使得所述纽扣电池供电于所述PCB板。
  252. 根据权利要求251所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极弹片包括负极载流片、以及与所述负极载流片连接的负极弹性触臂，所述负极载流片与所述PCB板的负极接触导电，所述负极弹性触臂对应所述电池容置腔设置，以与所述纽扣电池的底壁接触导电。
  253. 根据权利要求252所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖合于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述隔离盖开设有第一容置通孔，所述PCB板开设有第二容置通孔，所述第一容置通孔和所述第二容置通孔连通，所述电池容置腔包括所述第一容置通孔和所述第二容置通孔；
    所述负极弹片设于所述底壳与所述PCB板之间，且所述负极弹性触臂对应所述第二容置通孔设置，以与所述纽扣电池的底壁接触导电。
  254. 根据权利要求252或253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极弹性触臂呈条形、半圆形或U形设置；和/或，
    所述负极弹性触臂自其与所述负极载流片连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔的方向倾斜延伸设置。
  255. 根据权利要求254所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极弹性触臂呈条形 设置，所述负极弹性触臂自其与所述负极载流片连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔的方向倾斜延伸设置，且其远离所述负极载流片的一端向朝向所述负极载流片的方向弯折形成第一接触端子，所述第一接触端子与所述负极载流片平行。
  256. 根据权利要求252或253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极弹性触臂设于所述负极载流片的周缘。
  257. 根据权利要求253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，部分所述负极载流片经裁切形成放置孔、以及连接于所述放置孔一内侧壁的所述负极弹性触臂，所述负极弹性触臂与所述放置孔的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙，且所述负极弹性触臂自其与所述负极载流片连接的一端沿朝向所述电池容置腔的方向倾斜延伸设置。
  258. 根据权利要求257所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述放置孔为方孔或圆孔；和/或，
    所述负极弹性触臂设有多个，多个所述负极弹性触臂间隔设置。
  259. 根据权利要求252或253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片与所述PCB板焊接。
  260. 根据权利要求259所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片上凸设有至少一个第一焊脚，所述PCB板对应所述第一焊脚开设有第一焊接孔，所述第一焊接孔用以供其对应的所述第一焊脚插设焊接。
  261. 根据权利要求259所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片上开设有第一爬锡孔。
  262. 根据权利要求253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片被所述底壳的底壁和所述PCB板夹持固定设置。
  263. 根据权利要求262所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖设置的第一限位槽，所述第一限位槽用以容置所述负极弹片；
    所述PCB板压设于所述底壳的底壁上，且所述PCB板的第二容置通孔与部分所述第一限位槽对应连通，以使得所述负极弹性触臂与所述纽扣电池的负极接触。
  264. 根据权利要求262或263所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳上设有至少一个第一定位柱；
    所述负极载流片对应所述第一定位柱贯设有第一限位孔，所述第一限位孔与所述第一定位柱适配，用以供所述第一定位柱穿插，以限位所述负极载流片；
    所述PCB板贯设有第二避让孔，用以供所述第一定位柱穿插，以使得所述PCB板避让于所述第一定位柱。
  265. 根据权利要求264所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片呈相对设置的两端分别内凹形成有所述第一限位孔，以使得所述负极载流片夹设于两个所述第一定位柱之间；或者，
    所述负极载流片开设有限位容置孔，所述限位容置孔的呈相对设置的两侧壁分别内凹形成有所述第一限位孔，以使得所述负极载流板设于两个所述第一定位柱外周。
  266. 根据权利要求253所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片与所述PCB板卡接。
  267. 根据权利要求266所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片包括负极载流片主体，所述负极载流片主体的一端的一部分连接有所述负极弹性触臂，另一部分向背向所述负极载流片主体的方向弯折形成第一弯折连接臂，所述第一弯折连接臂远离所述负极载流片主体的一端向背向所述负极弹性触臂臂的方向弯折形成有第一夹臂，所述第一夹臂与所述第一弯折连接臂呈夹角设置；
    所述负极载流片主体、所述第一弯折连接臂和所述第一夹臂共同形成第一卡持结构，用以卡合于所述PCB板的第二容置通孔一侧壁。
  268. 根据权利要求267所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一夹臂远离所述第一弯折连接臂的一端设有第一操作臂，所述第一操作臂自其与所述第一夹臂连接的一端向背向所述负极载流片主体的方向倾斜设置。
  269. 根据权利要求266所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片上凸设有多个第一卡臂，多个所述第一卡臂中至少有两个所述第一卡臂相对设置，各所述第一卡臂远离所述负极载流片的一端设有两个第一卡扣，两个所述第一卡扣相背设置；
    所述PCB板对应所述第一卡臂贯设有第一扣合孔，各所述第一扣合孔用以与其对应的所述第一卡臂的两个第一卡扣扣合。
  270. 根据权利要求262、263、265至269中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片设有用以与所述PCB板负极接触导电的第一弹性触脚，所述第一弹性触脚自其与所述负极载流片连接的一端沿朝向所述PCB板的方向倾斜延伸设置。
  271. 根据权利要求270所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一弹性触脚设置有多个，多个所述第一弹性触脚间隔设置。
  272. 根据权利要求270所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一弹性触脚远离所述负极载流片的一端弯折形成第二接触端子，所述第二接触端子与所述PCB板平行设置，用以与所述PCB板的负极接触导电。
  273. 根据权利要求270所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第一弹性触脚形成于所述负极载流片的周缘。
  274. 根据权利要求270所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述负极载流片经裁切形成第一放置通孔、以及连接于所述第一放置通孔的一内侧壁的所述第一弹性触脚，所述第一弹性触脚与所述第一放置通孔的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙。
  275. 根据权利要求270所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖的第一限位槽，所述第一限位槽用以容置所述负极弹片；
    所述PCB板压设于所述底壳的底壁上，且所述PCB板的第二容置通孔与部分所述第一限位槽对应连通，以使得所述负极弹性触臂与所述纽扣电池的负极接触；
    其中，所述负极载流片背向所述底壳的一侧面齐平于或低于所述第一限位槽的开口端面，且至少部分所述第一弹性触脚伸出所述第一限位槽设置。
  276. 根据权利要求251所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极弹片包括正极载流片、以及与所述正极载流片连接的正极弹性触臂，所述正极载流片与所述PCB板的正极接触导电，所述正极弹性触臂对应所述电池容置腔设置，以与所述纽扣电池的上壁和/或外周壁接触导电。
  277. 根据权利要求276所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述下壳体包括底壳和隔离盖，所述隔离盖盖合于所述底壳，且与所述底壳形成一容纳腔，所述PCB板容纳于所述容纳腔内部；
    所述隔离盖对应所述纽扣电池开设有第一容置通孔、以及对应所述正极弹片开设有第二放置通孔，所述第一容置通孔和所述第二放置通孔连通；
    所述PCB板开设有第二容置通孔，所述第二容置通孔与所述第一容置通孔连通，所述电池容置腔包括所述第一容置通孔和所述第二容置通孔。
  278. 根据权利要求276或277所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片与所述PCB板焊接。
  279. 根据权利要求278所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片上凸设有至少一个第二焊脚，所述PCB板对应所述第二焊脚开设有第二焊接孔，所述第二焊接孔用以供其对应的所述第一焊脚插设焊接。
  280. 根据权利要求278所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片上开设有第二爬锡孔。
  281. 根据权利要求277所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片被所述底壳和所述PCB板夹持固定设置。
  282. 根据权利要求281所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖设置的第二限位槽，所述正极载流片设于所述第二限位槽；
    所述PCB板对应所述正极弹片开设有第三放置通孔，所述第三放置通孔与所述第二放置通孔和所述电池容置腔连通；
    所述PCB板压设于所述底壳上，且所述电池容置腔与部分所述第二限位槽对应连通，以使得所述正极弹性触臂可与所述纽扣电池的正极接触。
  283. 根据权利要求281或282所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳上设有至少一个第二定位柱；
    所述正极载流片对应所述第二定位柱贯设有第二限位孔，所述第二限位孔与所述第二定位柱适配，用以供所述第二定位柱穿插，以限位所述正极载流片；
    所述PCB板贯设有第三避让孔，用以供所述第二定位柱穿插，以使得所述PCB板避让所述第二定位柱。
  284. 根据权利要求277所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片与所述PCB板卡接。
  285. 根据权利要求284所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片包括正极载流片主体，所述正极载流片主体的一端的一部分连接有所述正极弹性触臂，另一部分向背向所述正极连接板的方向弯折形成第二弯折连接臂，所述第二弯折连接臂远离所述正极连接板主板的一端向背向所述所述正极弹性触臂的方向弯折形成有第二夹臂，所述正极载流片主体、所述第二弯折连接臂和所述第二夹臂共同形成第二卡持结构，用以卡合所述第二容置通孔的一侧壁。
  286. 根据权利要求285所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第二夹臂远离所述第二弯折连接臂的一端设有第二操作臂，所述第二操作臂自其与所述第二夹臂连接的一端向背向所述正极载流片的方向倾斜设置。
  287. 根据权利要求284所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片上凸设有多个第二卡臂，多个所述第二卡臂中至少有两个相对设置，各所述第二卡臂远离所述正极载流片的一端设有两个第二卡扣，两个所述第二卡扣背向设置；
    所述PCB板对应多个所述第二卡臂开设有多个第二扣合孔，各所述第二扣合孔用以与其对应的所述第二卡臂的两个第二卡扣扣合。
  288. 根据权利要求281、282、284至287中任一项所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片设有用以与所述PCB板正极接触导电的第二弹性触脚，所述第二弹性触脚自其与所述正极载流片连接的一端向朝向所述PCB板的方向倾斜延伸设置。
  289. 根据权利要求288所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第二弹性触脚设于所述正极载流片的周缘。
  290. 根据权利要求288所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极载流片经裁切形成第四放置通孔、以及连接于所述第四放置通孔的一内侧壁的所述第二弹性触脚，所述第二弹性触脚与所述第四放置通孔的其它内侧壁之间具有间隙。
  291. 根据权利要求290所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述第二弹性触脚远离所述正极载流片的一端弯折形成第三接触端子，所述第三接触端子与PCB板平行设置，用以与所述PCB板的正极接触导电。
  292. 根据权利要求290所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述底壳的底壁开设有开口朝向所述隔离盖的第二限位槽，所述正极载流片设于所述第二限位槽；
    所述PCB板压设于所述底壳上，且所述电池容置腔与部分所述第二限位槽对应连通，以使得所述正极弹性触臂可与所述纽扣电池的正极接触。
    其中，所述正极载流片背向所述底壳的一侧面齐平于或低于所述第二限位槽的开口端面，且至少部分所述第二弹性触脚伸出所述第二限位槽设置。
  293. 根据权利要求276或277所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述正极弹性触臂包括：
    连接片，与所述正极载流片连接，且与所述正极载流片呈夹角设置；以及，
    至少一个导电片，所述导电片设于所述连接片的外周缘，可相对所述连接片受力弹性活动，所述导电片的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池的上壁或外周壁接触。
  294. 根据权利要求293所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接片具有与所述正极载流片连接的第一端、以及与所述第一端相对的第二端；
    其中，所述连接片的第二端弯折形成有所述导电片，所述导电片位于所述连接片背向所述正极载流片的一侧，且与所述连接片呈夹角设置，以与所述纽扣电池的上侧壁或外周壁接触导电。
  295. 根据权利要求294所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述导电片与所述连接片之间的夹角为锐角，所述导电片背向所述连接片的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池的外周壁抵接。
  296. 根据权利要求294所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述导电片与所述连接片之间的夹角为直角或钝角，所述导电片朝向所述连接片的一侧面用以与所述纽扣电池的上侧壁抵接。
  297. 根据权利要求293所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述连接片具有与所述正极载流片连接的第一端、与所述第一端相对的第二端、以及与设于所述第一端和所述第二端之间且相对设置的第三端和第四端；
    所述第三端和所述第四端中的一端弯折形成有所述导电片，所述导电片位于所述连接片背向所述正极载流片的一侧，且与所述连接片之间呈夹角设置，用以与所述纽扣电池的外周壁接触导电。
  298. 根据权利要求297所述的无线智能开关，其特征在于，所述导电片设置有三个，三个所述导电片中的两个分别形成于所述连接片的第三端和第四端，用以与所述纽扣电池的外周壁接触导电，三个所述导电片中的另一个形成于所述连接片的第二端，用以与所述纽扣电池的上壁接触导电，且与所述电池容置腔底壁沿垂直于所述电池容置腔底壁的方向限定所述纽扣电池。
  299. 一种开关安装架，其特征在于，包括一连体边框，被设置为能够安装如权利要求1-143所述的墙壁智能开关和/或如权利要求144-298所述的无线智能开关；
    所述连体边框上设置有至少一开关安装位，所述墙壁智能开关或者所述无线智能开关可拆卸地连接于所述开关安装位。
  300. 根据权利要求299所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述墙壁智能开关和所述无线智能开关分别设置有壳体；所述开关安装位开设有与所述壳体形状相适配的第二定位槽，所述第二定位槽的侧壁套设于所述壳体的侧壁，以将所述壳体在水平方向上定位，所述第二定位槽的底壁贴合于所述壳体的至少一下表面，以限制所述壳体竖直向下的位移。
  301. 根据权利要求300所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述开关安装位还包括第三卡扣，所述第三卡扣延伸于所述第二定位槽的侧壁，所述第三卡扣卡接于所述壳体，以限制所述壳体竖直向上的位移，从而使得所述壳体可拆卸地固定于所述开关安装位。
  302. 根据权利要求300所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述开关安装位设置有螺栓孔，所述壳体于所述螺栓孔相应位置开设有螺栓通过孔，所述螺栓通过孔的孔径与所述螺栓孔相适配，使得一螺栓穿过所述螺栓通过孔后旋拧入所述螺栓孔，以将所述智能开关固定于所述开关安装位。
  303. 根据权利要求299所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述开关安装位开设一形状 适配于所述壳体的壳体通过孔，所述壳体穿过所述壳体通过孔，并至少部分朝向所述开关安装位的表面贴合于所述开关安装位；
    所述开关安装位凸设有至少一定位凸起，所述壳体于所述定位凸起相应位置设置有形状适配于所述定位凸起的定位孔，所述定位凸起插设于所述定位孔，以将所述壳体在水平方向上定位。
  304. 根据权利要求303所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，各所述开关安装位对应的所述定位凸起有两个，两个所述定位凸起分别设置于所述开关安装位的对角处。
  305. 根据权利要求303所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述开关安装位至少部分部位采用铁质材料制成，所述壳体设置有磁铁，所述壳体通过所述磁铁吸附于所述开关安装位，以实现所述墙壁智能开关或者所述无线智能开关可拆卸地连接于所述开关安装位。
  306. 根据权利要求305所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述壳体包括上壳体和下壳体，所述磁铁设置于所述上壳体，所述下壳体于所述磁铁相应位置设置有至少一磁吸件，所述磁铁与所述磁吸件相互吸引，以实现上壳体与下壳体的磁吸连接；其中，所述磁吸件位于所述磁铁与所述开关安装位之间，所述磁铁和所述磁吸件吸附于所述开关安装位。
  307. 根据权利要求299所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，所述开关安装位有多个，各所述开关安装位之间并列排布；以各所述开关安装位并列排布的方向设为第四方向，所述墙壁智能开关与所述无线智能开关在第四方向上的长度相同，且所述无线智能开关在第四方向上的长度被设置为第一长度；
    在第四方向上，两相邻所述开关安装位的中心位置之间的距离大于或者等于所述第一长度。
  308. 根据权利要求307所述的开关安装架，其特征在于，在第四方向上，两相邻所述开关安装位的中心位置之间的距离与所述第一长度的差值小于或者等于5mm。
PCT/CN2022/104394 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架 Ceased WO2024007255A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280002415.5A CN115398583A (zh) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架
CN202410393802.7A CN118098857B (zh) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架
PCT/CN2022/104394 WO2024007255A1 (zh) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架
EP22949839.9A EP4542608A4 (en) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 SMART WALL SWITCH, WIRELESS SMART SWITCH AND SWITCH MOUNTING RACK
CN202510913224.XA CN120895416B (zh) 2022-07-07 一种智能开关
US18/190,960 US12562325B2 (en) 2022-07-07 2023-03-27 Wall intelligent switch, wireless intelligent switch and switch mounting frame

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/104394 WO2024007255A1 (zh) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/190,960 Continuation US12562325B2 (en) 2022-07-07 2023-03-27 Wall intelligent switch, wireless intelligent switch and switch mounting frame

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024007255A1 true WO2024007255A1 (zh) 2024-01-11

Family

ID=84115170

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/104394 Ceased WO2024007255A1 (zh) 2022-07-07 2022-07-07 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US12562325B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP4542608A4 (zh)
CN (2) CN118098857B (zh)
WO (1) WO2024007255A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US12142869B2 (en) * 2019-09-27 2024-11-12 Tokyo Cosmos Electric Co., Ltd. Electronic component and electronic apparatus
WO2023085022A1 (ja) * 2021-11-11 2023-05-19 アルプスアルパイン株式会社 入力装置
CN117198776B (zh) * 2023-11-06 2024-03-01 杭州汉莱电器有限公司 一种无线控制开关
CN120652850A (zh) * 2024-01-18 2025-09-16 武汉领普科技有限公司 智能墙壁开关
CN119833344B (zh) * 2025-01-11 2025-10-17 广东泉胜电工有限公司 一种智能无线开关

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106057536A (zh) * 2016-08-05 2016-10-26 苏州达方电子有限公司 按键结构
CN106972780A (zh) * 2017-04-01 2017-07-21 深圳市无电通科技有限公司 可变更按键数目的无源回弹式开关
US20170317263A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 Optex Co., Ltd. Switch
CN208368398U (zh) * 2018-05-25 2019-01-11 艾欧创想智能科技（武汉）有限公司 自复位墙壁开关
CN110853957A (zh) * 2019-11-25 2020-02-28 宁波公牛电器有限公司 一种智能按键开关
CN211319978U (zh) * 2020-01-18 2020-08-21 武汉领普科技有限公司 按键式智能墙壁开关
CN214477126U (zh) * 2021-04-26 2021-10-22 武汉领普科技有限公司 一种无线自复位开关
CN113903610A (zh) * 2021-11-18 2022-01-07 青岛易来智能科技股份有限公司 一种具有按压提示的开关

Family Cites Families (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59186214A (ja) * 1983-04-08 1984-10-23 富士通株式会社 押釦スイツチ
DE68922654T2 (de) * 1988-03-31 1995-10-05 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Druckknopf-Schalter.
KR930002070Y1 (ko) * 1988-09-09 1993-04-24 삼성전자 주식회사 일체형 다기능 푸쉬버튼 장치
JP3803547B2 (ja) * 2000-12-11 2006-08-02 ホシデン株式会社 プッシュスイッチ付き回動型スイッチ
FR2915021B1 (fr) * 2007-04-12 2009-08-21 Itt Mfg Enterprises Inc Interrupteur electronique comportant une feuille elastique de positionnement horizontal du poussoir
CN101419877B (zh) * 2007-10-25 2012-09-05 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 多向式按键
DE202008015469U1 (de) * 2008-11-21 2010-04-22 Eldat Gmbh Gehäuse für einen Schalter sowie Schalter
CN101763968B (zh) * 2009-12-31 2012-05-16 鸿富锦精密工业（深圳）有限公司 按键及使用该按键的电子设备
DE102014219316B4 (de) * 2014-09-24 2026-02-05 Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft Schalterbedienelement und Schalter
US10775898B2 (en) * 2018-01-30 2020-09-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Low-profile input devices
US11355294B2 (en) * 2018-05-24 2022-06-07 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Push switch
CN209729790U (zh) * 2019-02-25 2019-12-03 深圳市莱克斯瑞智能家居有限公司 一种高回弹性防静电智能开关
CN110634696B (zh) * 2019-10-28 2025-01-21 湖南长城银河科技有限公司 一种按键安装装置及计算机
DE102019130772A1 (de) * 2019-11-14 2021-05-20 Abb Schweiz Ag Schalter mit einer Schaltwippe
CN212032925U (zh) * 2020-05-28 2020-11-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 电子设备
CN215377286U (zh) * 2020-08-26 2021-12-31 金茂智慧科技(广州)有限公司 一种智能开关
US11462369B2 (en) * 2020-10-20 2022-10-04 Optic Clear Solutions, Llc Compact switch

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170317263A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 Optex Co., Ltd. Switch
CN106057536A (zh) * 2016-08-05 2016-10-26 苏州达方电子有限公司 按键结构
CN106972780A (zh) * 2017-04-01 2017-07-21 深圳市无电通科技有限公司 可变更按键数目的无源回弹式开关
CN208368398U (zh) * 2018-05-25 2019-01-11 艾欧创想智能科技（武汉）有限公司 自复位墙壁开关
CN110853957A (zh) * 2019-11-25 2020-02-28 宁波公牛电器有限公司 一种智能按键开关
CN211319978U (zh) * 2020-01-18 2020-08-21 武汉领普科技有限公司 按键式智能墙壁开关
CN214477126U (zh) * 2021-04-26 2021-10-22 武汉领普科技有限公司 一种无线自复位开关
CN113903610A (zh) * 2021-11-18 2022-01-07 青岛易来智能科技股份有限公司 一种具有按压提示的开关

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4542608A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4542608A1 (en) 2025-04-23
CN118098857A (zh) 2024-05-28
CN118098857B (zh) 2025-02-28
US20240013989A1 (en) 2024-01-11
CN120895416A (zh) 2025-11-04
US12562325B2 (en) 2026-02-24
CN115398583A (zh) 2022-11-25
EP4542608A4 (en) 2026-03-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024007255A1 (zh) 一种墙壁智能开关、无线智能开关及开关安装架
CN208548273U (zh) 一种具有按压平衡作用的按键开关
CN211350444U (zh) 自发电开关
US7715179B2 (en) Power supply for a computer device
US11881365B2 (en) Wireless switch assembly
CN104214832A (zh) 壁挂式空调室内机
CN204596678U (zh) 一种按键开关
EP2267741A1 (en) Slide operation type switch
CN217881242U (zh) 按键开关以及智能控制系统
CN117316685A (zh) 一种浮动式开关
CN110767483A (zh) 自发电无线开关及其联动方法
CN120895416B (zh) 一种智能开关
US7238908B1 (en) Key structure of keyboard
CN211350413U (zh) 自发电开关
CN208014593U (zh) 一种按键开关装置及电子烟
JP2009200542A (ja) リモコン送信機
CN214376354U (zh) 一种机械鼠标
CN107230574B (zh) 按压开关结构
CN212783161U (zh) 按键开关组件及智能按键面板
CN202601486U (zh) 切换开关改良结构
CN207938495U (zh) 按键结构及电子设备
CN211700088U (zh) 微动开关面板
CN219107982U (zh) 电子设备
CN221708591U (zh) 具有光源的按压开关
CN222029923U (zh) 直流通讯模组、桌面电源

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22949839

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022949839

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022949839

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20250115

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2022949839

Country of ref document: EP